i
eterates®:
pire
spss inde: sis eee ~
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
igs cd
LIBRARY
OF THE
Museum of Comparative Zoology
¥
= § Hut H Ul HLH HW iH ui li = dj
s! |
ed s
INUININIATANUUDIPNINIALIPRIATINTANTNTANTANIZUIZAVANS
Aba
ais
ay UN
iiwatt
it
a ee Hy
Ve), Sune H ih
ie Btn icchin
eailice
sie, 4V
ie
ny
fe yay
yt
Bak 6
Pantie
Ue ae
iad
i
Ley “ ty Tie ;
ea aa Sua or
Ved
Wy
; 0 in
t
NE 1h
Ten Heal
a
rls 5
et’ ah tai
POR RINEN : : ;
Di hee
fle ee a UK
‘ be iD urea
eo ca
eee
an)
yay
MUS. COMP. ZOOL | |
“LIBRARY
ON cnet
HARVARD
UNYESSITY a
*
|
eres
; es e
pale
aie
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
TYNESIDE “'P11bi
NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB.
1846—1850.
VOL. I.
NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE:
F. & W. DODSWORTH, COLLINGWOOD STREET.
LONDON:
SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, & Cv.
MDCCCL.
Lag
HARVARD COLLEGE LIBRARY
INGRAHAM FUND
oe nay ap £8 aa |
SISK
*,* The Committee of the Tynesrpe Naturauists’ Frenp Civue
beg to state that the Authors alone are responsible for
the facts and opinions contained in their respective
Papers.
MUS. COMP. 290L.
LISRARY
JUN 171
HARVAR 0
URAERSITY Le
TYNESIDE
NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB.
Ava meeting held in the rooms of the Natural History Society
of Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle upon Tyne, the 25th
April, 1846,
(The Reverend the Vicar or Newcastiz in the Chair)
On the motion of Ratpn Carr, Esq., seconded by Josep H.
Fryer, Esq.,
It was unanimously resolved,
I. That a Society be formed, under the name of the TyNESIDE
Naturauists’ Fienp Cuus, for the practical study of Natural
History in all its branches, and that the Antiquarians of the dis-
trict be invited to unite with the Club for the promotion of their
pursuits through its meetings.
II. That the Officers of the Club be a President, Vice-Presi-
dent, a Committee, and a Secretary, all to be chosen for the year
at a general meeting of the Club, to be held in Newcastle on the
Thursday of the Epiphany Quarter Sessions.
III. That.the members of the Club shall hold five field meet-
ings during the year, in the most interesting localities for inves-
tigating the Natural History and Antiquities of the district.—
That the places of meeting be selected by the committee ; and ,
that timely notice of each be communicated to members by a cir-
cular card from the secretary.
IV. That those members to whom it may be convenient shall
partake of breakfast together, at the nearest country inn, at ten
o'clock, after which the researches of the day shall commence.
V. That the hour for a frugal dinner be appointed by the
VOL. I. B
2 FORMATION OF CLUB.
chairman, during which any papers which he may have received
from members of the Club shall be read from the chair.
VI. That as members must incur some trifling expense in
reaching the place of the field meetings, no subscription to any
general fund be required, beyond the amount of five shillings
yearly, to be laid out in defraying the cost of printing such
papers as may be selected for that purpose, and to meet any ex-
penses which may be incurred for stationery, postage, or other
unavoidable outlay. That the cost of any lithographic or other
illustrations be defrayed by the author of the paper for which
they may be required.
VII. That the papers of the Club be printed in a cheap octavo
form, and distributed gratuitously to the members.
VIII. That a class of honorary members be admissible, in
which shall be included any ladies distinguished by their attain-
ments in the study of Natural History, or local Antiquities, or
to whom the Club may be indebted for the communication of
papers or specimens.
IX. That at the close of each year the president be requested
to favour the Club with an address, containing a written sum-
mary of its proceedings at the several field meetings, together
with such observations from himself as he may deem conducive
to the welfare of the Club and the promotion of its objects.
X. That all candidates for membership shall be proposed. and
seconded by existing members, either verbally or in writing, at
any meeting of the Club.
XI. That the Club shall endeavour to discourage the practice
of removing rare plants from those localities of which they may
be characteristic, and of risking the extermination of rare or in-
teresting birds by wanton persecution.
XII. That on the other hand, members be requested to use
their influence with landowners and others for the protection of
the characteristic birds of the country, and to dispel the preju-
dices that are leading to their destruction.
XIII. That consequently the rarer botanical specimens col-
lected at field meetings, be chiefly such as can be gathered with-
out disturbing the roots of the plants; and, that notes on the habits
FORMATION OF CLUB. 3
of birds be accumulated instead of specimens, by which our closet
collections would be enriched only at the expense of nature’s
great museum out of doors.
XIV. That in like manner the Club shall endeavour to culti-
vate a fuller knowledge of local antiquities, historical, popular
and idiomatic, and to promote a taste for carefully preserving
the monuments of the past from wanton injury.
The meeting then proceeded to elect the officers for the first year,
and the following were appointed
PRESIDENT.
Rapa Carr, Esq., Dunston Hill.
VICE-PRESIDENT.
Tue Rev, Joun F. Biacr, Ovingham.
SECRETARY.
Mr. Joun THORNHILL.
COMMITTEE.
JosepH H. Fryer, Esq.
JosHua ALDER, Esq.
W. K. Lorrus, Esq.
It was also resolved, that such parties as may signify to the
secretary, at the Library of the Literary and Philosophical So-
ciety, their wish to become members, shall be admitted without
being formally proposed, until the first general meeting of the
Club, after which period the tenth rule shall take effect.
The thanks of the meeting were then voted to the Vicar, as
chairman, and to Mr. Carr, for having suggested, and for his
exertions in the formation of the Club.
(Signed) R. C. Coxs, M. A.,
Vicar of Newcastle, Chairman.
At a general meeting of the Club, held on Monday the 11th
May, 1846,
Rapa Carr, Hsq., President, in the Chair.
On the motion of the secretary, seconded by J. H. Fryzr, Hsq.,
It was unanimously resolved,
I. That the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club undertake the
/
/
4 FORMATION OF CLUB.
formation and publication of correct lists of the various natural
productions of the counties of Northumberland and Durham,
with such observations as their respective authors may deem
necessary. Also that a succinct account of the Geology of the
district be prepared.
II. That as mistakes may occur in the proposed lists, and as
it is of importance that an authentic collection should be acces-
sible when any doubt may occur as to a name or species, that
local collections be formed and placed, with the consent of the
Natural History Society, in the Newcastle Museum. The col-
lections to be the property of the Natural History Society. That
the specimens be either kept separate or incorporated with the
mass of the collections, as may be convenient to the managers
of that institution, it being a condition, that the specimens
be distinguished by some mark to shew that they refer to
the lists.
III. That the proposed publications be printed in a cheap
form, and sold at a low rate.
IV. That sub-committees be appointed from the general com-
mittee, and from the other members of the Club, to carry out
the foregoing resolutions.
V. That the parties forming those sub-committees shall, along
with the members of the general committee, form a committee for
considering the extent and details of the proposed publication,
anid such other matters as may be necessary in connection with
ff the scheme.
VL. That the following gentlemen be the sub-committees :—
MAMMALIA AND ORNITHOLOGY,
Messrs. Jonn and Atpany Hancock.
AMPHIBIA, ICTHYOLOGY, AND RADIATA,
Messrs. R. E. Bewicx, Joun Hancock, and M. J. F. Srpyey.
MOLLUSCA, CRUSTACEA, AND ZOOPHYTES,
Messrs. J. H. Fryer, Josoua Atper, Aupany and Jonn Hancock.
ENTOMOLOGY,
Messrs. James Harpy, J. T. Bory, Joun Hancock, and Tuomas
Pica, Jun.
or
FORMATION OF CLUB.
BOTANY.
Messrs. THORNHILL, and THompson, and the Rev. J. F. Biaer, and
Mr. Joun STOREY.
GEOLOGY,
Messrs. Hurton, F'ryer, Sopwitu, Lorrus, and Kine.
VII. That, for fully carrying out the plan, the assistance and
co-operation of parties pursuing Natural History in the north of
England, whether members of the Club or not, be requested, in
furtherance of the undertaking.
VIII. That the papers and lists collected and published by the
Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, be at the disposal of the Na-
tural History Society, for printing in the Transactions of that
institution, if its committee shall think fit, and that it be re-
quested, that the Club may have the use of such of the papers
already published in the Transactions of the said Society, as may
be of service in preparing the proposed account of the Natural
History of the district.
IX. That a copy of the foregoing resolutions be submitted to
the committee of the Natural History Society, and that their
attention be particularly drawn to the 2d and 8th resolutions*.
The thanks of the meeting were then given to Mr. Carr, for
the able manner in which he had presided over the business of
the meeting.
* The resolutions were handed accordingly to the committee of the Natural
History Society, who resolved, ‘That the committee of the Natural History
Society cordially agree and sanction the Rules and Regulations of the Tyne-
side Naturalists’ Field Club, as faras the Natural History Society is con-
cerned.”
8)
THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS
AT THE FIRST ANNIVERSARY MEETING OF THE SOCIETY.
GENTLEMEN,—When our Naturalists’ Field Club was set on
foot, in April last, we had felt ourselves stimulated, and were
also happily directed, by the example of a body of gentlemen in
Berwickshire, and on our side of the Tweed, who had been asso-
ciated during several years for the purpose of searching into the
natural productions of that district. Not only had their pro-
ceedings been successful in adding new plants to the phytology,
and new animals to the fauna, of Berwickshire, and even of
Great Britain itself, but they had struck out a mode of carrying
forward their researches, which made the means as delightful as
the end. The object being to cultivate, diffuse, and advance the
knowledge of the works of the Creator within the limits of a
certain tract of country easily accessible, the means chosen were
long and pleasant rambles on foot during fine days in the sum-
mer half-year, and in society capable of affording mutual instruc-
tion. They did not indeed forget to eat a hearty breakfast,
before leaving the village inn where they might happen to meet,
nor to dine together at the end of the day ; but being very hun-
gry, and having often a good distance to go ere reaching home,
they made short work of the repast. There was neither time nor
inclination to permit their active and instructive meetings ‘to
degenerate into dinner-traps, after the too common custom of
this good country of ours. By these means men were brought
together from town and country, as many as were really inter-
ested in some branch of natural science or in. the study of anti-
quities, and no others came. The Society has, consequently,
split upon no rock, but has gone on and prospered. Long may
it do so, for the materials to be examined and re-examined can
never come toanend. One and the same locality needs not to
be revisited for long at the same season, unless by design for the
sake of comparing different years and different kinds of weather,
THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 7
in their influence on plants and animals. It may be doubted
whether any man can live long enough to understand nature too
well in the fields, waters, and rocks, within a walk of his own
house, much less within the country, or the whole basin of a con-
siderable river. But the knowledge gained in our own district,
and maturely considered, will arrange itself in the mind as a
centre round which may be grouped facts and observations drawn
from other regions, whether within our four seas, or far beyond
them ; and I think we may feel sure that no men are more likely
to make a good use of increased facilities of visiting other situa-
tions, on the wings of steam, than those gentlemen who have so
steadily bestowed their attention on the Berwickshire hills, dales,
and sea-beaten shores.
It has been one of the rules of that northern club that, at the
end of his year of honour, the President should read, at a general
meeting, an address, giving some account of what had been done,
and of the observations of natural objects made at the several
field meetings; together with any further remarks that he might
deem adapted to the occasion. A desire having been conveyed
in one of the resolutions passed on the formation of our Tyneside
Club, that a like address should be read by its President before
vacating his place, I will now do my best to obey the injunction.
First, however, let me observe how much I regret the unseemly
prolongation of my tenure of the chair, beyond the week of the
Epiphany Sessions, when it ought to have terminated. The oc-
casion of the delay in this matter, however, will, I am sure, suf-
ficé to excuse it on my part, since it was no other than a serious
illness of our esteemed and excellent Secretary, Mr. Thornhill,
without whose aid and presence it was felt we could not proceed
but at great disadvantage. The present meeting may be con-
gratulated that our Secretary is now able to be amongst us, and
I trust when I have read the minutes kept by him of the pro-
ceedings of each field-meeting, it will be admitted by all that,
though of some length, they are not spun out by any useless or
irrelevant matter, and that there is no part of them that could be
properly curtailed by another hand. Indeed, in justice to the
researches of those gentlemen who exerted themselves in. the
8 FIRST FIELD MEETING.
cause of natural history, and of the Club, at each field-meeting,
I, for one, cannot see how a more succinct record than Mr.
Thornhill’s could be either satisfactory in the present year, or
useful for after-reference and comparison, when to look back to it
may be both pleasing and instructive. TI, therefore, beg leave
now to read the minutes taken by the Secretary ; and at the end
of some of the days, by way of showing that this course is not
followed out of sheer idleness, I will subjoin some remarks on
what appears to have been always a neglected branch of local an-
tiquities—namely, on the older and purer forms, and the original
meaning, of some of the names of localities visited in that excur-
sion.
FIRST FIELD MEETING.
20th May, 1846.
A party of sixteen of the members assembled to breakfast at
Ovingham, at 10 o'clock.
After breakfast they proceeded up Whittle Dene, some
having first visited the old church at Ovingham, the tomb of
Bewick, &c.; others the garden of the Rev. Mr. Bigge, the Rec-
tor, where they were shewn many of the rarer British plants un-
der successful cultivation.
The party spent a very pleasant day in the Dene and neigh-
bouring fields, the only interruption being a rather heavy thun-
der-storm, which passed over the Dene in the afternoon.
The following is a list of the rarer objects of Natural History,
collected or observed :—
The nests of the Grasshopper Warbler (Sylvia Locustella), and
of the Long-tailed Titmouse (Parus caudatus), were found by
Mr. John Hancock, the former being very seldom met with. The
Golden Crested Wren (Regulus auricapillus) was also observed.
Twenty-three species of Shells were collected.
The Dene and neighbourhood are rather rich in the number of
the plants growing there; not many of them, however, very rare.
FIRST FIELD MEETING. 9
Those most worthy of notice are,—in the Dene, Ranunculus au-
ricomus, Trollius Europeus, Euonymus Europeus, large hairy
variety of Pragaria vesca, Carduus heterophyllus, Myosotis sylua-
tica, Orchis Morio, Listera Nidus-avis, the last-named plant
was found by the Rev. Mr. Bigge, and brought by him to his
garden at Ovingham. Convallaria majalis, one of the very few
really wild northern localities of this plant. Paris quadrifolia,
Polypodium Dryopteris. In the neighbourhood, communicated
or pointed out by the Rev. J. F, Bigge,—Sisymbrium Sophia,
Arenaria verna, by the side of the river a little below Ovingham,
Nepeta Cataria, Verbena officinalis, Botrychium Lunaria, and
Ophioglossum vulgatum.
THE PRESIDENTS NOTES ON THE SECRETARY S REPORT OF THE FIRST
FIELD-MEETING.
The party proceeded as far as the township and farm-stead of
Spital. It has been said that here had been situated an hos-
pital, or religious house of some kind, but on what evidence I
could not learn. If this origin of the name should not be sub-
stantiated, the features of the situation will easily suggest ano-
ther, for there is hard by a somewhat remarkable “spout” or
waterfall, where the burn tumbles over a ledge into a deep circu-
lar basin. I do but mention the circumstance because this fea-
ture may soon be lost by the diversion of the burn itself to feed
the new reservoirs for supplying Newcastle with water.
There is at Spital a clear mineral well, impregnated with iron
and sulphur; and around it the moss or bog is abundantly sprink-
led with that most elegant floweret, the Primula farinosa.
The long woodland dene, in which our day had been so plea-
santly spent, takes its name from the township of Whittell, Whit-
tall, or Whitt-hall. In the earliest list of the townships of Nor-
thumberland it will be seen to have as good a claim to the name
of White-hall, as the more splendid structure in Westminster it-
self. Hall is the Old English and Anglo-Saxon name for the
better sort of houses, such as were inhabited by small landowners,
or in other words, by yeomen, (aed-man, a man possessing pro-
perty.) No spelling can be worse than that of the modern
VOL. I. G
10 SECOND FIELD MEETING.
“ Whattles” and “ Thropples,” in which this good old ending has:
reached the last shape of corruption, and the whole word has:
been utterly debased.
The name of Ovingham, itself, belongs to a very interesting
class of names, indicating the homes or abodes of particular
Anglo-Saxon families ;—in this case, it is the home of the Offings, or
sons and daughters of Offa, whosoever that patriarch may have
been. The Anglo-Saxon word would be Offinga-ham; literally,
“of the Offings the home.” ‘There is an excellent early English
spelling of this name, among others of like structure, in the old
records called the Pipe-roll and the Ecclesiastical Inquests, which
well represents our pronounciation of the soft g in such cases, al-
though in most other parts of England that letter would be hard.
When written Ovingeham, as we may find it in the old national
documents, etymology and actual pronunciation are at once con-
ciliated.
Before endings in ton like Ovington, though the meaning of the
first part of the word is the same, a different analogy prevails and
the common spelling is as correct, as in Ovingham for Ovingeham
it is inaccurate. Just over the water is Eltringeham, the well-
chosen abode of the Eldrings or offspring of some patriarchal settler
called Eldric or Eldred, who no doubt had an eye to fish and
fowl as well as to the picturesque.
I trust that the meeting will forgive this passing digression,
which has been made partly in the hope of inducing some anti-
quarian brothers to come and wander over the country with us
next summer.
SECOND FIELD MEETING.
3rd May, 1846.
The second field meeting was held at the pleasant village of
Shotley Bridge. The party breakfasted at that place, and then
proceeded up the Derwent to the Snape, visiting the Sil-
ver-tongue lead mine in their way. On an eminence over-
SECOND FIELD MEETING. 11
looking the Snape, and commanding an extensive and beau-
tiful view both up and down the Derwent, a marquee, amply
stored with refreshments, by the kindness and attention of Mr.
Hutton and Mr. Nicholas Burnett, had been erected, and the
good things it contained were duly appreciated by the party as
they came straggling up. Some having been seeking plants,
ethers insects or shells, some fossils, whilst others had joined that
they might enjoy a pleasant day’s ramble amongst the beautful
scenery of the neighbourhood. After their luncheon, the party
proceeded to Hownsgill, and thence back again to Shotley Bridge,
where they dined. The day was remarkably fine, and every one
was evidently pleased and desirous to please, so that the excur-
sion passed off as pleasantly as might be. Many interesting
plants and other objects of Natural History were observed, amongst
others the Maiden Pink, ( Dianthus deltoides,) which was new to
the district of the excursion. Some papers were read, and lists
of discoveries handed in. A paper was read by the President,
Ralph Carr, Esq., from Mr. Hardy, of Gateshead, mentioning se-
veral insects which he had found, and which had not before been
noticed in the neighbourhood of Newcastle, adding several inter-
esting notices of their habits. Mr. Bold also described the habits of
a species of Death-watch, new to the Newcastle district; of which
he exhibited specimens in the various stages from the caterpillar
to the perfect insect. Mr. King, the Curator of the Newcastle
Museum, gave an account of the results of a dredging expedition
off the coasts of Northumberland and Durham, in which he had
the good fortune to capture several shells, and other marine ani-
mals, new to those coasts. He also mentioned several other sea
shells which he had lately obtained, and which were new to the
district. He exhibited, besides the specimens already alluded
to, numerous examples of other shells, which although not new,
were remarkable for their size and beauty, and for the way in
which they illustrated the history of the different species. He
also exhibited some small, but very beautiful specimens of coral.
—The following is a list of the species new to the coasts of
Northumberland and Durham :—Crass—A new species of the
Genus Mga. Hcuinoperms—Psolus squamatus. SuE~is—
2 SECOND FIELD MEETING.
Panopea Biwonea, Pecten Landsburghii, Fusus Norvegicus, F.
Turton, Fusus, a new species allied to F. corneus, Trochus
millegranus, Natica Grenlandica, Hypothyris ( Terebratula)
psittacea, Axinus (Cryptodon) flexuosus. Corats—Retepora
Beaniana. Sponazrs—A new species of Halichondria. Besides
the above-named species, Mr. King stated that he had obtained
from time to time several dead shells, which he supposed to have
been washed up from a tertiary shell bank situated twenty miles
from the northern part of the coast of Northumberland, viz. :—
Astarte Gatrensis, not found living on the east coast of England,
but found fossil at Bridlington, and living on the west coast of
Scotland ; Saxicava sulcata, a species nearly allied to S. rugosa,
but much larger, only found fossil on this side of the island, but
living in Baffin’s Bay. A species of Mya, allied to IV. truncata,
received living from Greenland, by Mr. A. Hancock, and named
by that gentleman J. Grenlandica ; it is found in a fossil state
in Sweden, on the shores of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and in the
Isle of Bute.
The secretary mentioned that he had noticed in a ditch at
Marsden, Durham, Callitriche platycarpa, which had not been be-
fore announced as a plant of this district.
He also announced that, in company with Mr. John Storey
and Mr. John Thompson, he had noticed new habitats for one or
two of the rarer Northumberland plants, viz.: Pyrola minor,
Carduus heterophyllus, and Rubus saxatilis, in Cockton wood,
near Chesterholme.
The insects mentioned by Mr. Hardy in his paper, as worthy
of particular notice, are Ophonus pubescens, by the Wear, in
Southwick Marsh, a little above Sunderland; Cateretes bipustu-
latus, at the same place. He had found the same insect by the
Derwent, near Winlaton Mill. On the bog below Hilton Castle
he found Lphistemus gyrinoides, Tachyerges Salicett, Crioceris
tenella. In old grass fields in the same vicinity he found Gym-
naetron tricolor (first found in this vicinity by Mr. T. J. Bold).
Of Dipterous insects he noticed Ptychoptera paludosa; Beris
clavipes ; Chrysomyia polita and Chrysogaster viduata, and (by
far the rarest) Vemotelus nigrinus. On the Derwent, near Gib-
SECOND FIELD MEETING. iS
side, he had found Brachyopa bicolor, Chrysostoxum bicinctum,
and C. arcuatum, Cheiloxa ruficornis, and Atheria Ibis.
Mr. Bold described the habits of Anobiwm molle a species of death
watch, which he had found in considerable numbers near New-
castle. This paper will be found in its place in the Transactions.
The rarer insects noticed during the excursion by Mr. Bold,
were Gymnaetron niger, Apion subulatum, A. Spencit and A.
striatum. In addition to these Mr. B. caught upwards of sixty
species of beetles, the names of which will appear in the classi-
fied list now preparing by Mr. Bold and Mr. Hardy.
In addition to the Maiden Pink mentioned, the only plants
worthy of particular notice are Aguilegia vulgaris, near Allans-
ford ; Parietaria oficinalis, on the bridge at the same place ;
Orobanche major, abundant ; and Fedia dentata, in the corn-
fields ; also, Hchium vulgare, in great abundance by the Der-
went, above Allansford.
The Geological features of the district travelled over are, in
the words of Mr. Hutton, “interesting, though simple. It is
well known that in the North of England the carboniferous for-
mation naturally separates itself into three divisions, the upper
one characterised by an abundance of coal, the under one by a
large development of limestone—these being usually designated
the “coal measures,” and “the mountain limestone formation ;”
between these a thick series of beds of coarse grit and slate are
interposed, called the “millstone grit.” It was upon this interme-
diate group almost entirely that the excursion was made. In de-
scending the hill from Medomsley, or Conside, towards the Der-
went, the outcrop of all the lower members of the coal formation
is passed over, the lowest workable bed of coal, the ‘ Brockwell
Seam,’ cropping out in the hill side, very little above the hotel
at Shotley Bridge. Following the Derwent, as the party did, up-
wards from Shotley Bridge, the whole thickness of the ‘ millstone
grit’ (brought up by the rise of the strata) was passed over by
the time the party had arrived at the Silver-tongue lead mine,
where, in the bed of the Derwent, the first stratum of mountain
limestone, called the “ Fell Top Limestone,” makes its appear-
ance. The millstone grit possesses few characters of interest
14 SECOND FIELD MEETING.
sufficient to comment upon, except as having afforded rough
millstones, perhaps, for ages, the name of the formation being
derived from its use in the very district traversed by the Club.
Metalliferous veins are almost exclusively confined to the lower
divisions of the mountain limestone ; but sometimes veins of lead
do occur in the middle series, and at Healyfield have been worked
for many years in the millstone grit.”
THE PRESIDENTS NOTES ON THE SECOND FIELD-MEETING.
Our second excursion was a long and delightful one; the day,
however, was intensely hot, whilst all nature was in full life and
expansion under the burning sunshine. Fortunately there was
a brisk air, and great part of the way was traversed under the
canopy of the woods. The resting-place where we enjoyed the
hospitable shelter of the tent, and partook of its refreshments, over-
looks the course of the Derwent both downward, along in the di-
rection we had come, and upward where its character is different,
as it flows through an open moorland country. The point where
we stood gave us the best possible idea of the geography of the
river and great part of its basin. Just below us was a bold and
richly-wooded elbow of the banks, forming a promontory on the
northern side, and this point is called the Snape. We were told
that this curious appellation was in allusion to the beak of a snipe.
I fancied it might be a corruption of Snae-hope: but there was
no “hope” or short valley there to countenance the supposition.
We must compare this name with a place called The Snipe,
on the angle of land at the junction of Tarset Burn and Hun-
ter’s Burn, in the vale of North Tyne; and also with The
Snipe, at the north-eastern point of Holy Island.
The Anglo-Saxon original, if such ever existed, has been lost ;
but in the Old Norse, the language of the Danes, who so long
held sway in these parts, we find the word Snoppa, rostrum a
beak. Hence it is not unlikely that both Snape, as applied to a
jutting promontory, or point of land, and the name of the bird
may have a common origin, and that both are from the old Norse,
Snoppa, a beak, or from a collateral Anglo-Saxon expression,
which has disappeared.
THIRD FIELD MEETING. 15
On the southern side of Derwent are two “ hopes,” or short vales,
Herdsel-hope and Hys-hope. Their names are now elegantly di-
versified into Horsop and Hysop. Why not at once, Her shop
and His shop? As herdsel isin Old English a sheep-fold, the
real name of the former little vale is of a pleasing pastoral cha-
racter ; that of the latter is not so easy to explain.
THIRD FIELD MEETING,
Tth August, 1846.
The Club was to have assembled to breakfast at Bardon Mill,
and to dinner at Haltwhistle, but, owing to the extreme wetness
of the weather, the meeting was thin, and some of those who met
at breakfast turned back before reaching Haltwhistle.
On account of the state of the weather, but little could be seen
of a district highly interesting for its peculiar geological features,
for its antiquities, and for the numerous interesting plants which
its lochs, its rocky hill-sides, and its marshes produce. Its
zoology does not appear to have been much investigated, but
there seems little doubt that, especially in conchology and en-
tomology, a careful examination would repay the naturalist.
The only rare plant gathered was Ranunculus Lingua, which
the Rev. Mr. Cundill found in a small lake near Walltown.
The papers laid before the meeting were—
“Notices of some new species of Mollusca, &c., found at Ar-
drossan and in the Isle of Arran, in May and June last,” by Mr.
Joshua Alder.
“A list of new habitats of various of the rarer plants of North-
umberland and Durham,” by Mr. John Storey. These new
habitats will duly appear in the catalogue of plants now in
course of preparation.
The President exhibited viviparous heads of the Crested Dogs-
tail Grass (Cynosurus cristatus ).
A communication, through Mr. Hardy, was read from Dr.
16 FOURTH FIELD MEETING.
Johnston, of Berwick upon Tweed, proposing that a joint meet-
ing of the Berwickshire and Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Clubs
should take place at Alnwick, as soon as the Newcastle and Ber-
wick Railway shall be opened, “for mutual encouragement and
the promotion of friendly feelings.”
THE PRESIDENTS NOTE ON THE THIRD FIELD MEETING.
On this, the only occasion when the Club has been interrupted
by bad weather, I happened to be absent on a visit to the banks
of the Breamish. The day was there overcast and rather sultry,
but no rain fell. Distant rolling peals of thunder were heard all
day, beginning on the south-west and ending as if the storm had
come round into Roxburgshire, behind Cheviot, on our north-
western side.
FOURTH FIELD MEETING,
Friday, \1th Sept., 1846.
The Club assembled in the first instance at the house of Mr.
Abbs, of Cleadon, where they were shown through the interesting
grounds belonging to that gentleman’s residence, by the Rev.
G. C. Abbs. They then proceeded to Whitburn, to: breakfast.
After which the party separated, some proceeding to seek for
shells, &c.—others for insects or plants, as might be their parti-
cular pursuit. The principal circumstances which occurred, and
which might be considered of more than common interest, were,
1st, that the party which kept on the banks saw a locust fly past
them, which, however, they did not succeed in taking. This in-
sect appears in this country at considerable intervals ; it is about
twenty years since any were seen in this district ; at least if they
have been seen, there is no record to that effect. This year,
however, they have been seen and captured in considerable num-
bers, especially in the district in which the one alluded to above
was observed. The second circumstance worthy of particular
notice was, that some of the party who had gone to seek for sea-
FOURTH FIELD MEETING. 17
shells, &c., caught a crab in the very act of putting off his coat.
It is well known that all animals of the class to which the crab
belongs, cast their shells once a-year, but there are few instances
recorded of the operation having been actually seen taking place.
The parties who saw the process, describe it as being very like
what a person does when he is wriggling himself out of a coat
that is a little too tight for him. Most of the party proceeded
northward to Marsden, examining as they progressed, the pecu-
liar geological features of the magnesian limestone, here worn
into picturesque arches, lofty pillars, or by the never-ceasing
action of the ocean, worn into deep and extensive caverns, there
cut into towering cliffs, or sometimes crumbling away before
the power of the waves, forming heaps of larger or smaller blocks
at the base of the main mass of which they once formed a por-
tion. After the party had explored this interesting locality as
long as their time allowed, they turned their course southward
and dined at the Roker Baths Hotel. After dinner, the follow-
ing papers were read :—
“On some of the habits of the horse leech, Hamopsis sangui-
suga, with notices of some rare insects,” by Mr. Hardy.
“ Notice of the occurrence of Limnoria terebrans, at the mouth
of the Tyne,” by Mr. Albany Hancock.
Mr. Hardy also exhibited some very remarkable viviparous
heads of the common cocksfoot grass, Dactylis glomerata. .
THE PRESIDENT’S NOTES ON THE FOURTH FIELD MEETING.
The flight of the locust, which we saw and marked down, and
again sprung as if it had been a lark, was strong, quick, and well
sustained. The insect evidently had the power of proceeding a
long way without any fresh impulse from the ground, and could
turn in any direction. It was scarcely smaller as seen flying than
the larger dragon flies.
The day was cloudless, and the air delightful; an extraor-
dinary host of that brilliant insect the scarlet admiral butterfly,
Vanessa atalanta, were on the wing. ‘They were flying past us
or resting on the autumnal flowers, which are peculiarly fragrant
VOL. I. D
18 FIFTH FIELD MEETING.
on the magnesian limestone, by dozens and scores together, open-
ing and shutting their brilliant wings in the sunshine.
Having enjoyed a long ramble as far as Marsden, we returned
to the refreshment of an excellent dinner at Roca, for so the
older maps denominate the place. The name might seem a lit-
tle exotic and romantic, although well bestowed in allusion to
the rocks and cliffs along the shore. In accordance with the
taste of the present day, the name has been revised, and as there
is a railway not far off, it is written Roker, so that it may rhyme
with poker and stoker.
We had the gratification of being accompanied this day by a
learned native of Iceland, Mr. T. G. Repp, late of the Advocates’
Library, in Edinburgh, and now of Copenhagen. Mr. Repp has
been the editor and latin translator of the Lardela Saga, and
the author of a valuable treatise on Trial by Jury among the
Scandinavian nations, and other learned works.
FIFTH FIELD MEETING.
October 29, 1846,
The last Field Meeting of the year was held at Tynemouth,
on Thursday the 29th October. The party breakfasted and
dined at the Star and Garter Hotel, in that village. After break-
fast, the party proceeded to Whitley, visited the quarries, in a
pond in which, Mr. A. Hancock, Mr. Loftus, and others, collected
specimens of a rare shell, first discovered there by Mr. Alder and
the Rev. Mr. Mark, and named by the former gentleman Pla-
norbis levis. They then went to Whitley House, where the
party had an opportunity of inspecting the very extensive and
valuable collection of shells belonging to Mr. J. H. Fryer, who,
thinking that the body as well as the mind should be cared for,
had provided a very substantial luncheon. After this had been
done full justice to, the party proceeded northward, but not far, as
the day was waning, and some of the gentlemen wished to ex-
amine the indications of the 90 fathoms dike at Cullercoats, and
FIFTH FIELD MEETING. 19
also the fine specimen of what is called the “Northern Drift,” at the
the mouth of the Tyne. At this latter locality, Mr. Carr, the pre-
sident, pointed out several remarkable examples of blocks of va-
rious kinds of stone (Basalt, Mountain Limestone, Millstone
Grit, Coal Sandstone, &c.)—which exhibited strong marks of
glacial action. In the morning three communications were read
from Mr. Loftus, viz. :—an account of the occurrence of the glow-
worm, near Gibside ; a list of new localities of several rare Bri-
tish shells ; and a letter to the President, recommending that the
members of the club should communicate at the meetings any
information with respect to Natural History, which they may
have obtained in their researches, in the intervals between those
said meetings. Mr. Albany Hancock read a very interesting pa-
per on the varieties of Buccinuwm undatum. This shell, one of
the larger Whelks which inhabit our coast, is found at various
depths and under various circumstances. Some occurring in 40
fathoms water, some in water of only half that depth, whilst
other examples are found within the tide-marks. Mr. Hancock
stated, that as the circumstances in which the shell is found,
vary, so the character of the shell is altered. The comparatively
deep water variety is thin and delicate, occasionally exceedingly
so, because it lives at the bottom of water, which, at the depth
mentioned, is nearly, if not entirely, still. The bottom of the
water, on which it lives, is also muddy. Coming nearer in shore,
or into shallower water, we find another form of this shell, thicker
and stronger than the last. We have not time to describe all
the varieties, we may, however, state that the extreme forms are
so opposite that they have been described as distinct species.
But a careful examination of the habits and habitats, shews
that the variety of form, under which they appear, is only what
might be expected from the variety of circumstances in which
they exist.
Mr. Hancock has in preparation a full account of the dif-
ferent varieties of this interesting Mollusk, so that the members
of this Club, as well as other parties interested in the subject,
will shortly have before them an accurate and skilful account of
this Protean shell.
20 FIFTH FIELD MEETING.
THE PRESIDENTS NOTES ON THE FIFTH FIELD MEETING.
On this, our last meeting, for an excursion in furtherance of
the objects of the Club, we spent an agreeable and instructive
day, notwithstanding the lateness of the season. The attractions
in the cabinet and library at Whitley House, were really endless,
and I left them with the feeling, that in spite of Mr. Fryer’s
exertions that our curiosity should be fully gratified, we had only
made a beginning before the shortness of an autumn day warned
us to proceed. I had the pleasure of showing, after breakfast, a
very good sample of Spanish chesnuts, ripened on the trees at
Dunston Hill. They have this year been perfectly matured, per-
haps, even more completely than in 1826. We have some fine
young trees growing, which were raised from the seed of that
season. But the river Tyne is, perhaps, not far from the north-
ern limit where this southern tree will bring its fruit to maturity,
even in the warmest summers.
I will conclude by mentioning a circumstance of the habits of
the Tawny Owl, Strix Stridula, which I mentioned to some of
our ornithologists at the Ovingham meeting. That bird does not
seem to be known as a bold and rapacious robber of the nests of
some of our stronger birds at the time when it is feeding its own
young. It has been protected now for a few years at Dunston
Hill. In 1844 a pair of Tawny Owls reared and ushered into
the world three hopeful young, after having fed them assiduously
upon the trees for many weeks after they had left the nest.
The food must often have consisted in great part of worms,
snails, and slugs, for the old birds brought it every minute from
the ground in the immediate vicinity of the trees where the
young were perched. This, however, might only be considered
as a whet to their appetites before dinner ; for the parents made
repeated and persevering attacks upon three or four magpie nests,
sometimes during half an hour at a time. As the defence was
spirited and gallant, they were often repulsed ; but, finally, I
found the remains of young magpies under the favourite perch
of the young owls, and one morning the bloody head and fea-
thers of an old magpie, conspicuous from its size and the want of
FIFTH FIELD MEETING. 21
any cerous skin about the beak. This then, ] thought, must
have been taken when roosting. In 1845 the old owls alone
were seen, and they passed the summer in sedate retirement, and
seemed to rest from the labours of propagation; neither did they
molestthemagpies. But in 1846they began to be veryactiveearly
in the spring, and by the beginning of May again had their young
owlets out upon the branches. Walking out about nine o’clock
one evening, I heard a pertinacious attack going on against a
pair of magpies that had their nest in the top of a very tall
sycamore. At last instead of the frantic chattering of the poor
magpies, one of them began to shriek in agony like a hare when
caught in a noose ; and it was evident the owl was endeavouring
to drag it out—the mother bird—by the head from the entrance
of the nest. I ran down to the spot to prevent the perpretration
of such murder, and arrived in time to separate the combatants by
striking against the stem of thetree witha stick. Before the next
morning the young of our only pair of rooks had disappeared
from the nest, in a situation where nothing but the owls could
have injured them. This was too bad ; a decree went forth against
the young owls, and they paid the penalty of their voracious
appetites.
It is thus evident that the magpie’s instinct in arching over her
nest is necessary to enable her and her mate to defend it against
rapacious birds. Probably the raven, the buzzard, and the kite,
may be all disposed to make unfriendly visits, wherever their
race has not been exterminated by pitiless gamekeepers. But it
is evident that the tawny owl is a formidable enemy. The re-
luctance of the rook to build out of society may also be better
understood, as it cannot defend its open nest against the owl at
night; and also one reason why the instinct of the daw leads it
always to seek the shelter of a hole, although, as Mr. Waterton
remarks it appears to be as hardy a bird as the rook. That
wisdom and beneficence which never err may have given them
instincts for other and more important ends than human eyes
may ever be able to descry, but it is always gratifying when we
think we can in part understand the utility and design of differ-
ences so striking.
22 LAST FIELD MEETING OF THE SEASON.
I will now conclude by the agreeable statement that our num-
bers now amount to more than eighty, and that we have been
permitted to add the names of some fair honorary members, who
have not only lent us their general encouragement, but have sent
some beautiful specimens of dried plants, alge, and corallines,
for examination.
The last meeting of the year was held on Monday evening, the
15th Nov., 1846, conjointly with the Natural History Society, in
the rooms of that institution, the President of the club, Ralph
Carr, Esq., in the chair.
The President read a paper introductory to a future contribu-
tion, concerning various proper names of places in Durham and
Northumberland. It was stated that the geography of these dis-
tricts is rich in significant terminations, of easy etymology, de-
scriptive of hills, vales, waters, woodlands, precipices, pastures,
villages, hamlets, enclosures, &c. ;—that although much has been
done by the researches of Mr. Brockett and others, yet the ety-
mological part of the question may be further elucidated from
the Anglo-Saxon and old Norse languages, care being had in no
case to trench upon ground under which an older Celtic element
might be concealed ; that the different English counties offer
great variety in the distribution and grouping of the signifi-
cant popular endings, and that to compare them with those
near home, may afford no small interest to a traveller ;—that
in every part of the country the old popular names possess
a certain grace and dignity from their close connexion with
the cultivated speech and literature of our Anglo-Saxon fore-
fathers ; whilst those of modern invention, with all their affecta-
tion of classical or foreign sound, are comparatively worthless.
A paper was also read by Mr. T. J. Bold, on the corn-weevil, a
beetle which, along with another small coleopterous insect, com-
mits fearful ravages amongst bonded corn. Mr. Albany Han-
cock’s paper on Limnoria terebrans, a small species of crab which
commits great havoc in sub-marine wood-work, was.re-read, as the
subject is of great importance from the great destruction of sound
ABSTRACT, AND ANNUAL MEETING. 23
timber caused by this small animal, which is not more than the
tenth part of an inch in length, and yet from its amazing num-
bers in certain localities is truly formidable to those who have to
construct and pay for sub-marine wood work.
Mr. Peacock, of Sunderland, one of the members of the Club,
exhibited specimens of this minute but destructive animal, which,
by his account, had committed extensive ravages in the docks of
the above-named town.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCHEDINGS OF THE
COMMITTEE DURING THE YEAR.
In order that the proposed lists might be made as nearly com-
plete as possible, it was determined that parties not members
should be desired to co-operate. In accordance with this reso-
lution, Mr. R. EH. Bewick was requested by the committee to be-
come a member, and to be one of the sub-committee for forming
a list &c., of the Fishes of the district. Mr. Bewick declined
becoming a member, but promised to cordially assist the views
of the Club in any way he could. Mr. Embleton, of Embleton,
was also applied to for his assistance, but from that gentleman no
answer was received.
The committee determined also, that the Lists, Transactions,
&c., should be printed in 8vo., and that the printing should be
entrusted to the Messrs. Hodgson. The last matters of any im-
portance transacted previously to the annual meeting were, the
fixing of a day for that meeting, and resolving that Mr. Von
Voorst should be requested to undertake the publication of the
transactions, W&c., of the Club.
ANNUAL MEETING.
19th February, 1847.
Raupu Carr, the President, in the Chair.
The president read a short address detailing the circumstances
24 ANNUAL MEETING.
which led to the formation of the Club, and then requested the
Secretary to read his report of the various field meetings, to which
the chairman appended various remarks as the report of each
meeting was read.
A letter was read from Mr. Alder, stating that he had received
a communication from Dr. Johnston, of Berwick upon Tweed,
proposing that the Tyneside and Berwickshire Naturalists’ Field
Clubs should hold, in the summer, a joint meeting at Alnwick.
This proposition was agreed to, with the understanding that it
should not take place until the opening of the Newcastle upon
Tyne and Berwick Railway.
It was resolved, that in future there shall be one President,
three Vice-Presidents, two Secretaries (one of whom to act as
Treasurer), and ten Committee.
The following gentlemen were elected officers for the ensuing
year :—
PRESIDENT.
Tue Rev. Joun F. Biaee.
VICE-PRESIDENTS.
J. H. Fryer, Esq.
Josnua ALDER, Esq.
D. B. Wurtr, Esq., M. D.
SECRETARIES.
Mr. Joun THORNHILL.
Mr. Tuomas Burnet.
TREASURER.
Mr. THornuitu.
COMMITTEE.
Mr. Ratpu Carr, | Mr. Joun THompeson,
Mr. W. K. Lortus. Mr. Ricu. Howse,
Dr. Cuaruton, Mr. GrorcEe Burnett,
Mr. Atpany Hancock, Mr. Joun Storey,
Mr. J. Hancocr, Dr. EmsBieton.
The thanks of the meeting were then voted to the President
for his services during the past year, and also for his conduct as
chairman of the meeting.
( 25 )
LIST OF MEMBERS.
A
Abbs, The Rev. G. C., Cleadon,
Adamson, Charles, Westgate Street,
Adamson, William, Westgate Street,
Alder, Joshua, Ravensworth Terrace,
Allport, J. J., Gateshead,
Armstrong, Joseph, Courant Office, Pilgrim Street,
Armstrong, Pearson, Lovaine Place.
Atkinson, George C., West Denton,
Atkinson, John Ismay, Wylam.
B
Backhouse, William, Darlington,
Balmer, George, Cloth Market,
Bell, Thomas, Land Surveyor, Cumberland Row,
Bigge, The Rev. John F., Stamfordham,
Blacklock, Joseph, St. Nicholas’ Church Yard,
Bold, T. J., Cloth Market,
Bruce, The Rev. J. C., Percy Street,
Burnet, Thomas, Summerhill Terrace,
Burnett, George, Clayton Street,
Burnett, George, Grey Street,
Burnett, Nicholas, Black Hedley, Shotley Bridge.
C
Carr, The Rev. Charles, Ryton,
Carr, Ralph, Dunston Hill,
Charlton, Edward, M. D., Hldon Square,
Clarke, George, Walker,
Coxe, The Rev. R. C., Newcastle,
Creighton, William, Morpeth,
Cundill, The Rev. John, Durham,
Currie, Robert, Grey Street.
VOL, I. E
26
LIST OF MEMBERS.
D
Dees, Robert Richardson, Solicitor, Newcastle,
Donkin, Armorer, Newcastle.
E
Elliott, Robert, M. D., Carlisle,
Ellison, Nathaniel, Murton House,
Embleton, Dennis, M. D., Blackett Street.
F
Featherstonhaugh, The Rev. W., Ovingham,
Fryer, J. H., Whatley.
G
Glover, Robert M., M. D., Vorthumberland Street,
Green, R. Y., Solicitor, 8, Mosley Street,
Greenhow, Thomas M., Hidon Square,
Greenwell, The Rev. William, Univ. Coll., Durham.
H
Hancock, Albany, St. Mary’s Terrace,
Hancock, John, St. Mary's Terrace,
Hardy, James, Berwick-upon-T'weed,
Hayton, The Rev. Mr., Sunderland,
Houseman, John, M. D., Barras Bridge,
Howse, Richard, Jun., Zrafalgar Street,
Hurst, T. G., Seaton Delaval,
Hutton, William, Grey Street.
I
Ingham, Robert, Westoe.
K
Kaye, William, Blackett Street,
Kell, William, Gateshead,
King, William, Vewcastle.
LIST OF MEMBERS.
L
Liddell, Matthew, Gosforth,
Loftus, W. K., Stand House.
M
Mather, Edward, Solicitor, Grey Street,
Mole, J. H., Blackett Street,
Moore, John, Bishopwearmouth,
O
Oliver, Daniel, ter’., Bigg Market.
P
Paige, the Rev. Lewis, A. M., 7, St. James’s Street,
Pattinson, Hugh Lee, Washington,
Peacock, Reginald, Sunderland,
Peacock, Septimus, Sunderland,
Pearson, William, Surgeon, Heaham,
Pigg, Thomas, Jun., Northumberland Street,
Plummer, Robert, Vewcastle,
Potter, H. G., Jesmond Terrace,
Preston, John H., Solicitor, Greenfield Place.
R
Radford, James, Grey Street,
Rippon, George, Vorth Shields,
Robson, Christopher, Grainger Street.
8
Sewell, Joseph, Heaton,
Sidney, M. J. F., Cowpen,
Sopwith, Thomas, Adlenheads,
Storey, John, S¢. Mary's Place.
AL Fs.) sevesevoreee vee
LIST OF MEMBERS,
7
Tait, George, Alnwick,
Taylor, John, Lovaine Row,
Thompson, H. A., Grey Street,
Thompson, John, Hlswick Terrace,
Thompson, the Rev. Mr., Unthank,
Thornhill, John, Mulgrave Terrace, Gateshead,
Thornton, J. L., Northumberland Court,
Trevelyan, Arthur, Wallington,
Turner, John, High Bridge, Newcastle.
W
Wailes, George, Ridley Place,
Weatherley, Capt. J. D., New Bridge Street,
White, David B., M. D., Portland Place,
Wight, Rev. Mr., Vewcastle,
Winship, William, Surgeon, Percy Street.
The Treasurer in Account with the Tyneside Naturalists’
Field Club.
£. 8
By 47 Subscriptions van By paid for Postage-
i x te Stamps, Printing,
and Stationery,
Balance in hand,
£11 15 0
oe sf
ES es
710 6
£11 15 0
I.—WNotice of the Capture of Anobium molle.
By T. J. Bou, Esq.
[Read July 3, 1846.]
Srvc the last meeting of this Society, I have captured in abun-
dance Anobiwm molle, Linn., an insect, which, although recorded
by Mr. Selby in his “ Fauna of Twizell,” published in the third
volume of the “ Annals of Natural History,” has not since then,
to my knowledge, been noticed as occurring in the counties of
Northumberland or Durham.
I found it in the vicinity of Newcastle in its various stages of
larva, pupa, and imago.
The larva appears to differ in habit from that of the typical
species, which is generally found in the interior of wood, whilst
this finds its pabulum in the inner bark of the Scotch fir (Pinus
sylvestris), forming its tortuous burrows, at one time, wholly in
the bark, at another eating equally of the bark and wood, and in
very few instances perforating the wood itself.
The pupa is enclosed in a fine, soft, whitish, silken cocoon, and
is found in the same locale as the larva.
The imago, or perfect insect, I found on the same pales in
which I got the larva and pupa: they are those pales by the
road-side at the foot of Benton Bank. I first observed it on the
31st of May last, and have since, at intervals, noticed it up to
the present time. It has a most grotesque appearance when at
rest, the head forming a right angle with the body ; and I ob-
served, that although it falls when touched, or apprehensive of
danger, yet it does not simulate death, as others of this genus do,
but runs with celerity or takes wing with a readiness that quite
astonished me.
Another trait in its character also differs from any thing that
I have before noticed in this tribe; I allude to their dismember-
ing each other when in confinement. I puta great number of
30 CAPTURE OF ANOBIUM MOLLE.
specimens into quills, and when I came to set them the following
morning, I found that in the short space of one hour they had so
effectually dismembered each other, as not to leave me one per-
fect example.
Mr. Stephens, in his description of this species, says, that the
elytra have “the apex rounded and somewhat glossy;” but does
not mention a pale spot, which is just within the apex of each
elytron, and which is more particularly conspicuous when the
insect is alive.
THOMAS JOHN BOLD.
Newcastle, July 1, 1846.
The specimens exhibited are—
Anobiwm molle, in its various stages.
Trypodendron domesticum, a rare species, taken by Mr. James
Hardy, near Axwell Park, in March last.
Ophonus pubescens, also taken by Mr. Hardy, on the banks of the
Wear, near Southwick, in May.
( 31)
Il.—Wotice of the Occurrence of Limnoria terebrans at the mouth
of the Tyne. By Aupany Hancock, Esq.
[Read September 11, 1846.]
Four or five weeks ago, whilst rambling along the coast at the
mouth of the river, I stumbled on the remains of a few sal-
mon-net stakes, not far from Clifford’s fort. On examining
these stakes, which were near low water mark, I found that
they were reduced to less than half their original diameter,
by the ravages of a small crustaceous animal, which had pene-
trated the wood in every direction, and that I had really got hold
of the formidable Limnoria terebrans—the dread of the maritime
engineer.
The attention of naturalists was first drawn to this destructive
little animal by Mr. Robert Stevenson, of Edinburgh, Civil En-
gineer, who discovered it whilst erecting the Bell-Rock lighthouse.
It had attacked the beams supporting the temporary wooden bea-
con, and had done much injury. Specimens of the wood, con-
taining the animal, were forwarded to Dr. Leach, who named it
as above. Since then it has been found in various ports in
England, Scotland, and Ireland: it has also been observed on
the coasts of France and the Netherlands, and more recently has
been detected in America.
The ravages of the Zimnoria are of the most alarming nature :
it attacks equally all kinds of wood, except teak ; and in the
course of three years it has been known to reduce logs of Nor-
wegian pine ten inches square to seven inches, that 1s, at the rate
ofan inch in the year. No effectual preventive, I believe, has yet
been discovered. Sheathing with copper and driving broad-
headed nails all over the surface of the wood are the most suc-
cessful modes adopted by engineers: painting and tarring have
also been resorted to with variable results ; but any covering of
this kind is so liable to be abraded that it cannot be relied on,
even supposing that it affords complete protection when first
applied.
32 OCCURRENCE OF LIMNORIA TEREBRANS.
This animal, so detrimental to our docks and other submerged
wooden works connected with marine affairs, is scarcely two lines
long, and is otherwise so insignificant in appearance that most
persons, at first sight, would deem it unworthy of a thought.
It is allied to the sea wood lice (the Oniscide), and is supposed
to feed on the wood into which it bores. I have some reason,
however, to doubt the truth of this, for I have found minutely
comminuted wood in the entrance of the burrows, as if thrown
out by the animal. If so, then the Limnoria is no exception»
as has been supposed, to the general rule, that all the Crustacea
feed on animal substances.
In conclusion, I beg to apologise for having trespassed on the
time of the Club, with the present communication, which cer-
tainly I would not have done, had not the subject of it possessed
more than ordinary interest. It belongs also to the district in
which we are now assembled, and I thought it proper to make
known that we have this troublesome animal at the mouth of the
Tyne: and I am acquainted with no better way of doing so than
through the medium of this Society. |
Newcastle, Sept. 10, 1846.
(33)
I1l.—Wotes on damage done to Wheat by Cucujus monilicornis
and Calandra granaria. By T. J. Bou.
[Read Nov. 23, 1846.]
I save frequently had my attention drawn to the damage done
to warehoused grain, by the corn weevil (Calandra granaria,
Linn.) ; and recently, an instance has come within my notice, in
which it has been accompanied by another small coleopterous
insect (Oucujus monilicornis, Marsh.), and this circumstance hav-
ing enabled me to form something like an estimate of the loss
which they occasion, I am induced to bring before the Club a
few notes on the subject ; hoping that they may not be without
interest, especially as no English author has given any direct
computation of the havoc committed by those pests.
A parcel of two hundred quarters of Rostock wheat, of fine
quality, weighing 6libs. per Winchester bushel, was bonded in
the summer of 1844 ; and from causes which it is here unneces-
sary to mention, was allowed to remain in the warehouse until
the latter part of this summer (1846). When sampled it was
found to be of various weights ; 60 qrs. weighed 441Ibs. per
bushel; 80 qrs. weighed 463Ibs., and the remaining 60 qrs.
56iibs., being an average of 49Ibs. ; and shewing a deficiency
of 12%bs. on each bushel, or 96ibs. per qr. ; and on the whole 200
qrs. a deficiency of 19,200ibs.; equal in measure to 38 qrs. 6
bushels ; which at the present (Nov. 4) market value of 64s. per
qr., will amount to 124/., nearly one-fifth of the total value of the
wheat. But it must be remembered that this calculation is made
on the mere loss of weight ; without noticing the great deterior-
ation of quality ; for it will be seen, by the sample exhibited,
that the insects have taken the farinaceous, or internal portion of
the grain, leaving the outer portion, consisting merely of the
husk or bran ; and what is left is rendered so “ unsweet ” as to
be totally unfit for human food ; consequently, its value is so
VOL. I. F
34 ON THE DAMAGE DONE TO WHEAT BY
much reduced, that, I have not the least doubt, but that the ac-
tual loss is more than double the computed amount. A curious cir-
cumstance, and which I do not remember to have seen satisfac-
torily accounted for, is the bad condition of all grain infested
with weevils, it being always more or less “heated.” This heat-
ing the warehouse-men attribute to the natural warmth of the
beetles; but I would think, that it is more likely to be caused
by the tendency to fermentation of the moistened and injured
grain. The difference of weight mentioned—444, 463, and 564
Tbs. per bushel, is caused by the position of the wheat in the
warehouse; the lightest is from the centre of the loft, where
the grain generally lies thickest, and the heaviest, from the out-
side or ends of the heap, which are cooler and not so much in-
fested as the centre, where the temperature is much higher, and
more congenial to the habits of the insects.
The agents in this destruction are Cucujus monilicornis,* and
Calandra granaria. The first is a very small beetle not exceed-
ing one line in length. Curtis, in the “Journal of the Royal
Agricultural Society of England,” Part I, 1846, p. 104, has
made some remarks on the species of Cucujus that have been
found in granaries, and, amongst others, mentions that, C. mon-
tlicornis “ was observed in granaries, and corn-bins, in Norfolk,
about 30 years back, in the month of December.” Whether or
not this species is attendant on the weevils, [am unable to say.
I have cut open some of the grains of wheat, and found as many
as five or six individuals in each grain. Curtis, in the wheat
that he examined from Ancona, which was infested by C. testa-
ceus, found two or three dead individuals, in the interior of the
grain, and the husk was pierced with very minute holes. I have
also detected C. monilicornis in Madras rice, imported direct
from the East Indies.
But the principal agent in this mischief is the weevil, and it
is not a little singular that the larva, which is said to “make
the greatest havoc amongst the corn,” is undescribed by British
* JT had a two ounce phial filled with living specimens brought me in the
beginning of November. They had a peculiar, strong, unpleasant smell.
CUCUJUS MONILICORNIS AND CALANDRA GRANARIA. 35
Entomologists. It has, however, been described, and its trans-
formations traced, by Olivier*, whose account has been adopted by
succeeding naturalists.
The countless multitudes in which the corn weevil sometimes
occurs almost exceed belief; the men who had the care of this
parcel of wheat assured me, that during the summer they regularly
screened it once a month, or once in five weeks, and that at each
screening they got about fourteen bushels of weevils.t Thequantity
of weevils may appear incredible to those unacquainted with such
matters, but it must be borne in mind, that, under favourable
circumstances, they increase amazingly. Kirby and Spence, in
the “Introduction to Entomology,” Vol. L., p. 170, speaking of
the corn weevil say, “sometimes this pest becomes so infinitely
numerous, that a sensible man engaged in the brewing trade once
told me, speaking perhaps rather hyperbolically, that they col-
lected and destroyed them by bushels; and no wonder, for a
single pair of these destroyers may produce in one year above
six thousand descendants.” De Geer makes them still more pro-
lific. He asserts that, “a single pair, in the course of a season,
will produce (among themselves, and their descendants,) twenty-
three thousand six hundred individuals;{ and an instance came
under my own observation, in which six bushels of weevils alone
were taken at one screening, out of eight or ten lasts of Danish
rye.
The weevils do not confine their ravages to wheat and rye, but
have been found to attack barley, malt, oats, and maize, with
equal readiness; and Curtis observed some, that during the win-
ter ate up some pearl barley.
The great importance of this subject has led to the suggestion
of a variety of expedients for the destruction of the weevils; but
unfortunately a practically useful one is still a desideratum. It
is said that the odour of spirits of turpentine, and even fumiga-
tion with sulphur, have been tried without benefit. Screening the
* Encyclopédie Méthodique, Vol. V., p. 488.
+ Of course this would include Cucwjus, Weevils, and the excrement of the
latter, which is a white, round seed-like substance.
t Encycl. Brit. Vol. IX. p. 175.
36 ON THE DAMAGE DONE TO WHEAT BY CUOUIUS, dec.
infected grain appears to be the only effectual remedy; but this
process becomes very expensive, from the frequency with which
it has to be repeated.
THOS. J. BOLD.
November, 1846.
( 37)
IV.—A Catalogue of the Insects of Northumberland and Dur-
ham, drawn wp at the request of the Tyneside Naturalists Field
Club. By Jamus Harpy, and Tuomas Joun Botp.
INSECTA MANDIBULATA.
Orper 1. COLEOPTERA, Aristoile.
Sect. 1. PENTAMERA, Latreille.
TRIBE 1. CHILPODOMORPHA, Mac Leay.
Stirps 1. GEODEPHAGA, Mac Leay.
Sus-TRIBE 1. ADEPHAGA, Clairville.
Famity 1. CICINDELIDA, Kirby.
1. CrcrnpELa, Linn.
1. C. campustRis, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 11.
Heaths, warm banks and sandy shores, appearing as early as
March. ‘Twizell, Long Benton, Elswick, Winlaton Mill ; and on
the coast near Marsden, Whitburn, and Ryhope.
Famity 2. CARABIDA, Leach.
Sus-FAMILY 1. BracHinipEs, Westw.
2. Demerrias, Bonelli.
1. D. atricapriius, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 15.
On the Links at Hartlepool in April—J. H. Marsden.—W/r.
W. Peacock.
3. Dromius, Bonelli.
1. D. actus, Fab.
Steph. Illust., Mand., 1. 21.—Carabus agilis, Fab., Syst. El. 1.
185.
Under bark and in moss. “ Twizell.”-—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Ravens-
worth—J. H. Long Benton.—Z. J. B.
38 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
2. D. quapRimMacuLatus, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 21.
Common : under the bark of trees during the spring and win-
ter months.
3. D. euapRinotatus, Panz.
Steph. Illust. Mand.,i.21. 8. Ibid. i. 22. pl. i. f. 4.
Under the bark of fir, ash, and other trees : Gosforth, Gibside,
Ravensworth, Dunston-hill, and woods above Swalwell, in Janu-
ary and February. Var. @. with the pale spots on the elytra
united, was “taken near Darlington, in company with a profu-
sion of variety «.”—Mr. (. Horner. (Steph. Ilust., Mand., i.
176.)
4. D. mELANocEPHALUS, De Jean.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 22. pl. 1. f. 5.
“Mwizell.” P. J. Selby, Hsq. On the banks of the Team,
near Ravensworth. Sea-coast at Whitley, Marsden, and Hartle-
pool. March—Oct.
5. D. Frascratus, Payk.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 24.
“ Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Sea-coast at Whitley, in May
and Sept.—7Z. J. B.
6. D. trinzarts, Oliv.
Steph. Illust., Mand., 1. 25.
Generally distributed. Apr.—Oct.
7. D. rovnoxus, Gyil.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 26.
Grassy banks on the sea-shore at Marsden.—G@. Wailes, Esq.
4. Lamprias, Bonelli.
1. L. cutorocernatus, L'nt. Hefte.
Steph. Itlust., Mand., i. 30.
“Not very uncommon under stones near Newcastle,” (Steph,
Tllust. i., 177.) ; and on the sea-banks at Whitley.—G. Wales,
Esq. Near Boldon in moss upon the limestone rocks, and at
Marsden under stones, in April and May.—Mr. A. Hancock.
“Woods about Durham.”—WU/r. 7. J. Bungey (Ornsby’s Dur-
ham). Banks near Ryhope—Mr. W. Peacock.
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 39
Sus-ramity 2. SCARITIDES, Westwood.
5. Crivina, Latreille.
1. C. rossor, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand. 1., 39.
Common under stones and rubbish.
2. C. coutaris, Herbst.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 40, pl. iii. f. 3.—Curtis, Brit. Ent.,
pl. 175.
Beneath stones by the side of the Tyne and Derwent. May
and June.
6. Dyscuirius, Bonelli.
1. D. erssus, Lab.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 43.—Scarites gibbus, /ab. Syst. HU.
ee 26:
Jarrow-slake.—G. Wales, Esq.
Sus-FaMILy 8. HARPALIDES, Westw.
Diviston 1. FeronrpEa, Westw.
7. Patrosus, Wegerle.
1. P. nurses, Lab.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 119.—Carabus rufipes, Fab. Syst.
Ei. i. 184.
Under stones, &c. It appears in February.
8. Catatuus, Bonelli.
1. C. MELANOCEPHALUS, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 98.
Common.
2. C. cistELorpEs, 70.
Steph. Illust., Mand., 1. 99.
Common. The variety with the antenne and legs pitchy
black has been noticed in one or two instances.
3. C. FULVIPEs, Gyll.
C. fulvipes, Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent. Paris, i. 203, 2.,
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv.i. 54, 3.—C. crocopus, Steph. Illust,,
Mand.,i. 99. Steph. Manual, No. 191.
Abundant on the coast; Whitley, South Shields, Ryhope,
Hartlepool, and Seaton Carew. March—Sept.
40 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
5. C. ruscus, Mab ?
Steph. Illust., Mand., 1. 99.
Two specimens at Greencroft, D.—7. J. B.
6. C. Motus, Marsh.
Steph. Illust., Mand., 1. 101.—Carabus mollis, Marsh. 1. 456.
“Twizell.,—P. J. Selby, Hsq. “Castle Eden Dean.”—@G.
Wailes, Esq. Frequent on the Links at South Shields. March
—Oct.
9. Ampuyernus, Haliday.
1. A. prcrus, Zarsh.
Haliday, Entomologist, 175.—Carabus piceus, Marsh. i.
444, Calathus piceus, Steph. Illust., Wand., i. 98, pl. vi.
a &:
In the neighbourhood of Bamburgh and Twizell.—P. J. Selby,
Esq. Bradley Mill.—7Z. J. B. “ Durham.”—Ornsby’s Durham.
It frequents the roots of trees and decayed stumps.
10. Synucuus, Gyllenhal.
1. 8. nrvauis, Z7i.
8. vivalis, Steph. Illust., Mand., 1. 97.
Sea coast at South Shields in July —Z. J. B.
11. Pristonycuus, De Jean.
1. P. rerricoxa, J//.
Sphodrus Terricola, Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 85.
Common in cellars and bake-houses.
12. SpHoprus, Clairville.
1. 8. LeUcopTHALMUs, Linn.
Steph. [llust., Mand., 1. 84.
In cellars and warehouses, not abundant. A specimen in an
outhouse at Twizell, and another in a cellar at Lucker.—P. J.
Selby, Esq. Newcastle and Long Benton.
13. Puatynus, Bonelli.
1. P. anevsticouuis, Yad.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 83. Carabus angusticollis, Fab.
Syst. Hl. i. 182.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Ovingham and Bradley Mill ;
Ravensworth and Cocken Woods ; common on the banks of the
Tyne and Derwent; “under stones near Kepyer.”—(Ornsby’s
Durham) ; under sea-weed between Sunderland and Ryhope.
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 4]
14. AncHomeEnts, Bonelli.
1, A. prasinus, Fad.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 82.—Carabus prasinus, Mab. Syst.
Ei, i., 206.
Common beneath stones.
A variety in Mr. Albany Hancock’s collection has the thorax
wrinkled transversely ; the elytra blue, a shade paler on the
sides ; the legs and antenne rufo-piceous.
2. A. auprpss, L71.
Steph. Illust. Mand. i., 82.—A. sordidus, Lbid., i., 82.—Cara-
bus pallipes, Hab. Syst. £7., i. 187.
Abundant on the banks of streams. It is also met with on
the coast, and occasionally hybernates under bark.
3. A, opLonaus, Mab.
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 82.—Carabus oblongus, Fab. Syst.
Li, i., 186.
Local ; under the bark of willows and beneath moss in damp
woods. “Common near Newcastle.”-—G. Wailes, Hsq. Dun-
ston, and in plantations on the Team, near Ravensworth. Dec.,
June.
15. Aconum, Bonelli.
1. A. mARrcinatum, Linn.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 85.
On the shore at Prestwick Car.—G. Waites, Esq.
“We got them under the leaves of the yellow water-lily, in
places where the water had dried up.”"—A. Hancock.
2. A. paRUMPUNCTATUM, Fab.
Steph. Lilust. Mand.,i., 87.—Carabus parumpunctatus, Fab.
Syst. £l., i. 199.
Abundant beneath stones and moss in dry or heathy places.
3. A. vipuum, Jil.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 88.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Newcastle—G. Wailes, Esq.
4, A. versutum, Sturm.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 88.—A. leve, Steph. Ilust.,Mand.,
1, 88.— Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i. 62, 88.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsq.
VOL. I. G
492 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
5. A. mMastum, Sturm.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 89.—A. emarginatum, G'yll., Steph.
Illust., Mand, 1., 89.
Rare at Twizell—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Prestwick Car, Kenton,
“ Durham,’—fev. G. Ornsby; Ravensworth, Whickham, Boldon
Flats, &e.
6. A. quADRIPUNCTATUM, De Geer.
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 90. pl. vi. f. 1.
One specimen at Long Benton. —Z. J. B.
Mr. Stephens, in his description of this species in the ‘ Manual,’
observes, that “the third interstice from the suture has four deep
impressions.” My specimen has also four impressions on each
elytron, but differently disposed. There are three deeply impress-
ed punctures on the third interstice, one about the middle and
the other two towards the apex ; while on the fourth interstice,
there is an additional puncture much nearer the base than any
of the former.—Z’. J. B.
7. A. atratum, Sturm.
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 91.
“Purham.”—lVr. 7. J. Bungey. Rather frequent in moist
woods on the Team.—J. H. Gibside.—7. J. B.
Immature insects have the elytra pitchy testaceous.
8. A. micans, Wicol. .
Steph. Iilust. Mand.,i., 91.—A. cursitor, Kirby, Steph. Lilust.
Mand., 1., 91.
Under the bark of willows, and in the decayed stems of this-
tles in moist ditches; Dunston, and the banks of the Team.
The thorax is narrow in proportion to the elytra and transverse-
ly wrinkled, and the upper surface has a brassy tint. The legs
and antenne are fuscous. In young individuals the elytra are
pale testaceous, and these are perhaps the Ayonwm fuliginoswm
of English entomologists. It is common in spring.
9. A. piceum, Linn.
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 92.
“ Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Newcastle.—G. Wailes, Esq.
‘From the characters given by Stephens, I am led to consider
this as an immature variety of some of the others, perhaps of A.
atratum.—J. H.
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 43
10. A. prcrpes, Fab.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i.,93.—Carabus picipes, Fab. Syst. H1.,i.,
203.
“Durham.”—Rev. G. Ornsby. Abundant at Boldon Flats.—
LOT OB:
16. OxistHoPus, De Jean.
1. O. rotunpatus, Payk.
Odontonyx rotundatus, Steph. Illust. Mand.,i., 96. pl. vi. f. 2.
Common in moory districts: Prestwick Car, Gateshead Fell,
Gibside, Boldon, &c. It is found at all seasons.
17. PuarypERus, Stephens.
1. P. ruricotuis, Marsh.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 102.—Carabus ruficollis, Marsh., i.
456.
Local and scarce: beneath loose cinders and stones on the
coast at South Shields, in April and May.—Z’. J. B.
18. Arcutor, Jegerle.
1. A. vernatis, Fab.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 103.—Carabus vernalis, Fab. Syst.
Jibs Hos PANE
Under stones, decaying leaves and rubbish. Boldon, Dunston,
woods on the Team. March and April.
2. A. prRyTHROPUS, Jarsh. .
Steph. Illust. Mand.,i., 105.—Carabus erythropus, Marsh., 1.
461.
Common under stones in a clayey soil.
3. A. stRENUUS, Panz.
Heer. Faun. Col. Helv., i., 66, 5.—Harpalus pullus, Gy.
Ins. Suec., iv., 429. (Heer ).—Argutor pullus, Steph.
Illust. Mand., i., 105 %
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Woods on the Team in spring.
—J. H,
This species which I had considered as the A. pullus with a
doubt, the late Rev. G. T. Rudd pointed out to me as the true
A. strenuus. The underside of the thorax is obsoletely and
sparingly punctured, and the thighs are black, as are the an-
tenn, excepting the basal joint, which is rufous. The 4.
44 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
strenuus, of Duft., Gyll., Steph., Sturm., Boisd. et Lacord.,—and
the A. pygmcus of Sturm and Heer, appears to be identical with
A. erythropus of Marsham, which has the underside of the thorax
“deeply and thickly punctured.” Mr. Selby considers the
puncturing of the thorax a variable character, and is inclined to
think that the two species unite. “TI find,” he observes, “the
punctures on the underside of the thorax to vary in different
examples from faint and indistinct to strong and well marked.”
—J. HH.
4, A. antHRAcINuS, Giyll.
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 105.
Under heath at Prestwick Car in April.—7Z’. J. B.
19. Paciius, Bonelle.
1. P. cupreus, Linn.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 110.—P. rufifemoratus, £6., 1., 110.
“Twizell.,—P. J. Selby, Hsq. “Common near Newcastle.” —
G. Wales, Esq. “ Durham.”—Rev. G. Ornsby. Ravensworth.
2. P. vERsIcoLor, Ziegler.
Steph. Lllust. Mand., i., 110.
On pathways, &c., very common throughout the year.
20. OmasEus, Ziegler.
1. O. ontnomum, Leach.
Steph. Lllust. Mand., i., 114, pl. vii. f. 3.
A single specimen on the Cheviots.—P. J. Selby, Hsq. One
near South Shields in June.—Z’ J. B.
2. O. niarita, Fab.
Steph. Itlust. Mand., i., 114.—Carabus nigrita, ab. Syst. EL,
1., 200.
Common on moist heaths, &c.
A variety with the region of the scutellum depressed occurs
not unfrequently ; and there is great disparity in the size of in-
dividual insects. At Prestwick Car, where there is a great
scarcity of stones, it makes choice of rather a singular residence,
viz., the dried dung of cattle, under which it lurks in profusion.
3. O. meLANARtIus, J7I.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 115.
Abundant.
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 45
This species both in the larva and imago state feeds on earth-
worms and slugs.
21. Steropus, Megerle.
1. S. mapipus, /ab.
Steph. Ilust. Mand., i., 116.—Carabus madidus, Yab., Syst.
Jobo, Vey WS
Common.
2. 8. Adrutops, Kugelan.
Steph. Illust. Mand.,i.,117. 8. concinnus, Curt. Brit. Ent,
pl. 171.
“Twizell.”"—P. J. Seiby, Esq. On the north side of the Che-
viots.— Mr. G. Little. In the stump of a tree at Lanchester in
August.—7Z’. J. B.
22. Broscuus, Panzer.
1. B. cepHatotes, Linn.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 118.
Very common on the sea-coast.
It occurs beneath stones and sea-weed, but more frequently it
inhabits deep burrows in the firm sand: it has also been found
on the banks of the Derwent, near Axwell Park, where it has
likewise excavated for itself a subterraneous residence. It comes
abroad in the evening, and its retreats may be readily discovered
by following the tracks which it leaves behind, in these noctur-
nal excursions. Mr. Albany Hancock observes that its chief
food seems to consist of Philopedon geminatus ; Mr. Peacock has
seen it conquer and devour Ocypus olens ; and we, besides a va-
riety of other fare, have detected it preying on Oniscus asellus.
23. Stomis, Clairville.
1. S. pumricatus, Panz.
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 118.
Not unfrequent under stones and rubbish. April, Sept.
24. Prerosticuus, Bonelli.
1. P. parumpunctatus, De Jean.
P. brunnipes, Steph. L[llust. Mand., i., 121.
Local, but abundant: Newcastle, Benwell, Ouseburn Dean,
Long Benton, Dunston, Ravensworth, Gateshead Fell, Boldon.
46 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
It is first found in February, and the males make their appear-
ance somewhat earlier than the females. It was first detected in
the vicinity of Newcastle by W. C. Hewitson, Hsq., author of the
“ Tllustrations of the Eggs of British Birds,” who found his first
specimens in the Ouseburn Dean, in 1829.—( Hdinburgh Journal
of Natural and Geographical Science, t., 376.)
“Tt frequents the woody denes in this neighbourhood, inha-
biting beneath stones, being very active when disturbed, and
though plentiful on the 18th of October last, when I had the
pleasure first of discovering it, and of taking upwards of twenty
specimens in one hour, yet, on the 6th November, it had almost
disappeared. It ranks among the largest of our Adephagous in-
sects, and is a valuable addition to the British cabinet.”—W. C.
HEwirTson.
25. Puatysma, Bonelli.
1. P. nrerr, Fab.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 124.—Carabus niger, Fab. Syst. £1.,
1 78.
Common. Twizell, LongBenton,Gateshead Fell, Boldon, Dun-
ston, Marsden, &e.
26. Apax, Bonelli.
1. A. striona, Fab.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 125.—Carabus striola, Fab. Syst. £1,
1, Lis.
Spittal Links, N. Durham. “ Not uncommon in Northumber-
land.”—G@. Wailes, Hsq. Ouseburn Dean, Long Benton, de.
“Castle Eden Dean.”—G. Wailes, Esq. “ Durham.”—Mr. 7. J.
Bungey. Gibside, Dunston, Seaham, é&e.
27. Amara, Bonelli.
1. A. eurynota, JI.
Steph. Ilust. Mand., i., 127. pl. vi, fi 6.
Common.
2. A. TRIVIALIS, Gryll.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 129.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Newcastle. “Durham.”—
Rev. G. Ornsby.
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 47
3. A. vuLeaRis, Linn.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 128.
“ Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Esq.
4, A. tavis, Sturm.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 130.
Newcastle-—G. Waites, Esq.
5. A. cursor, Sturm.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 150.—A. familiaris, Steph. Illust.
Mand., 1., 133.
Common.
6. A. communis, Fab.
Steph. [llust. Mand., 1, 133.
Common.
7. A. trprauis, Payk.
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 135.
Newecastle—G@. Wailes, Hsq.
8. A. PLEBEIA, Giyll.
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 132.
Common.
Sus-c. Cera, Zimm.
9. A. 1IncENUA, Duft.
Stephens’ Manual, No. 272. A. lata, Steph. Illust. Mand.,
Tl 2.
Newcastle.—G. Wailes, Hsq.
10. A. Brrrons, Giyll.
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 130.
Two specimens from South Shields.—Z" J. B.
28. Brapytus, Stephens.
1. B. apricarius, Mab.
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 137.—Carabus apricarius, Mab. Syst.
El, i., 205.
Common.
2. B. rerrueinevs, Linn.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 137.
Rare ; on the coast at South Shields in April and July.—
T. J.B.
48 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
29. Curtonotus, Stephens.
1. C. prcrus, Fab.
Stephens Manual, 1., No. 284.—C. aulicus, Steph. Illusi.
Mand., 3., 139.
Not uncommon on dry soils. Near Bamburgh, and at Nor-
ham.—P. J. Selby, Esq. Gibside, Gateshead Fell, Dunston,
Marsden, South Shields, Ryhope Dean, &e.
It is frequently seen rambling over plants in hedges, and at
Tynemouth, in September, it has been found feeding on the seeds
of Centaurea nigra; having thrust itself into the centre of the
capitula, or “hard-heads” as they are termed, till it was almost
concealed. In winter and cold weather it descends deeply into
the soil. In its structure and habits it has a strong affinity with
Zabrus.
Division 2. Harpanmpea, Westw.
30. Harpauus, Latreille.
1. H. rurimanus, Marsh.
Steph. Illust. Mand.,i., 143.—Car. rufimanus, Warsh.,1., 441.
“Twizell.\—P. J. Selby, Esq.
2. H. tmBatus, Dufts.
Steph. Lllust. Mand., 1., 149.
Under stones and loose turf: “ Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Esq.
Gateshead Fell, Gibside, Ryhope Dean.—March, Sept.
3. H. angus, Wad.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 155.—Carabus eeneus, Fab. Syst. ZL,
roy IG
Common.
4. H. ruricornis, Mab.
Steph. Illust. Mand.,i., 158.—Carabus ruficornis, Fab. Syst.
Jeg, gy WUSKO)
Common, especially on the coast. April, October.
31. Ornonvs, Ziegler.
1. O. puncticouiis, Payk.
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 162.
“Twizell.”—P, J. Selby, H'sq. At the foot of Ryhope Dean,
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 49
in April—J. H. South Shields in April, and Whitley, in May.
—T. J. B.
2. O. puBEsceNs, Payk.
Steph. Ilust. Mand., 1., 164.
Under stones and rejectamenta below the castle at Tynemouth,
and on the borders of Jarrow-slake.—G. Wailes, Hsq. Marshes
of the Wear, above Southwick, in June.—J. H.
532. Trecuus, Clairville.
1. T. porsais, Fab.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 167, pl. ix. f. 4.
From moss at Gosforth, in February.—7". J. B.
2. T. RUFICOLLIS, Steph. 2.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 168. ?
Near Usworth, and on Throckley Fell— Mr. A. Hancock.
3. T. aquaticus, Panz.
Steph. Manual, No. 369.—T. minutus, Steph. Ilust. Mand.,
i, 169.
Common.
4, T. sturuis, De.
Acupalpus, similis, Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., i., 118, 4.
Under stones, and at the roots of heath ; Gateshead Fell ;
Lobley Hill, and Prestwick Car.—J. H.
5. 'T. BRUNNIPES, Sturm.
Steph. Manual, No. 370.—T. pallipes, Steph. Lllust. Mand.,
1, 168.
Gateshead Fell, Gibside, Ravensworth, West Boldon. March
—August.
6. T. rutvus, Marsh.
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 169.—Carabus fulvus, JZarsh., 1., 456.
Common ; “ Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Zsqg. Long Benton, Hea-
ton, Gateshead Fell, and Boldon. About the roots of Senecio
Jacobea at South Shields.
7. T. pLactpus, Gyll.
Steph. Illust. Mand., v., 384.—Steph. Manual, No. 375.
Acupalpus placidus, Heer, Fn. Col. Helv.,i., 118, 1.
Under stones near Dunston, in June.—J. H.
H
50 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
8. T. counarts, Payk.
Steph. Manual, No. 376.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsg. “Durham.”—Ornsby’s Dur-
ham.
33. Burmus, Ziegler.
1. B. patuposts, Gyll.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i. 171. Hardy, in Berwick Club's
Proceedings, i1., 195.
Rare ; one specimen at Long Benton, and another in the Dean
above Winlaton Mill, in June.
2. B. pauuipus, Stem.
Steph. Manual, No. 378. Hardy, in Berwick Club’s Pro-
ceedings, i., 195.
Rare ; Tyneside, and on the Ballast Heaps at South Shields.
—T. J. B. Dr. Johnston finds it in the vicinity of Berwick-
upon-T weed ; it has also been detected further to the north.
3. B. micros, Herbst.
Curtis, Brit. Ent. pl. 310.—B. rubens, Steph. Illust. Mand.,
ry Ls
Rare ; Newcastle—G. Wailes, Hsq. Beneath rejectamenta on
the Team, in January.—J. H. There are also two specimens in
Mr. John Hancock’s collection, taken within the district.
4, B. tonetcornis, Stam.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 172.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq.
34. Hpapuius, Leach.
1. E. secauis, Payk.
Steph. Lllust. Mand., i., 173.
Not common, though widely distributed ; Jarrow Slake.—G.
Wailes, Hsq. Long Benton, Kenton, Gibside, &ec., in June.
Division 3. CHumnineA, Westw. 3
35. Loricera, Latreille.
1. L. prticornis, Fab.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 69.—Carabus pilicornis, fab. Syst.
HLS.) VIS:
Under moss and stones in heathy soils, from the coast to the
highest upland. Common all the year.
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 51
36. Bapister, Clairv.
1. B. Brpustunatus, Fab.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 72.—Carabus bipustulatus, Fab.
Syst. H1., 1., 203.
Under stones not unfrequent ; “Twizell.".—P. J. Selby, Esq.
Ouseburn, Haydon Bridge, Marsden, West Boldon, Sunderland,
Ryhope Dean, &c. Feb.—August.
37. Trimorpuus, Stephens.
1. T. HumERALIS, Bon.
Badister humeralis, Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent. Paris., 1.
198, 4.—Heer. Faun. Ent. Helv., 1. 49, 4.—Trimor-
phus scapularis, Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 180.
Under moss at the roots of recently felled trees ; Meldon Park,
Capons-cleugh, near Haydon Bridge, in April.—G. Wailes, Esq.
38. Lictnus, Latreille.
1. L. pepressus, Payk.
Curtis Brit. Ent. pl. 75.—Steph. Ilust. Mand., i., 73.
Of this rare insect two specimens have occurred ; one taken
by the late Rev. G. T. Rudd, at the sea-shore end of Castle Eden
Dean, and another by myself, on the sandy coast between Hart-
lepool and Black-hall rocks, in April—J. H.
SUB-FAMILY 4. CARABIDES, Westw.
Drviston 1. Carasrpea, West.
39. Cycurus, Fabricius.
1. C. rostratus, Linn.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 45.—Curtis Brit. Ent., pl. 426.
“Not uncommon during greater part of the year in Northum-
berland.”—G. Wailes, Esq. “Twizell."°—P. J. Selby, Esq.
“Common at the roots of trees in Maiden Castle Wood.”—Orns-
bys Durham. Tanfield Dean, Gateshead Fell, Ravensworth,
Swalwell, between Boldon and Hylton, Marsden, Ryhope Dean,
Xe.
‘40. Carasus, Linn.
1. C. catenuLatus, Fab.
Fab. Syst. El. i., 170.—Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 48.
Common.
52 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
2. C. moniuts, Fab.
Fab. Syst. El, i., 171.—Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 49.
“ Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Esq.
3. C. GRANULATUS, Linn.
Steph. Manual, No. 88.—C. cancellatus, Steph. Illust., Mand.,
i, 50.
Common. It is frequently found under the bark of decayed
trees in the winter months.
4. ©. arvensis, Lab.
Fab. Syst. £1, 1., 174.—Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 51.
“Common on heaths, Northumberland.”—G@. Wailes, Esq.
Prestwick Car—Mr. J. Hancock. Black Fell—Mr. A. Han-
cock. Follingsby Bog.—G. Warles, Hsq. April—June.
5. CO. viotaceus, Linn.
Steph. [llust. Mand., 1., 52.
Common under heaps of stones, moss, &c., inland as well as on
the sea banks.
6. C. euaBratus, Lab.
Fab. Syst. El. 1.. 170.—Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 52.
On the Cheviots.—P. J. Selby, Esq.
7. C. nEmMoRALIS, 70.
Steph. Manual, No. 96.—C. hortensis, Steph. Illust. Mand.,
Thy OBE
“Tn gardens at Stockton.”—Hogg’s Stockton. “ Twizell.”—
P. J. Selby, Esq. Newcastle Town Moor, Throckley Fell, Gib-
side, Cullercoats’ Banks, Gateshead Nurseries, South Shields,
Ryhope Dean, under heaps of small coal at the pit mouth, Has-
well, Hartlepool. April—September.
8. C. nrvens, Linn.
Sowerby Brit. Mis., i., pl. 27.—Steph. Ilust. Mand, i., 56.
“Not uncommon on the heaths of Durham.”—fev. J. Harri-
man, Oct. 1, 1804. (Sowerby’s Brit. Mis. p. 55). “Com-
mon on heaths in Northumberland.”-—G. Wales, Esq.
“Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Esq. “ Rass Castle, near Chillingham,”
June 15th, 1836.—Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club. Prestwick
Car, in April and June. Callerton Fell, August 13.—WWessrs.
A. and J. Hancock. Haltwhistle—Mr. Thornhill.
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 53
41. Lutstus, Prohlich.
1. L. sprnrparsis, ab.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 63.—Carabus spinibarbis, Fab.
yst. Hl., i., 181.
Rather frequent. “Two splendidly coloured specimens were
sent me from Newcastle by Mr. Wailes.”—Steph. Illust.
Mand., i., 179. Heaton and Whitley. “Castle Eden Dean.”
—G. Wailes, Esq. Marsden, Gateshead Fell, Swalwell, Axwell,
Boldon Flats. March—December.
2. L. Futviparsis, Hoffg.
Curtis, Brit. Ent., pl. 176.—Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 64.
Under stones and beneath bark of decayed trees. “ Twizell.”
—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Near Fenham and Kenton. “Castle Eden
Dean.”—G. Wailes, Hsq. Ravensworth, Woods above Swal-
well, Cleadon.
3. L. sanus, Vewman.
Newman Ent. Magq., i., 286.—Steph. Illust. Mand., v., 373.
Under decayed leaves in Ravensworth woods.—G. Wailes,
Esq.
4, L. sprniuapris, Lab.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 65.—Carabus spinilabris, Fab. Syst.
El., 1., 204.
Under stones : Heaton, Dunston, Lobley Hill, Gateshead Fell,
Black Fell, Cleadon. In the crevices of a limestone rock near
South Shields. March—November.
o. L. rurescens, Mab.
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 65.—Carabus rufescens, Fab. Syst.
Li.,1., 205.
In woods, &e. “ Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, H'sq. “Castle Hden
Dean.”—G. Wailes, Esq. Long Benton, Winlaton Mill, Gib-
side, South Shields, Lobley Hill. June—Sept.
Division 2. Enapuripea, Westw.
42. Henosia, Leach.
1. H. Brevicoius, Fab.
Steph. Lust. Mand., i., 61.—Carabus brevicollis, Fab. Syst
Hl, 1.5 191.
Abundant throughout the year. It frequents moist as well
54 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
as dry situations, and takes readily to the water when pursued,
even venturing to conceal itself at the bottom, where it has the
power of remaining submerged for a considerable time.
2. H. nivauis, Payk.
Steph. Manual, No. 1138.—H. Gylenhalii, Steph. lust,
Mand.,1., 62.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Scotswood Dean, and “ Castle
Eden Dean.”—G. Waziles, Esq. Ryhope Dean.—Mr. W. Pea-
cock. Abundant under stones and rejectamenta by the side of
the Derwent. May—August.
This has all the subaquatic habits of a Peryphus.
43. Bunrutsa, Bonelli.
1. B. munrrpunctata, Linn.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 36.—Curtis, Brit. Ent., pl. 326.
“Prestwick Car, common.’—G. Wailes, Hsq. It was not un-
frequent in 1826 and some subsequent years.
44, Euapurus, Fab.
1. E. cuprevus, MWegerle.
Steph. Lllust. Mand., ui., 34.
In marshes and by sides of ponds. “Newcastle.”—G. Wailes,
Esq. “Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Prestwick Car; on the
Wear above Southwick. May and June.
2. HE. riparius, Linn.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 35.
Sides of ponds. “ Newcastle."—G’. Wales, Hsq. “ Twizell.”
—P. J. Selby, Esq. Prestwick Car and Gibside. “At the
Reeds, near Houghall.”—Ornsby’s Durham.
45, Norropuitus, Duméril.
1. N. aquaticus, Linn.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i1., 32.—yv., 388.
Common.
2. N. vrprauts. Steph.
Steph. Lllust. Mand., v., 388.
Common. This appears to be a variety of the preceding.
3. N. Bieutratus, Lab.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ui., 33.—v., 389.
Common.
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 55
4, N. quapripunctatus, De Jean.
Steph. lust. Mand., ii., 190.—Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent.
Paris., 1., 2.
Newcastle and Long Benton.—7’ J. B.
The French entomologists, now consider this as a variety of
N. biguttatus ; and Mr. Bold’s specimens confirm this view, the
additional impressions on the elytra being neither constant nor
uniform.
Sus-ramMiLy 5. BemBrp11pDEs, Westw.
46. Crnuenum, Leach.
1. CO. parerate, Leach.
Curtis, Brit. Hnt., pl. 200.—Steph. Ilust. Mand., i1., 4.
There is a specimen in Mr. John Hancock’s collection, taken at
Elswick, 29th April, 1827.
47. Tacuys, Ziegler.
1. T. srnoratus, Steph.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i1., 5.
Common in damp situations.
2. T. immunis, Kirby.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 6.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsq. “ Newcastle."—G. Wailes,
Esq.
3. T. minutissimus, Leach.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i1., 7.—Carabus bistriatus, JJegerle.
Duft. Faun. Aust., u., 205%
One specimen in a field between Swalwell and Winlaton Mill.
—J. H.
48. Puttoctuts, Stephens.
1. P. mnevs, Spence.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii, 7.
On the banks of the Team near Ravensworth, and on the
coast at South Shields and Hartlepool in April—J. Z.
All the specimens examined have an indistinct pale spot near
the apex of the elytra. It is more convex and less broad than
the next, and the legs and antenne are almost black. We have,
however, our doubts of its claims to specific distinction, as there
are intermediate varieties.
56 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
2. P. ruscrprs, De Jean ?
Steph. Illust. Mand., i1., 8.
_ Abundant on the borders of pools near Prestwick Car. June.
3. P. sreutratus, Ji.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 8.
In moist places. “'Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Long Ben-
ton, Gibside, Ravensworth Woods, Sunderland, Hartlepool. It
is a vernal insect.
4, P. guttuna, J71.
Steph. Illust. Mand., u1., 9.
“Twizell.”"—P. J. Selby, Esq. Newcastle.-—G. Wailes, Lisq.
49. Ocys, Kirby.
1. O. currens, Kirby.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 10.—Hlaphrus Pumilio, Dufts.
Faun. Aust., 11., 214.
Meldon Park.—G. Wailes, Hsq. “Castle Eden Dean.”—Rev.
W. Little. Marsden.—J. H.
2. O. MELANOCEPHALUS, Leach.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i1.,10, pl. x., f. 2.
Under the bark of decayed trees in moist situations. Planta-
tions on the Team, Dunston, Swalwell, and Gibside. December
—June.
50. Prerypuus, IMegerle.
1. P. remoratus, Sturm.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i1., 12.—v., 384.
Common. “Twizell.”"—P. J. Selby, Hsq. On the kanks of
the Team and Derwent, all the year.
2. P. concinnus, Kirby.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 12.—v., 385.
Rather uncommon : banks of the Tyne, and by the side of the
Derwent, near Axwell Park. May—November.
3. P. nuprstris, Mab.
Bembidium rupestre, Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent. Paris.,
i, 276, 13.—Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i., 129, 25. Hlaphrus
rupestris, Fab. Syst. Hl., i., 246.—Peryphus littoralis,
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 13.—v., 385.
Common. It winters under bark, or in large companies be-
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 57
neath stones ; and frequents the sea-coast, as well as river banks
and moist pastures.
4. P. saxatiuis, Gyll.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 12.—v., 385.
Common on the banks of the Tyne and Derwent. Feb.—Nov.
There is a large variety occasionally to be met with having
pale legs, the elytra suffused with reddish brown, and tinged
more or less with bluish green.—Z’. J. B.
5. P. tunatus, Andersch.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ui., 13. pl. x. f. 3.
Rare ; by the side of the Derwent.—7. J. B.
Stephens’ figure is from a young specimen, in which the elytra
are pale, and the fascie very indistinct. Mature indi-
viduals, especially males, are of a rich dark mahogany colour ;
and the fascize are very variable, being in some instances quite
imperceptible.—7. J. B.
6. P. nirrpuLus, Jarsh.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 14.—Carabus nitidulus, Marsh. 1.,
454,
Widely dispersed ; banks of the Tyne, Lobley Hill, Gibside,
Dunston, Boldon, Marsden, Sunderland, Hartlepool.—April,
—November.
7. P. pEcorus, Zenker.
Carabus decorus, Panz. Mn. Ger., 73, 4.—Bembidium deco-
rum, Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent. Paris., i., 279, 19.—
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv. i., 132, 35.—Peryphus viridi-eneus,
Spence.—/( Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 15.)
Banks of rivers. “ Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Hsqy. Ouseburn,
and on the banks of the Derwent, above Winlaton Mill. June,
—July.
8. P. aaruis, Spence.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i1., 15.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Banks of the Tyne and, in
the gravel of a rivulet, in a dean above Winlaton Mill.
9, P. cnEMERYTHRUS, Steph.
Steph. Manual, No, 421.—P. tibialis, Steph. IMust. Mand.,
ies 116).
58 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
Abundant on the banks of rivers and brooks.
Like several of the other species its habits are sub-aquatic. It
lurks beneath stones and gravel, kept continually moist by per-
colation from the stream.
10. P. neacutt, Spence.
Steph. Itlust. Mand., ii., 16.
Rare. “Castle Eden Dean.”—Ornsby’s Durham. Banks of
the Derwent.—7. J. B.
11. P. atrocervuLeEvs, Steph.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 17.
Banks of the Derwent in June—Z. J. B. Ryhope Dean.—
Mr. W. Peacock.
51. Lorna, Megerle.
1. L. quaprieurtata, Lab.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 22.—Carabus 4 guttatus, Mab. Syst.
El, i., 207.
Newcastle—G. Wazles, Hsq. “Castle Eden Dean.”—Rev. W.
Little. South Shields in April.—J. H.
2. L. nigra, Welkin.
Steph. Illust. Mand., u1., 24.
Two specimens from the vicinity of Newcastle.—7. J. B.
3. L. mintma, Marsh.
Steph. Illust., Mand., u1., 24.
Marshes af the Wear, above Southwick, in June.—J/. 7.
52. Tacuyeus, Megerle.
1. T. cuter, “ad.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 26.
Common.
2. T. properans, Hoff.
Steph. Ilust. Mand., u., 26.—Bembidium velox, Hrichson,
Kaf. der Mark. Brand., i., 134.
“Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Newcastle.-—G. Wailes, Esq.
3. T. cHaLceus, Steph.
Steph. Ilust. Mand., ii., 27.
“Mwizell."—P. J. Selby, Lsq.
4. T. prpuncratus, Linn.
Steph. IMust. Mand., it., 28.
Rare : banks of the Tyne. June.
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 59
5, T. striatus, Lab.
Steph. Ilust. Mand., i., 28.—Hlaphrus striatus, Fab. Syst.
El, i., 245.
On river banks not uncommon. “ Durham,”—Rev. G. Orns-
bys Durham. Ouseburn, and by the Derwentside, in April and
June.—TZ". J. B.
53. Brempipium, lliger.
1, paLiEDosuM, Panz.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ui., 30.
On the sandy shores of rivers, “ Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq.
“Durham.”—Wr. T. J. Bungey. Plentiful on the banks of the
Derwent, near Winlaton Mill, and Gibside, in June.
2. B. ruavipss, Linn.
Steph. Illust. Mand., u., 30.
“Durham.”—Ur. 7. J. Bungey. Swalwell, and on the
banks of the Derwent. April—Aug.
3. B. pauiipss, Megerle.
Steph. Ilust. Mand., ii., 31.
With the other species on the banks of the river Till—P. J
Selby, Esq.
Stirps 2, HY DRADEPHAGA, Mac Leay.
Famity 1. DYTICIDA, Leach.
Sup-ramity 1. Hatrpirpes, Westwood.
52. Haripius, Latreille.
1. H. evevatus, Panz.
Steph. [llust. Mand., ii., 39.
Common : Ouseburn and Boldon.—Z. J. B. April—July.
2. H. runvus, fab.
Steph. Manual, No. 478.—H. ferrugineus, var. Steph. Illust.
Mand., ii., 40.—Curtis, Brit. Ent., pl. 730.
In stagnant waters, common. April—July.
3. H. opiiquus, Fab.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii.,41.—Dytiscus obliquus, Fab. Syst.
Eil., i., 270.
In pools, common. “Newcastle.”"—G@. Wailes, Esq. Long
Benton and Marsden; frequent among conferve. April.
60 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
There are two varieties; in the one the elytra are spotted, in
the other lineated with black.
4. H. urneatocouutis, Jarsh.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i1., 41.—Dytiscus lineatocollis, Marsh.,
i., 429.
Brooks; common. July—Sept.
5. H. ruricouuts, De Geer.
Steph. Illust. Mand., 11., 42.—Erichson, Kaf. der Mark.
Brand., 1., 186.—Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., 1., 163, 10. H.
melanocephalus, Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 43.—H. fulvi-
collis, Steph. Manual, No. 484.
Ponds: abundant. March—Aug.
6. H. cinereus, Deg.
Aubé Iconog. Col. Kurop., v., 30.—Heer. Faun. Col. Helv.,
1, 163, 8. H. affinis, Steph. lust. Mand., ii., 42.
“ Newcastle.”—G. Wailes, Esq.
SuB-FAMILY 2. DYTICIDES, Westwood.
55. Laccoputnus, Leach.
1. L. nyaurnus, De Geer.
Steph. Manual, No. 550. LL. minutus, Steph. Illust. Mand.
i, 64.
Common. April—June.
56. Hyproporus, Clairville
1. H. assruruis, Payk.
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i., 153, 4.—H. frater, Steph. Illust.
Mand., 11., 50, pl. xi., f. 4.
Ponds. “ Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Prestwick Car, Boldon,
Marsden, ec.
2. H. evecans, Lllig.
Dytiscus elegans, Panz. Fn. Germ., 24 f. 5. H. depressus,
Steph. Ilust. Mand., ii., 51.
In gravelly rivers and brooks, common. “ T'wizell.”—P. J.
Selby, Esq. Ouseburn, Derwent, &c. March—Sept.
3. H. puopectmpustuatus, Lab.
Dytiscus 12, pustulatus, Mab. Syst. Hl, i, 270. H. 12
pustulatus, Steph. LMlust. Mand., i1., 51.
In streams, common. May—Aug.
»
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 61
4, H. PARALLELO-GRAMMUS, Sturm.
Heer. Fn. Col. Helv.,i., 154, 8.—H. lineatus, Steph. [llust.
Mand., ii, 52.—Dytiscus lineatus, Marsh., 1., 426.
“Mwizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq.
5. H. porsauis, Lab.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 53.—Dytiseus dorsalis, Mab. Syst.
JHA, Veg POSE
“Mwizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Neweastle—Z. J. B.
6. H. narus, Rudd.
Steph. Iilust. Mand., ii., 192.
Rare; Ouseburn in July.—7. J. B.
7. H. sepTENTRIONALIS, Giyll.
Hyphydrus septentrionalis, Gy//. Ins. Suec., iv., 385.—Hy-
droporus alpinus, Steph. Illust. Mand., u., 54., pl. x1.,
is Be
Common in gravelly brooks : Ouseburn, Derwent, &c. April
—August.
8. H. pavistt, Curtis.
Curtis Brit. Ent., pl. 343.—Steph. Illust. Mand., v., 391.
Among gravel; in a brook near Ravensworth, and in the Der-
went. April—Aug.
9. H. panusrris, Linn.
Steph. Manual, No. 515. Hz. 6 pustulatus, Steph. LUlust.
Mand., u., 54.
Very common in ponds and running waters.
10. H. aneusratus : Corpore oblongo-ovato, capite rufescente, tho-
racis disco fusco,lateribus dilutioribus, elytris crebre evidenter
punctatis, magis minusve fuscescentibus, pedibus rufis, anten-
nis testacets, articulis apicalibus fuscis. Long. 1.—1} lin.
H. angustatus, Sturm? Schaum, Zoologist, 1892.—H.
tristis, Steph. Lllust. Mand., 11., 55 %
At Prestwick Car, and elsewhere near Newcastle.
Oblong-ovate, narrow, fuscous or black, shining, glabrous :
head red, with a moderate depression on each side in front, be-
tween which there is occasionally a triangular dusky spot, crown
more or less fuscous; thorax dusky ferruginous, paler at the
sides, posterior margin obliquely impressed, and with the sides,
62 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
thickly punctulate, anterior, scarcely impressed and slightly
punctulate, disk sub-convex, smooth, or variously occupied with
punctures; elytra narrow, convex, attenuated behind, black or
fuscous, with the sides, shoulders and apex more or less rufescent,
conspicuously punctured, the punctures placed slightly apart;
body black beneath, rather strongly punctate; legs ferruginous;
antenne testaceous with the tips dusky.
One specimen is entirely black, except the front of the head
which is red; others have the thorax red beneath as well as
above.—J. H.
11. H. trvzatvs, Fab.
Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent. Paris., i., 336, 19.—Heer. Fn.
Col. Helv., i., 158, 22.—Dytiscus lineatus, Fab. Syst. EL,
i, 372 %—Hydroporus ovalis, Steph. Illust. Mand., ii.,
58.—Dytiscus ovalis, Marsh., 1., 425.—Dytiscus ovatus,
Fab. Syst. Hl, 1., 269.
Prestwick Car, Marsden, and Boldon Flats. April—Sept.
12. H. puprscens, Cyl.
Schaum, Zoologist, 1892.—H. melanocephalus, Marsh., Steph.
Tllust. Mand., ii., 60.—Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., i., 157, 19.
—H. planus, Marsh., Steph. Illust. Mand., 11., 60.—H.
caliginosus, Steph. Manual, No. 536.
Stagnant waters, common.
13. H. memnonivs, Vicol.
Steph. Manual, No. 537.—H. jugularis, Babington, in Lou-
don’s Mag. Nat. His., v., 328.—Steph. Ilust. Mand., v.,
392,
Newcastle and near Heaton, in July.—Z. J. B.
This also includes the H. subelongatus, H. marginatus, and
H. deplanatus, of Stephens.— Vide Schaum, Zoologist, 1892.
14. H. eryrHrocePHaLus, Linn.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 60.
Common.
15. H. xantuopus, Steph.
Steph. Manual, No. 541. H. fusculus, Leach, Hdinb. Ln-
cyclop., ix., 84, 51, 1.—H, flavipes, Steph. Illust. Mand.,
i., 61.—H. planus, Steph. Manual, No. 540.
Newcastle—Z’. J. B.
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 63
16. H. puanus, Fab.
Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent. Paris., 1., 332, 10.—Heer. Fn.
Ool. Helw., i., 155, 12.—Hyphydrus planus, Gyll. Ins. Suec.,
i, 531.—Hydroporus ater, Forst., Steph. Illust. Mand.,
i., 61.—H. holosericeus, Marsh., [b., 11., 61.—H. pubes-
cens, /b., i1., 61.—H. fuscatus, 76., 11., 62.
Common.
For the synonymes we are indebted to the valuable paper of
Dr. Schaum, Zoologist, ubi sup.
17. H. rivaus, Giyll.
Schaum Zoologist, 1890.—Hygrotus fluviatilis, Leach, Steph.
Lllust. Mand., ii., 46., pl. xi., f. 2.
In gravelly brooks, common. “ Meldon Park.”—G. Wales,
Esq. Ouseburn, Boldon, Ravensworth, and in the Derwent.
April—August.
18. H. conFiugns, Fab.
Dytiscus confluens, Fab. Syst. #1. i., 270.—Hygrotus con-
fluens, Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 47.
In ponds, common. “ Newcastle."—G Wailes, Hsq. Long
Benton, Gateshead, Ravensworth, Marsden, Black Fell. March
—July.
19. H. rericunatus, Lab.
Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., i., 161, 32.—Dytiscus reticulatus,
Fab. Syst. El., 1., 270.—Hygrotus collaris, Steph. Iilust.
Mand., i., 47.
Long Benton, and common at Prestwick Car, in May.—
Me dh, 15%
20. H. inmeuaris, Mab.
Heer. F'n. Col. Helv., i., 160, 31.—Dytiscus ineequalis, /ab.
Syst. Hl. i., 272.—Hygrotus inequalis, Steph. Lllust.
Mand., i1., 48.
In ponds and brooks, common.
21. H. Leprpus, Oliv.
Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent. Paris., i., 336, 20.—Hygrotus
scitulus, Spence, Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 49, pl. xi. f. 3.
Ponds ,and slow running streams, common. “ T'wizell.”-—P.
J. Selby, Esq. Prestwick Car, Ouseburn, Marsden, Boldon
Flats, Black Fell. All the year.
64 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
22. H. pictus, Fab.
Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., i, 159, 25.—Dytiscus pictus, Fab.
Syst. £1, 1., 273.—Hygrotus pictus, Steph. [llust. Mand.,
i, 49.
Ponds. “Newcastle."—G. Wales, Esq. “ Twizell.”—P. J.
Selby, H'sq. Prestwick Car, Marsden, and Boldon Flats.
57. Hypurprvs, Liliger.
1. H. ovatus, Linn.
Steph. Illust. Mand., u., 45.
“Newcastle.”—G@. Wailes, Hsq. Prestwick Car, in July.—
Hl Sh Tex
58. Panostus, Schonherr.
1. P. neRMannt, Fab.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 44.—Dytiscus Hermanni, fab.
Syst. E1., 1., 255.
“Once near Newcastle, by Mr. Hewitson.”—G. Wales, Hsq.
59. CotymBeEtEs, Clairville.
1. C. ruscus, Linn.
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 69.—C. striatus, 7b. i. c., 68.
Stagnant waters, common.
In February, 1846, an individual was noticed at Marsden,
sheltered under sea-weed. The winter was a mild one, that
tempted it to be thus early abroad.
2. C. putvERosus, Knoch.
Steph. Illust. Mand., i1., 69, pl. xii., f. 2.—Dytiscus con-
spersus, Gyll. Ins. Suec., 1., 482.
One specimen at Boldon, in May.—7. J. B.
3. OC. ExoLetus, Yorst.
Steph. Ilust. Mand., ii., 70.—Dytiscus collaris, Payk. F.
S., 1., 200.
Not rare: Prestwick Car. April—July.
4, C. gurratus, Payk.
Steph. Ilust. Mand., u1., 66.
“ Newcastle.”—G. Wales, Esq. “Twizell..—P. J. Selby,
Esq. “Durham.”—Ornsby’s Durham, p. 203. Gosforth and
Gibside.
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 65
5. C. cHaLconotus, Kugelan.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 76.—Dytiscus concinnus, Marsh.,i.,
497.
Common. “ Twizell.".—P. J. Selby, Esq. Prestwick Car,
Long Benton, Boldon Flats, Sunderland. April—July.
6. C. arrinis, Payh.
Steph. Ilust., Mand., ii., 78.
Rare. Prestwick Car in April.—Z. J. B.
7. C. patuposus, fab.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii.. 74.—Dytiscus paludosus, Fab.
Syst. H1., 1., 266.
Rare ; Prestwick Car, Ouseburn, and Long Benton.—Z. J. B.
8. C. rEMoRALIS, Payk.
Steph. Lllust., Mand., ii., 77.
Prestwick Car. April and July.
9. C. macuLatus, Linn.
Steph. Ltlust., Mand., i., 74.
Among gravel in the shallow parts of running streams, very
common.
A dark variety is found in the Derwent.
10. C. virrevus, Payk.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i., 75.
For a knowledge of this species we are indebted to P. J. Sel-
by, Esq., who finds it in a pool at Twizell, seemingly rare.
11. C. srpuncratus, Lab.
Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent. Paris.,1., 317, 10.—Heer. Fn.
Col. Helv.,i., 150, 26.—C. nebulosus, Forst. Steph. Lllust.,
Mand., ii., 72.
Common.
12. C. sturmi, Gyll.
Steph. Illust., Mand., 11., 78. ,
Not uncommon.
13. C. srpustuLatus, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i1., 80.
Abundant.
A dark chesnut variety is often met with.
Like the other species, it takes flight in the evening, and this
ie
66 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
accounts for its being found during the day in situations that do
not correspond with its actual habits. On the sea-coast it occurs
frequently upon the sands, or concealed beneath stones.
14. C. ruLicinosus, Fab.
Steph. Illust., Mand., 11., 67.—Dytiscus fuliginosus, Mab.
Syst. El, i., 263.
Common.
15. C. revestratus, (ab.
Steph. Illust., Mand., 11., 82.—Dytiscus fenestratus, Mab.
Syst. H1., i., 264..
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq.
16. C. aver, De Geer.
Steph. Illust., Mand., 1i., 82.
“ Durham.”—Ornsby’s Durham. Common at Marsden and
Boldon Flats in July.
17. C. opscurus, Marsh.
Steph. Illust., Mand., it., 82.—Dytiscus obscurus, Marsh, 1.,
414.
Rare ; Boldon Flats in July.—Z. J. B.
This was found in a pool unaccompanied by the preceding
species.
60. Acrutus, Leach.
1. A. sutcatus, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 93.
Stagnant waters, common.
61. Dyricus, Geoffroy.
1. D. marernaris, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 89.
Common in stagnant pools.
2. D. punctuLatus, Fab.
Pab. Syst. El., 1., 259.—Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 90.
Common in pools.
Faminy 2. GYRINIDA, Leach.
62. GyRinus, Geof.
1. G. marinus, Gyll.
Steph. LIllust., Mand., 1., 96.—G. eneus, Leach. Ib. Ll. c. 95:
Budle Bay.—G@. Wales, sq. Prestwick Car, Ouseburn, Mars-
den, and Whitburn. March—August.
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 67
2. G. minutus, Fad.
Fab. Syst. EL, i., 276.—Steph. Ilust., Mand., 1i., 96. pl. xiii.,
ieee
Borders of pools in the vicinity of Newcastle—G@. Wazles, Esq.
3. G. naTator, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 97.—G. substriatus, Ib. 0. c.
Common.
It feeds upon Diptera and other insects that fall into the wa-
ter, which it grasps betwixt its anterior legs, and plunging its
mandibles into the thorax, imbibes the juices.
4, G. urinatTor, lig.
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv. i., 165, 1—G. lineatus, Hoff, Steph.
Lllust. Mand., u1., 97, pl. xiii., f. 1.—Boisd. et Lacord. Faun.
Ent. Paris, 1., 342, 2.
Rare; in the Ouseburn from March to August.—Z’. J. B.
63. OrEctocHEILus, Hschscholtz.
1. O. vittosus, Z77.
Gyrinus villosus, Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 98.
In the Wansbeck, near Meldon Park.—G@. Wailes, Hsq. Ouse-
burn in August.—7. J. B.
SuB-TRIBE 2, RYPOPHAGA, Stephens.
Siigps 1. PHILHYDRIDA, Mac Leay.
Famity 1. PARNIDA, Mae Leay.
Sus-ramiLy 1. ParnipeEs, Westw.
64. Parnus, Fabricius.
1. P. pRoLiFERIcoRNts, Fab.
Steph. Illust., Mand., uu., 103.
On the borders of weedy pools; Prestwick Car, Gosforth, Long
Benton, Boldon Flats, &e.—Z. J. B. April—July.
2. P. auricuLatus, Panz.
Steph. [llust., Mand., ii., 104.
Marshy land near Follingsby—Wr. A. Hancock. Under
moss in a field on the south side of the Derwent, opposite Ax-
well spa well.—J. H. Beneath stones, Ouseburn Dean.—Z. J. B.
April—September.
68 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
SUB-FAMILY 2. ELMIDES, Westw.
65. Eumts, Latreille.
1. E. votxmarti, Panz.
Steph. Illust.. Mand., ti., 106.—Curtis, Brit.Ent. pl. 294.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Mill-stream, Ouseburn, July
and August.—Z. J. B.
2. EH. tupercunatus, Miller.
Steph. Lllust., Mand., 11., 106.—Heer. Faun. Col. Helv., i.,
469, 2.—E. variabilis, Leach. Steph. Lllust. Mand., ii.,
107, pl. xiii. f. 4.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Mill-stream, Ouseburn, July
and August—7Z’. J. B.
I cannot trace any distinction betwixt the two supposed spe-
cies I have ventured to unite. Our specimens vary in having
the base of the elytra more or less bituberculate, and the upper
surface, though most frequently piceous, has often a brassy tint.—
This is quite consistent with Miiller’s character, “ fusco vel piceo-
zeneus, coleopteris basi obsolete bituberculatis.”—J. H.
3. E. Lacustris, Spence.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 107.
“Twizell.”"—P. J. Selby, Esq.
4. EK. PARALLELIPIPEDUS, Juller.
Steph. Illust., Mand., 1i., 108, pl. xiii. f. 5.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq.
5. HE. mnevs, Muller.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i1., 108.
“Twizell.,—P. J. Selby, Hsqg. Common; Mill-stream, Ouse-
burn, July and Aug.— 7". J. B.
6. HE. cuprevs, Muller.
Steph. Illust., Mand., 11., 108.
Rare; Mill-stream, Ouseburn, July and Aug.—7" J. B.
Famity 2. HELOPHORID A, Mac Leay.
66. Henopnorus, Leach.
1. H. aquaticus, Linn.
Steph. Ilust., Mand., u., 111.
Common. |
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 69
2. H. granuaris, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand.,11., 111.
Common.
3. H. griseus, Herbst.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 112.
Common.
4, H, viripicouiis, Kirby.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 112.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq.
5. H. nusrius, Fab.
Steph. Illust., Mand., u., 113.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Long Benton, on the sands
at Shields, Hartlepool, cc.
6. H. rennicus, Payk.
Steph. Illust., Mand., u1., 113.
“Mwizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Long Benton, and Shotley
Bridge in June and July.— 7". J. B:
67. OcutuEsBius, Leach.
1. O. pyemats, Fab.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i1., 115.
Boldon Flats.—7. J. B. In the pools near Marsden.- J. H.
April.
2. O. ExcuLptus, Jiller.
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i., 478, 5.—Mulsant, Col. de France,
Palp., 54, 2.—Enicocerus viridieneus, Steph. Jilust.,
Mand., ii., 196, pl. xv., f- 6 (mas).—H. Gibsoni,
Curtis, Brit. Ent., pl. 291.—Steph. 1. ¢., v., 879 (foem ).—
K. tristis, Curt. 1. ¢., Steph. U. ¢., v., 379 (mas).
“Brook near Meldon, and at Tynemouth.”—G. Wazles, Esq.
“Twizell.".—P. J. Selby, Hsg. In the Ouseburn, August.—
IU, di dix
An interesting account of the larva of this species has been
given by Mr. Wailes in the Entomological Magazine, vol. 1., 256.
The insects, where he observed them, frequented half-exposed
blocks of coarse sandstone in brooks, lurking in the slight in-
equalities, on a level with the surface of the water, or a little
above it. They occur most abundantly in autumn, when the
70 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
different stages of larve, pups, and perfect insect may be found
in company. The larve are “anopluriform, measuring, when
full grown, about two and a half lines in length, and half a line
in width. They are ofa uniform black, and have the apex of each
abdominal segment fringed with very short hairs. Their food is
most probably mucor, for they seem to be confined to rough
slimy stones.” When full grown, they form oval cells of mud,
about two lines in the longest diameter, in which they become
pupz of a bright orange colour.
68. Hyprana, Kugellan.
1. H. riparia, Kugel.
Steph. Itlust., Mand., i., 117, and v., 399.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Prestwick Car, Long Benton,
Ouseburn, Boldon Flats, Gibside, &e—Z. J. B. March—Aug.
2. H. nierita, Miller.
Steph. Illust., Mand., v., 400.—H. pusilla, Steph. 0. ¢. i1.,
TINS), (aa Ph 1/5 8%
Rare : in the vicinity of Newcastle—TZ. J. B.
2. H. minutissima, Gyll.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i1., 118.
“Newcastle upon Tyne.”—W. C. Hewitson, Esq. (Hut. Mag.,
1. 2903)
Famity 3. HYDROPHILIDA, Mac Leay.
69. Limnusius, Leach.
1. L. ater, Stephens.
Steph. Iltust., Mand., 11., 119., pl. xiv., f. 4.
Ouseburn, Ravensworth, Boldon, sides of the Derwent. June
_—September.
2. L. tRuNcATELLUS, Thunb.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii1., 120.—Heer, Fn. Col. Helvw., i.
481, 1.
Prestwick Car, Ouseburn, Boldon Flats, banks of the Derwent.
June—September.
3. L. wrtrpus, Marsh.
Steph. Itust., Mand., i1., 122.
In a pond on the sea-side, near Whitburn,—J/. H.
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 71
70. Hyprosiws, Leach.
1. H. ruscrpss, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 128.—H. chalconotus, Leach,
Steph., l.c., u., 128.
Common.
71. Laccostus, Hrichson.
1. L. minutus, Linn.
Steph. Manual, No. 709.—Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i., 481.—
Hydrobius bipunctatus, Steph. [llust., Mand., i1., 132.
Common.
2. L. coton, Stephens.
Steph. Manual, No. 710.—Hydrobius colon, Steph. Illust.,
Mand., u., 133.
“Twizell.".—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Boldon Flats.—7. J. B.
Marsden.—/. #7.
This, according to Mulsant, is a variety of L. minutus.
3. L. MARSHAMI, Stephens.
Steph. Manual, No. 712.—Hydrobius minutus, Steph. [llust.,
Mand., i1., 133.—H. ochraceus, /6. 7. ¢., 134.
“Twizell."°—P. J. Selby, Esq. By the sides of pools near
Marsden.—J. H.
4. L. etosuius, Payk.
Hydrobius globulus, Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 135.—Heer,
Fn. Col. Helv., i, 484.—Wulsant, Col. de France,
Palp., 126, 5.—Laccobius limbatus, Steph. Manual,
No. 716.
On the ground in damp places. Gosforth—Z. J. B. Com-
mon in Ravensworth woods.—/J/. H.
Famity 4. SPH HRIDIID A, Leach.
72. Spuazripium, Fab.
1. 8S. scaraBmorpEs, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., u., 154.
Common.
2. S. Marernatum, Fab.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 156.—S. 4—maculatum, J0., ii.,
155.—Curtis, Brit. Hnt., pl. 518.
Less abundant than the preceding. Prestwick Car, Shields,
Hartlepool, &c.
uy
72 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
Fabricius considered this as a variety of his S. bipustulatum,
and Mulsant adopts this view, though without good grounds, in
Hrichson’s opinion, vide Ray Soc. Reports, 1844, p. 336.
3. 8. BrpusTULATUM, Fab. ?
Steph. Lllust., Mand., i1., 155.
“Mwizell.,—P. J. Selby, Esq.
73. Cercyron, Leach.
1. C. trTroRALE, Gyll.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 137.—C. ruficorne, Kirby, 10., ii.,
137.—C. binotatum, 70., 2. c.—C. dilatatum, /6., ii., 138.
—O. depressum, J0., l. c.
Common along the sea-coast ; beneath sea-weed, from Janu-
ary. All the varieties occur.
2. C. anaLE, Payk.
Heer, Fn. Ed. Helv., 1.,491.—Mulsant, Col. de France,
Palp., 183, 15.—C. terminatum, Steph. [Uust., Mand., i1.,
TIS)
Rare; Hartlepool—J. H. Long Benton.—7’. J. B.
3. OC. HAMORRHOIDALE, Fab.
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i. 489.—Mulsant, Col. de France, Palp.,
159, 2.—C. hemorrhoum, Steph. Lilust., Mand., ii., 143 2
Common.
The C. hemorrhoidale of Stephens (Jllust., Mand., ii., 142 )
is also not uncommon in the spring months, but we have
not been able to ascertain whether it has been characterized by
any other appellation.
4, OC. MELANOCEPHALUM, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i1., 144.
_ Common.
5. ©. unrpuneratum, Linn.
Erichson, Kaf. der Mark. B., 1.,217.—Heer, Fn. Col. Helv.,
i., 490.—Mulsant, Col. de France, Palp., 164, 5.
Common.
6. C. quisquitium, Linn.
Mulsant, Col. de France, Palp., 166, 6.
Common. Usually considered as the male of the preceding,
but according to Mulsant and Erichson, both sexes of each occur.
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. tis
7. C. premazum, J7I.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 148.—Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., 1.,
490.—Mulsant, Col. de France, Palp., 170, 8.—C. con-
spurcatum, Steph. Ilust., Mand., ii., 145.—C. stercorator,
Ib., u1., 147.—C. merdarium, J/0., 7. c—C. erythropum,
ov hs
“Twizell.,—P. J Selby, Hsq. South Shields, Gibside, and
J. H. Wong Benton.—Z. J. B.
8. C. BoLETopHacum, Marsh. ,
Steph. (llust., Mand., ii., 140.—Megasternum boletophagum,
Mulsant, Col. de France, Palp., 187, 1.
Not uncommon in Fungi, in old skins, and under stones in
Prestwick Car.
damp situations.
I once found a great number, before a thunder storm, running
about like Leiodes ; it sometimes occurs abroad late at evening.
—J. H.
9. C. atomarium, Fab.
Steph. Illust., Mand., it., 145.—Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., 1.,
492.—Cryptopleurum atomarium, Mulsant, Col. de France,
Palp., 188, 1.—Cercyon crenatum, Steph. Manual, No.
744.—C. sordidum, /6., [llust., Mand., ii., 145, &e.
“Twizell.,—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Hartlepool, Ryhope Dean,
Prestwick Car, Shields, Gibside—J/. H. Long Benton.—
DES Be
74, Cyctonotum, Hrichson.
1. C. ornpicunaRE, Fab.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 132.
“Twizell.”"—P. J. Selby, Esq.
Famity 5. AGATHIDIIDA, Westw.
75. Puauacrus, Payk.
1. P. unicrs, Kirby.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i1., 166.
On the Bents at South Shields in April—J. Z.
76. Epurstemus, West.
1. KE. euopuius, Payk.
Psychidium globulum, Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., 1, 433.—
L
74 CATALOGUE OF THE INSEOTS OF
Ephistemus Gyrinoides, Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 168.—
K. nigriclavis, 1. 7. c.—E. confinis, J6. ii., 169, pl. xv. f.
22
Under moss from the Ravensworth woods in spring, and on the
banks of the Wear, below Hylton Castle—J. H. The variety
with greater part of the elytra testaceous, was found near Cul-
lercoats in March—Z. J. B.
I find the varieties together under garden rubbish, and I can
see no difference between them but what results from various de-
grees of maturity.—J. H.
77. Letopes, Latr.
l. L. actcunata, Kunzé,
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 170.
Rare; sides of woods on the Derwent.—J. 7.
2. L. pourra, Marsh.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 174.
Of not unfrequent occurrence on the borders of fields on the
Derwent, above Swalwell, and at Gibside.—J. H.
3. L. FERRUGINEA, Jab.
Steph. Illust., Mand.,ii., 175.—Anisotoma ferrugineum, Gyll.
Ins. Suec., u., 564.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Lsq. Gibside— —J. H,
4, L. nuripennis, Payk.
Steph. Illust., Mand., i1., 176.—Anisotoma rufipenne, y/l.
Ins. Suec., 11., 565.
Gibside, Winlaton Mill, Ravensworth, Marsden,—J. H. Long
Benton, Prudhoe, in June.—Z". J. B.
5. L. arenaRrIA, Rudd ?
Steph. Illust., Mand., v., 403 ?
Under sea-weed on the sands at Marsden in March.—/. H.
Less than either of the two preceding, quite ovate, and con-
vex, polished and glossy; head and thorax dark coloured, thickly
and minutely punctulate; elytra ovate, rather expanded before
the middle, very convex, shining ferruginous, with the suture
deep black, and a black dash on the external margins, reaching
from behind the shoulders to the apices, scarcely so deeply punc-
tate as in L. rufipennis, with the alternate interstices interpunc-
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 75
ate as in that species; antenne testaceous at the base, the club
moderate, dusky, apical joint ovate, acuminate; legs testaceous,
posterior tibiz rather long, slender and bent, with few spines, fe-
mora toothless; breast slightly pitchy.
This very distinct insect appears to differ only in colour-
ing from the species to which I have referred it. It has the
colours ascribed to LZ. litura, but is quite ovate as to its shape.—
J. H.
6. L. HUMERALIs, Fab.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 178.—Anisotoma humerale, Gyil.
Ins. Suec., 11., 558.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Gubside—Mr. T. Pigg.—
Gosforth in July.—7. J. B.
7. L. appominatis, Payk.
Steph. Iust., Mand., ii., 179.—Anisotoma abdominale, GylJ,
Ins. Suec., ii., 557.
A single specimen at the border of a wood, cn the south side
of the Derwent, opposite Axwell Spa Well, in June.—dJ. H.
78. Agaturiprum, Llliger.
1. A. euosus, Payk.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 108, pl. xv. f. 4.—Annisotoma glo-
bus, Gyll. Ins. Suec., ii., 568.
Very local. A considerable number of specimens were taken
in spring, on a piece of detached bark, in one of the woods on
the Team, near Ravensworth.—/. 7.
2. A. stapHyLaum, Gyll ?
Anisotoma staphyleum, Gyll. Ins. Suec., ii., 569 i—Aga-
thidium ferrugineum, Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 180.
Two specimens have occurred, near to Gibside, in June.—
They were running with great animation in the hot sunshine.
The characters of Gyllenhal’s Anisotoma staphyleewm, correspond
very closely, except when he states the apex of the elytra to be
attenuated, and sub-acuminate. The apex, on the contrary, is
quite obtuse.—J. H.
3. A. atrum, Payk.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 180.—Anisotoma atrum, Gyll.
Ins. Suec., ii., 570.
Rare; in a quarry near Carr’s Hill, Gateshead.—J/. H.
we!
e
76 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
4, A. sEMINULUM, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 181.—Anisotoma seminulum, G‘yil.
Ins Suec., i1., 573.
Rare; under bark in a wood above Swalwell, and in the Ra-
vensworth woods, in spring.—J. H.
It is sometimes swept up running about after sunset.
5. A. ORBICULARE, Herbst.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 181.—Anisotoma orbiculatum,
Gyll. Ins. Suec., 11., 574.
Rare; in a quarry at Carr’s Hill, under bark at Ravensworth,
and on the links near Hartlepool_—J. H.
Intermediate in size, between A. Seminulum, and A. nanus,
but distinguished from both in being without sutural stris.
6. A. nanus, Meg.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 183.
Under decaying branches and rubbish on the Derwent.—J. H.
79. CuamBus, Fisch.
1. C. anmapiiius, De Geer.
Steph. Illust.. Mand., ii., 184., pl. xv., f. 5.—C. nitidus, 1b.
v., 465. :
In moss from Ravensworth woods.—/. H. Near Cullercoats
jo March.— 7. J. B.
Of the three specimens taken, one is of a deep black on the
upper surface.
StiRPs 2, NECROPHAGA, Latr.
Famity 1. SCAPHIDIIDA, Mae Leay.
80. Scapuipium, Oliv.
1. S. quapRimacuLatum, Olio.
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 3.—Curt. Brit. Ent., pl. 379.
One specimen, taken at Gibside—WMr. John Hancock.
81. Scapuisoma, Leach.
l. S. aaaricrnum, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii, 3.
Under the bark of a decayed ash tree, below the monument at
Gibside.—J. H.
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 77
82. Catoprs, fab.
1. C. aneustatus, Fad.
Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., i., 378.—Choleva augustata, Steph.
Lllust., Mand., iii., 13.
Among moss and withered leaves, widely dispersed.
2. C. actuis, [7i.
Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., i., 379,—Choleva angustata, Steph
Lllust., Mand., iii., 14.
Marsden.—/. H.
Distinguished from the preceding by the breadth of the thorax
posteriorly, which nearly equals that of the elytra, and by the
curved intermediate tibiz.
3. C. prcipEs, Fab.
Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., i., 379.—C. sericeus, Steph. Lllust.,
Mand., iii., 9.—C. fuscus, Steph. Manual, No. 883.
Common in cellars at Newcastle.—7Z7. J. B. Under a dead
mole at Gibside, and at Gateshead Fell.—J. H.
4, C. cHRYSOMELOIDES, Panz.
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 10.—Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., 1., 380.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Coast, near Hartley, in Sep-
tember.— 7’. J. B.
5. C. Montivacus, Heer.
Heer. Fn. Col. Helv, i., 381.—C. affinis, Steph. llust.,
Mand., iii., 102
Under a dead hare in the Ravensworth woods, in March.—
df. A.
6. C. niarita, Hrichs.
Erichson, Kaf. der Mark. B., i.,239.—Heer. F'n. Col. Helv.,
1, 381.—C. fornicatus, Steph. Illust., Mazd., iii., 8.
Generally distributed. All the year.
7. C. morio, Fab.
Heer. Fn. Col. Helv.i., 382.—Choleva dissimulator Spence,
Lin, Trans. xi., 150.—Catops dissimulator, Steph. £llust.,
Mand., iii., 13.
With C. montivagus in Ravensworth woods.—J. H.
8. C. rumatus, Spence.
Heer, F'n. Col. Helv., i., 382.—Ptomophagus fumatus, Steph.
78 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
Itlust.. Mand., iii, 6.—Catops Frater, Newman, Hat.
Mag., 1., 507.—Steph. Illust., Mand., v., 405.
In the woods above Winlaton Mill, in Fungi, and in a field
near Manshaven—J. H. Gibside.—Z. J. B.
9. C. vELOX, Spence.
Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., i., 383.—Ptomophagus velox, Steph.
Iilust., Mand., i11., 6.
Gibside—7. J. B. Ravensworth woods in Spring.—J. H.
10. C. witxinu, Spence.
Ptomophagus Wilkinii, Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 7.—C.
badius, Heer. F'n. Col. Helv.,i., 383 %
In moss, in damp situations. Guibside—Z. J. B. Woods
above Winlaton Mill, and on the banks of the Team.—J. H,
11. OC. antsotomorpEs, Spence.
Heer. Fn.. Col. Helv., i., 384.—Ptomophagus anisoto-
moides, Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 7.
In Fungi; near Kenton, in November.—7. J. B. Gibside.—
J. H.
12. C. rruncatos, UU.
Ptomophagus truncatus, Steph., [llust., Mand., 1ii1., 5.—C.
sericeus, Heer. F'n. Col. Helv., i., 384.
Generally distributed. April—November.
83. Coton, Herbst.
1. C. srunnevs, Latr.
Mylechus brunneus, Steph. Iilust., Mand., iii., 4,
Rare : Kenton Bank foot, on Fungi ; in November.—Z. J. B.
Grass fields above Swalwell, and near Dunston.—J. H. June.
Famity 2. SILPHIDA, Leach.
84. NecropHorus, Fad.
1. N. numator, fab.
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 17.
Common. “Newcastle and Meldon Park.”—G. Wazles, Esq.
“Mwizell.,—P. J. Selby, Esq. “Durham.”—Ornsby’s Durham.
Tyneside, Long Benton, &e.
2. N. nuspator, Lrichs.
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i., 387.—N. vestigator, Steph. Lilust.,
Mand., ii, 18.
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 79
“ Newcastle and Meldon Park.”—G. Wailes, Hsq. “ Twizell.”
—P. J. Selby, Esq. In dead birds and other animals, at Prest-
wick, and Long Benton.—7. J. B. July—September.
3. N. mortuorvum, Jab.
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 19.
In carcases of the smaller quadrupeds, and in Fungi. “ Twi-
zell."—-P. J. Selby, Esq. Gosforth, Long Benton, Gibside,
Winlaton Mill, &c. June—September.
4, N. vesprnuo, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 20.
In dead animals. “Stockton.”—Hogq’s Stockton. “ Newcas-
tle and Meldon Park.”—G. Wales, Hsq. “Twizell.”—P. J.
Selby, Esq. Sides of the Tyne and Team, Washington, Hartle-
pool, &c. April—September.
The oldest local notice of this species is contained in a MS.
note, in a copy of Ray’s Historia Insectorum, in the library of
the Literary and Philosophical Society of Newcastle. The
writer is unknown (Isaac Thompson ?), but it may be gathered,
that he entomologized about Newcastle from 1749 to 1760. He
mentions R. Harrison, the distinguished mathematician, as hav-
ing brought him the eruca of the Puss Moth (Cerura Vinula),
“in saliceto suo in Pandon Dean deprehensam, 19 Jul. 1760.”
In respect to WV. vespillo, he has written on the margin :—“Stri-
dorum vexatus emittit, non multum a murino abludentem.”
This mouse-like querulous noise, is also the token of irritation
in others of the species.—J. H.
85. Necropes, Wilkin.
1. N. nrrrorauis, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 21.—Curtis, Brit. Ent., pl. 334.
Carcases on river-banks, dc. “Meldon Park, Newcastle, sea-
shore, Tynemouth ; common.”—G. Wailes, sq. “ Twizell.”—P.
J. Selby, Hsq. Tyneside, Town Moor, Long Benton, &e.
86. Orcroptoma, Leach.
1. O. tHoractca. Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 22.
Not uncommon beneath dead moles, birds, &c., and in Fungi.
“Meldon Park, Witton-le-Wear, &c.”—G. Wailes, Esq. “Dur-
80 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
ham.”—Ornsby’s Durham. Gibside, Winlaton Mill, &c. May
—September.
2. O. RucosA, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 22.
Common.
3. O. APPENDICULATA, Selzer.
Heer. #n. Col. Helv., i., 389.—O. sinuata, Steph. Illust.,
Mand., iii., 23.
“Prestwick Car."—G. Wailes, Hsg. “Durham.”—Ornsby’s
Durham.
4. O. pispar, Herhst.
Steph. Lllust., Mand., iii., 24.
Prestwick Car in July.— l/r. A. Hancock. Long Benton in
May.—7. J. B. South Shields.—/. H.
Mr. Hancock found it feeding on Lymneus stagnalis, left ex-
posed by the evaporation of the water, and this while the animal
was evidently still alive.
87. SmpHa, Linn.
1. S. opscura, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., 111., 25.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, sq. “Durham.”—Ornsby’s Dur-
ham. Under stones at Marsden, in May.—l/r. A. Hancock.
2. §. tristis, Z7/.
Steph. Illust. Mand., iii., 25.
Somewhat rare: “ Meldon Park.”—G. Wales, Hsq. “'Twi-
zell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Long Benton, South Shields, Hartle-
pool. April and May.
3. S. NIGRITA, Creutz.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii1., 26.
“Newcastle, &c., very abundant.”—G. Wales, Hsq. “Twi-
zell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. It is the commonest of the genus.
The larva is fond of earthworms, and the perfect insect will
devour flies and other insects.
4. §. opaca, Linn.
Steph. Ilust., Mand., iii., 27.—Curt. Brit. Ent., pl. 742.
“Newcastle.”—G. Wailes, Esq. “'Twizell.,—P. J. Selby,
Esq.
NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 81
88. PHospnuaa, Leach.
1. P. pourta, Sulzer.
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv.,i., 392.—Silpha levigata, Steph. Illust.,
Mand., ii., 27.
“ Sea-shore, Marsden ; not very abundant.”—G. Wailes, Hsq.
2. P. atrata, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 28.
Common everywhere, and throughout the year.
Famity 3. NITIDULIDA, Mac Leay.
89. Tuymatus, Latr.
1. T. trmBatus, Fab.
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 31.—Curt. Brit. Ent., pl. 39.
One specimen beneath bark of Elm, Ravensworth, in Novem-
ber.—J. H.
90. Nitipuna, Fab.
1. N. punctatissima, J7/.
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii1., 32.
“Very abundant in ashes."—G. Wailes, Hsq. Gibside—
T. J. B. Above Swalwell, in willows—J. H. January—
May.
2. N. arisea, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 33.
Gibside, in June.—7’. J. B.
3. N. sorprpa, Fab.
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i., 395.—N. depressa, Steph. Lllust.,
Mand., ii1., 33.
Skins, dead animals, Fungi, &c. ; Tyneside and elsewhere.—
J. H. Gibside.—ZT7’. J. B. May—September.
4. N. coton, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 34.—Curtis, Brit. Ent., pl. 675.
Not very common. Sea-coast in April—Z. J. B. Tyneside,
above Dunston, with the next, in May.—J. H.
5. N. piscorpea, Fab.
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 34.
“Twizell.,—P. J. Selby, Hsg. Tyneside, &., abundant.
May and June.
VOL. I. M
82 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF
6. N. prpustunata, Linn.
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 35.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, sq. Tyneside, in May.—J. H.
7. N. opscura, Fab.
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv. i. 395.—N. rufipes, Steph. I1lust.,
Mand., iii., 35.
One specimen with the preceding.—J. 7.
8. N. optonea, Herbst.
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 36.
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq.
9. N. opsoueta, Mab.
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 38.
On the flowers of Viburnwm opulus, near Dunston, and at
Gibside—J. H. On Fungi, Prudhoe, in June.—Z. J. B.
10. N. pepressa, J//.
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i., 399.—N. estiva, Steph. Illust.,
Mand., iii., 37%
Common in flowers. June.
11. N. pusruia,-Z7/.
Steph. Illust., Mand., iu., 39.—Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., i.,
00:
Under bark, Ouseburn Dean, in April —Z’. J. B.
12. N. pyemma, Cyl. .
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 119.
Under bark of Scotch pine, on the Team, Ravensworth, in
March.— J. H.
and consequently afford few coleoptera excepting those of semi-
aquatic habits. Mr. Hardy visited the place in the beginning of
» June, and found the number of species of insects very limited, and,
excepting in one instance, the number of individuals. Insects
belonging to the order Diptera were the most numerous. Mr.
Hardy met with Ophonus pubescens, which, as he had not taken
it before, was interesting. It was extremely local, being confined
to the circuit of a few yards, on a rather drier spot than the rest
of the locality. On this place he found it by turning over some
broken bricks, and by digging in the soil underneath, he found it
in considerable numbers; it occurred also among the matted tufts
of the Thrift. Those which he found amongst the soil were pale
yellow, having but lately emerged from the pupa, which he found
also in some numbers. Mr. H. mentioned that although confined
to very narrow bounds in the places where it occurs, neverthe-
less it 1s a widely dispersed insect, occurring in most parts of the
island.
Mr. Hardy mentioned in the same paper some of the habits of
Brachyopa tricolor, a rare British fly, which he had met with near
96 ABSTRACT OF COMMUNICATIONS.
Gibside, in the County of Durham. It is a bolder insect than
many of its congeners, suffering a near approach before it rises,
and soon returns to the place from whence it had been disturbed.
This species also, instead of retiring along with the sun, remains
abroad till sometime after sunset. This habit Mr. Hardy also
also observed in Pachyta octo-maculata. Mr. H. verified the
observations of St. Fargeau on some of the habits of the Zen-
thredinide, having caught several species preying on other in-
sects. After several observations on the abundance or scarcity
of insects generally, this season, he concluded by noticing the
capture of two specimens of Bombus Skrimshirianus, which is
accounted one of our rarer large bees, but Mr. H. mentioned that
he had frepuently met both with it and its nest in Berwickshire.
At the September meeting, Mr. Hardy read some notes on
the habits of the Horse Leech (Hamopsis sanguisuga ), in which
he stated, that he had verified by observation, what had been
formerly stated respecting this animal, that the common earth-
worm appeared to be its ordinary food. Mr. H. also mentioned
some species of plants in which he had observed monstrosities
more than usually remarkable. Of Dactylis glomerata, he ex-
hibited and described very extraordinary viviparous heads.
(97)
V.—A Catalogue of the Mollusca of Northumberland and
Durham. By Josuvua ALDER.
[The preparation of this Catalogue was entrusted to a
Sub-committee of the Club, consisting of JosepH Harrison
Fryer, Anpany Hancock, and Josuua ALpER, and has been
drawn up by the latter with the assistance of the two former.
The names of the Sub-committee are indicated in the Catalogue
by their initials. |
SzvERAL partial notices of the Mollusca, or, to speak more cor-
rectly, of the Shells of Northumberland and Durham, have from
time to time appeared. The earliest is that of Wallis in the
“Natural History and Antiquities of Northumberland,” published
in 1769. This work contains an account of 45 species and va-
rieties, rather vaguely designated, after the fashion of the older
naturalists, but most of which can be easily recognised. They
consist principally of the most common and conspicuous species.
No further contributions to the conchology of these counties
appeared till 1816, when Sir Cuthbert Sharp published in his
“History of Hartlepool,” a pretty extensive list of the shells of
that locality. This list appears to have been very carefully
drawn up according to the best information of the time, but a
few species have inadvertently been admitted into it, such as
Venus chione, Cardiwm aculeatum, Buccinum lineatum, and
Strombus costatus, which are certainly not inhabitants of our
coast, and must either have come there by chance, or, what is
more probable, other species somewhat similar in appearance
have been taken for them. Several species in addition to
Sir Cuthbert Sharp’s list were given by Mr. Hogg, in his
“Natural History of the Vicinity of Stockton.” In 1822,
Mr. Winch published a Catalogue of the Shells found at
Lindisfarne, in the “Annals of Philosophy”; stated to be
principally furnished by a lady. It was afterwards re-
VOL. I. 0
98 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
printed in Raine’s “History of North Durham.” Here also one
or two species appear to have been included by mistake, but,
upon the whole, it is a pretty correct enumeration of the princi-
pal shells found on that part of the coast. A “Catalogue of the
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the vicinity of Newcastle,” by
the writer of this notice, was published in our “ Natural History
Society’s Transactions” in 1830, to which a Supplement was
added in 1838. More recently, the contributions of Mr. William
King, late curator of the Newcastle Museum, and of Mr. Richard
Howse, to the “ Annals of Natural History” have illustrated several
of our rarer species. The excellent papers of Dr. Johnston on
the Mollusca of Berwick Bay, published in the “Berwickshire
Club Proceedings,” may also be mentioned as coming’ partially
within the limits of this Catalogue.
So much having already appeared in this department, it may
be supposed that little remains to be done in order to give a
complete list of the Mollusca of the two counties. It will be
observed, however, that scarcely any notices of the naked or
shell-less Mollusca have been included in these contributions,
and that in the lists of shells, the minute and less conspicuous
kinds, which form a considerable portion of the whole, have been
generally overlooked. We have been anxious, too, rather to give
the result of our own observations, and to verify by personal
observation the species already published, than to make a com-
pilation from old materials, did these contain a greater propor-
tion of our Molluscan Fauna than they really do. The attention
that we have paid for several years to the productions of this
coast, together with the kind assistance of our friends, has en-
abled us to add largely to the materials already published.
The arrangement here adopted is that of Cuvier ; but so much
has been done since his time, especially towards the attainment
of a knowledge of the animal inhabitants of shells, upon which
any arrangements claiming to be natural must necessarily be
based, that we have been obliged to make several modifications
to meet the requirements of modern science. We are fully aware
of the imperfections of many parts of this arrangement as it now
stands, but we prefer, in the present transition state of the
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 99
science, to adhere in the main to some system already established,
rather than to introduce changes that may not stand the test of
further experience. :
A spirit of rigid criticism is now abroad on the nomenclature
of natural history, which makes it necessary to examine into the
priority of each individual synonym in the genera and species:
This we have done to the best of our ability and means; and we
must acknowledge the great assistance we have derived in this
respect from the excellent little Synopsis of the Swedish and
Norwegian Mollusca lately published by Professor Lovén, of
Stockholm, entitled “ Index Molluscorum litora Scandinaviz Oc-
cidentalia habitantium.” as well as from his obliging communi-
cations. Our acknowledgments are equally due to Mr. Sylvanus
Hanley for his kind assistance in identifying several of the Lin-
neean species; an assistance which his laborious and critical ex-
amination of the Linnean Cabinet renders him peculiarly able
to afford.*
Had there been any work which we could have taken as a
text book, our task in drawing up this Catalogue would have
been comparatively light, but at present no such work on Bri-
tish Mollusca exists, though the desideratum is in the course of
being supplied by the “ History of British Mollusca and their
Shells” by Professor E. Forbes and Mr. Hanley, one or two parts
of which have already appeared; but as it will not be completed
for three years, we shall not be able to avail ourselves of it on
the present occasion.
As our Catalogue is exclusively confined to the Mollusca, three
classes of Testaceous animals that have usually appeared in British
works on shells do not find a place in these pages ; these are, the
Foraminifera, the Oirrhipoda, and the Yestaceous Annelida.
Modern investigations have proved that these belong to entirely
different departments of the animal kingdom, to which they
must now be assigned—the first to Zoophytes, the second to Crus-
tacea, and the third to Annelida.
* Mr. Hanley is about to publish the results of this examination in a work
exclusively devoted to the species preserved in the cabinet of Linnzus, the
value of which every naturalist must appreciate.
100 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
But if our Catalogue exclude some of the objects usually asso-
ciated with the Mollusca, it will, on the other hand, be found
rnore than usually extensive in two classes, which have seldom
obtained a place in our local lists, namely, the MVudibranchiata
and the Z’wnicata. In the latter so little has hitherto been done
that, even with the kind assistance of of our friend Professor Hd-
ward Forbes, we have found the greatest difficulty in referring
our species to any of those already described, and it has conse-
quently become necessary to publish descriptions of many of them.
The coast over which our observations extend, is in some re-
spects not particularly favourable for the production of molluscous
animals; possessing none of those sinuosities and sheltered bays
within which these animals generally find the conditions most
favourable to their development. The coast line of Northum-
berland and Durham is, on the contrary, bare and exposed, and
the sea beats upon its shores much more roughly than in most of
the localities celebrated for their marine productions. It is
nevertheless not without some advantages. Its extensive sands
are unmixed with shingle, and consequently afford a suitable
habitation for many bivalves ; which, however, are nearly ex-
tirpated on some of the most frequented parts of the coast,
From the nature of the strata, too, the rocks do not dip very ab-
ruptly into the sea, but run out at a very slight inclination,
leaving a great extent of surface at low tides, accessible to the
naturalist, and not unproductive of marine animals. In the
inland portion of the country the surface is a good deal diver-
sified, but upon the whole it is rather too hilly, particularly in
the western parts, to be very productive of the land and fresh-
water Mollusca, which are generally thinly scattered in upland and
exposed situations. The vallies, however, produce not an incon-
siderable number of the land species: these abound most on
limestone, and a few species are nearly confined to that descrip-
tion of rock. Owing to the small extent of marshes and ditches,
in addition to the lower temperature, the fresh-water species are
much less abundant here than in the south of England.
The generalizations of Professor E. Forbes, in his able Paper on
the Northern Drift, published in the “ Memoirs of the Geological
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 101
Survey of Great Britain,’ have demonstrated the use of local
Faunas like the present, in furnishing materials for working out
some of the most interesting problems that Natural History af-
fords ; but for the true solution of problems of this kind, it is not
only necessary that local Catalogues should be as complete as
possible in the productions of the district, but that care should
also be taken not to introduce species by mistake, or on imper-
fect evidence, which might give a false idea of their geographi-
cal range, and vitiate the generalizations founded upon them,
Impressed with this conviction, we have been particularly care-
ful in scrutinizing the earlier published Catalogues, and com-
paring them with the geographical limits of species as far as already
known ; in doing this, we have been led to reject some species
only found in a dead state, which deference to previous authori-
ties might otherwise have induced us to retain.
One source of error, which, without great care, is likely to vi-
tiate our Fauna, is the quantity of shells brought in ballast by
the coal ships. This ballast, dredged in the rivers and harbours
of the south of England, is, in consequence of the dues payable
for its deposit on shore, frequently cast overboard at sea, and
shells from it are occasionally washed up on the adjoining sands.
We have endeavoured to ascertain as far as possible what shells
are attributable to this source, but we cannot be sure that in every
case we have succeeded.
The exposed nature of the coast is not favourable to the use of
the dredge, and consequently very few explorations have been
made with that useful aid to the naturalist. Our own exploits
in that way, we must confess to have been nearly complete failures,
owing principally to our inability to stand the exposure and mo-
tion of an open sea. Mr. King and Mr. Howse have made at-
tempts at deep water dredging, on the cod-fishing grounds at a
considerable distance from the shore, the results of which have
appeared in the “Annals of Natural History.” Though these can
scarcely be called successful, there cannot be a doubt that under
more favourable circumstances excellent results might be ob-
tained from deep-water dredging off our coast, but the expense
and discomfort of the undertaking, as prosecuted in the fishing
102 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
‘boats, together with the great uncertainty of the weather when
the grounds are reached, are drawbacks which will prevent its
being often attempted. A trial made by Mr. Howse of dredging
in fifteen to twenty fathoms water, undertaken for the purpose of
gaining information for this Catalogue, has been attended with
better success, as the notices of species obtained by it will
shew.
The Molluscan Fauna of the coast of Northumberland and Dur-
ham partakes, as might be expected, much more of the characters
of that of northern Europe than of more southern latitudes. On
comparing it with the “Index Molluscorum” of Lovén, we find
that about half the species of our Catalogue are inhabitants of the
Scandinavian shores, whilst scarcely a fifth part are to be found
in the Mediterranean. In both cases the greater proportion are
bivalves. Dr. Philippi enumerates about one hundred and fifty*
marine species, common to Britain and Sicily, but not more than
a third of them reach our north-eastern shores, and it is curious
that none of the latter are really southern forms, they being near-
ly all of a cosmopolite character and equally common to the
north of Europe. Compared with the British Fauna our coast
affords more than half the number of species found on the shores
of Great Britain and Ireland. The species most characteristic of
our locality are,—
Bullea pectinata,, Natica Montagui,
quadrata, helicoides,
Bulla Cranchii, Groenlandica,
Amphisphyra hyalina, Margarita helicina,
Fusus Norvegicus, Nucula tenuis,
Turtoni, Modiola nigra,
Islandicus, Astarte compressa,
Barvicensis, Nera cuspidata,
Velutina plicatilis, Panopzea Norvegica.
Scalaria Trevelyana,
* We limit our comparisons here to the marine Mollusca, as the geographi-
cal distribution of the land and fresh water species has been treated of else
where.—Sce Newc. Nat. Hist. Trans.—Forbes in Brit. Assoc. Report, 1839,—
and Gray’s Turton’s Manual.
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 103
Fusus antiquus and gracilis, Cyprina Islandica, and Modiola
vulgaris, from their size and frequent occurrence, form a conspi-
cuous part of our Fauna, but their general diffusion through
most of the British seas prevents our considering them as charac-
teristic of this locality. These species, however, are rare on the
southern coast of England. Of northern forms, whose absence
is deserving of remark, perhaps the most conspicuous is Lottia
testudinalis, so widely spread in northern latitudes and abundant
on many parts of the west of Scotland, as well as in Ireland and
Wales. This species does not appear to inhabit any part of the
eastern coast of Britain. Other northern species, not uncommon
on the western shores of Scotland, are also absent here ; of these
we may mention Lima hyans, Terebratula caput-serpentis, Cra-
mia anomala, Pecten niveus, and nebulosus, Leda pygmea and
Margarita carnea. The following south of England species do
not occur with us,—
Bulla hydatis, Ovula patula,
Eulima polita, Fissurella reticulata,
Scalaria clathratula, Calyptrea Chinensis,
Truncatella Montagui, Modiola Gibbsii,
Tanthina fragilis, Arca lactea,
Rissoa crenulata, Cardium aculeatum,
striatula, exiguum,
Phasianella pullus, Cytherea chione,
Trochus umbilicatus, Tellina depressa,
striatus, Petricola irus,
crassus, Pandora obtusa,
Pleurotoma gracilis, Galeomma Turtoni,
septangularis, Gastrochena pholadia,
purpurea, Pholas parva,
Fusus muricatus, papyracea,
Erato levis, dactylus.
These may all be considered southern forms which have not
reached our limits, but it is worthy of remark that some of them
attain a much higher latitude on the western side of Great Bri-
tain than they do on the eastern. Many others might be added,
104 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
but our object at present is only to point out the most charac-
teristic forms. The absence of a few species of more extensive
range may be accounted for by the exposed character of the
coast.
Our Catalogue contains altogether 394 species, divided as fol-
lows :—
Cephalopoda... oi eee he ccmenrere 6
Gasteropoda—
Nudibranchiata, ......... 44
Pellibranchiata,............ 1
Inferobranchiata, .........
Tectibranchiata, ......... 13
Pulmonatay vs... siete. a 80
Pectinibranchiata,......... 92
Scutibranchiata, ......... 3
Cyclobranchiata, ......... 12
Cirrhobranchiata, ......... 3
—— 249
Conchifera—
Palliobranchiata, ......... 1
Lamellibranchiata, ...... 108
— 109
Munigataicustaccestaemiecerc de ccemree: 30
394
It may be useful to give an idea of the distribution of these
into different zones of depth, which we shall now endeavour to
do by enumerating the most characteristic species in each zone.
We have adopted the divisions of Professor EH. Forbes, contract-
ing a little their limits, the better to adapt them to the condi-
tions observable on our coast. They are as follows :—
1. Lirrorat Zone.—Between high water-mark and the low
water of ordinary tides.
2. Laminarian Zone.—Between low water and 12 fathoms.
3. CoRALLINE Zonz.—From 12 to 30 fathoms.
4. Reaton or Deze Water.—30 fathoms and upwards.
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 105
MM. Audouin and Milne Edwards, who first proposed the dis-
tribution of marine animals into zones of depth,* have adopted
much smaller divisions, and it would be easy to point out the
limits of species, especially between tide marks, within much
more contracted bounds, but the above broad and well-marked -
features are sufficient for our present purpose. Those species
which from their numbers give a character to the zone, we have
denoted by italics ; those which from their rarity or partial dis-
tribution in Britain give a character to the locality, are distin-
guished by small capitals.
LarroraL Zonz.—Doris tuberculata, REPANDA, bilamellata, as-
pera; Goniodoris nodosa; Ancula cristata ; Holis papillosa,
NANA; Odostomia spiralis ; Littorina petra, srudissima,
rudis, littorea, retusa; Rissoa interrupta, ulve ; Lacuna
pallidula ; Skenea planorbis; Trochus cinerareus ; Purpura
lapillus; Coriocella tentaculata; Patella vulgata; Chiton
marginatus; Modiola discrepans; J/ytilus edulis; Pullastra
vulgaris, perforans ; Kellia suborbicularis ; Mya truncata,
arenaria; Pholas crispata, candida; Cynthia rustica; Ascidia
depressa ; Botryllus Schlossert, RuBENS ; Botrylloides Leachii.
LAMINARIAN Zone.—Dendronotus arborescens ; Eolis olivacea,
coronata, RUFIBRANCHIALIS, picta ; AMPHISPHYRA HYALINA,
Rissoa parva, striata, semistriata; Lacuna vincta, var.
quadrifasciata ; Margarita HELICINA; Turritella terebra ;
Fusus turricula; Pleurotoma linearis, rufa; Buccinum un-
datum, var. 3; Massa incrassata; Cyprea Europea ; VEuu-
TINA PLICATILIS ; Lotta virginea; Patella pellucida, levis;
Chiton fascicularis, ruBER; Modiola discrepans; Cardium
edule ; Venus gallina; Tellina tenwis, fabula ; Syndosmya
alba ; Mactra stultorum ; Solen siliqua, ensis.
CoraLLineE Zone.—Polycera Lessonii ; Tritonia plebeia ; Doto
fragilis, coronata; BULLHA PECTINATA, QUADRATA; BuLLA
Crancuu, cylindracea; ScaLaRIA TREVELYANA; Odostomia
interstincta; Rissoa inconspicua, punctura; Trochustumidus;
Fusus antiquus, gracilis, PRopINQUUS, clathratus ; Buccinum
* Recherches pour servir Al’ Histoire Naturelle du Littoral de la France,
V. i, p. 235.
VOL. I. P
106
CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
undatum, var. 2; Natica Aldert, Montaeur; Velutina
levigata ; Chiton cinereus ; Nucula nucleus, tenuis; Leda
caudata ; Modiola marmorata, NicgRA ; Cardium fasciatum ;
Pullastra virginea ; ASTARTE comPRESSA ; Psammobia Feré-
ensis; Syndosmya prismatica ; Mactra elliptica; NEmRA cus-
prpata; Corbula gibba; Lyonsta Norvzartca; Cynthia tu-
berosa, AMPULLA ; Ascidia sordida ; Molgula arenosa ; Pxr-
LONAIA CORRUGATA.
Derr Water Recton.—Tritonia Hombergii ; Trochus tumidus ;
Fusus antiquus, var.; Norvecicus, Turtoni, Isuanpicus,
gracilis, var. ; Buccinum undatum, var. 1 ; Narica Gran-
LANDICA ; TEREBRATULA PsiTTacea ; Modiola nigra; Venus
gallina, var. Prideauxiana; Cyprina Islandica; Astarte
Danmonice ; Panopma Norvecica.
Our best thanks are due to those gentlemen who have kindly
furnished us with information for the following Catalogue ; more
especially to the Rey. Geo. Cooper Abbes, of Cleadon ; to Mr.
Wm. Backhouse, of Darlington; to Mr. Robert Embleton, of
Embleton ; and to Mr. Richard Howse.
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 107
MOLLUSCA.
* CEPHALA.
Cuass. CEPHALOPODA, Cuvier.
Orper. DIBRANCHIATA, Owen.
Faminy. Octopopipa, Gray.
1. ELEDONE, Leach.
1, E. ventricosa, Grant.
Sepia octopoda, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 53, t. 28, f. 44.
Octopus ventricosus, Johns. in Berw. Club Proc. i. 197.
Not uncommon. We once met with it thrown up in great
abundance on Whitley sands.—A. H.
Dr. Johnston has given an excellent description of this spe-
cies in the Berwickshire Club Proceedings.
Faminy. Seprapa, D’Orbigny.
2. SEPIOLA, Leach.
1h tsb RONDELETII, Leach.
Sepia sepiola, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 54, t. 29, f. 46.
Sepiola vulgaris, Johns. in Berw. C. Proc. i. 199.
Rather rare. Occasionally found in the stomachs of haddocks.
“Not unfrequently caught in the shrimp nets at Seaton.”—
Mr. Hogg.
We have only once met with the spawn of this species. Ob-
serving some capsules separately attached by short footstalks to
a stone, brought in by the fishermen at Cullercoats, we carefully
detached them with a penknife, and placed them in a phial of
sea water. On taking a magnifier to examine our capture, we
found several little Sepiole swimming briskly through the water
in all directions, and the capsules lying empty at the bottom of
the phial. The little creatures appeared to be of a blueish white;
but, on looking again, about a minute afterwards, we found that
108 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
two of them had changed to red, and others were rapidly under-
going the same process. The change of colour in the cuttle fish
tribe is well known to naturalists, and we, ourselves, had witness-
ed it partially in some of the larger species, but so sudden and
complete a change appeared like magic, and we set about ex-
amining the process by which it was accomplished. The white in-
dividuals, we found, on looking more closely, were covered with
minute spots, which appeared black from the concentration of the
colouring matter, but at the will of the animal, or some other ex-
citing cause with which we are unacquainted, they gradually en-
larged until they spread out into circular red blotches, the edges
of the adjoining ones nearly touching each other, and thus chang-
ing the general colour of the animal tored. By an inverse process
the colour was again changed to white ; becoming red and white
alternately several times during the day. Unfortunately they
did not long survive. The young Sepiole on first bursting from
the egg, appear to have the form and habits of the adult animal,
with the exception that the tentacles are then not longer than
the surrounding arms. The ink bag contained ink, which was
ejected by some of the individuals before dying.
3. LOLIGO, Lamarck.
1. L. vunearis, Zam. (Common Calamary).
Sepia loligo, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 53, t. 27, f 43.
Loligo vulgaris, Johns. in Berw. C. Proc. 1. 198.
Not uncommon, Mr. Hogg states that they are much used
_ for bait by the Hartlepool fishermen, who call them ten-tails.
The spawn of the Calamary is remarkable on account of its
peculiar form and large size in proportion to the animal. A fine
specimen of it is preserved in the Newcastle Museum. It con.
sists of a great number of transparent gelatinous tubes, rounded
at one end and attached by the other to the general mass—the
whole appearing like an immense bundle of sausages. They are
filled with ova, each containing a single embryo. The specimen
in the Museum appears to be in the last stage of development,
and the young animals may be readily seen through the transpa-
rent envelope,
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 109
2. L. saaittata, Lam.
Loligo sagittata, Flem. Brit. Anim. 253.—Johns. in Berw. C.
Erocm11 99)
Rather rare. Frequently cast upon South Shields sands.—
Mr, k. Howse.
3. L. mepra, Linn.
Sepia media, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 54, t. 29, f. 45.
One specimen only of this rare species has occurred to us;
it was caught some years ago in the salmon nets at the mouth
of the Tyne, and presented to us by Mr. John Hancock, “Oc-
casionally seen at Hartlepool.” —Hogg’s Wat. Hist. of Stockton.
4, SEPIA, Linneus.
1. 8. orrrcinauis, Linn. (Common Cuttle Fish).
Sepia officinalis, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 55.—Johns. in Berw.
C. Proce. i. 200.
The dorsal plate or bone of the common cuttle fish is occa-
sionally cast on shore on many parts of our coast, especially to-
wards the north ; but the animal itself is seldom met with. We
have found it in the stomach of the cod at Cullercoats.
Cuass. GASTEROPODA, Cuvier.
Orper. NUDIBRANCHIATA, Cuvier.
Famity. Doripipa, Leach.
5. DORIS, Linneus.
1. D. ruBercunata, Cw.
Doris Argo, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 43, t. 22, f. 22.
Doris tuberculata, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 50, t. 2, f.
eee:
Frequent between tide-marks on the rocky parts of the coast.
2. D. Jounstont, Ald. and Hane.
Doris obvelata, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 52, t. 2. f.
A, 5, 6, 7.
Doris Johnstoni, Ald. and Hane. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 1,
pl. 5.
110 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
Under stones between tide-marks, rather rare. Cullercoats
and Newbiggin.
3. D. repanps, Ald. and Hane.
Doris repanda, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 32.
Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 1, pl. 6.
Not unfrequent, but local. Among rocks, at and a little
above low-water mark, north of Cullercoats haven. Rocks near
the church, Newbiggin.
4, D. mera, Ald. and Hance.
Doris mera, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiv. 330.
A single specimen was found under a stone near low-water
mark in 1844.—A. H.
5. D. aspera, Ald. and Hane.
Doris aspera, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 32.
Common among rocks between tide-marks.
6. D. BILAMELLATA, Linn.
Doris bilamellata, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 53, t. 2, f. 8.
Common under stones between tide-marks, especially in the
spring. ‘Two varieties occur, one much larger than the other.
7. D. pepressa, Ald. and Hane.
Doris depressa, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 32.
Under stones at low-water mark, Whitley ; very rare.—A. H.
8. D. sparsa, Ald. and Hane.
Doris sparsa, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. xvii. 293.
Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 1, pl. 14.
A single example has occurred, found on Cellepora pumicosa
from a fishing boat, Cullercoats.—A. H.
9. D. steLLata, Gmel.
Doris pilosa, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 54, t. 2, f. 9, 10.
Among the rocks between tide-marks and a little beyond ; not
uncommon. ‘This species is subject to great variation in colour
and size. Four varieties occur on this coast, viz :—
Var. 1. Pure white.
2. Canary yellow; rare. A few specimens occurred
at Newbiggin in 1843.—J. A.
3. Nearly black, or dull white spotted with black,
through all the varieties of grey. (Doris nagri-
cans, Flem. Brit. Anim. 283).
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 111
4, Large, and generally of a pale yellowish brown.
This variety is rare with us, but common on some
parts of the British coast, in rather deeper water
than the other kinds.
10. Doris stmizis, Ald. and Hane.
Doris similis, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 32.
From the fishing boats, Cullercoats ; rather rare.
6. GONIODORIS, Forbes.
1. G. Noposa, Mont.
Doris Barvicensis, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 55, t. 2, f.
11-13.
Goniodoris nodosa, Ald. and Han. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam.
E. pl. 18.
Among the rocks at Tynemouth, Cullercoats, and Whitley ;
common. This is probably the Doris marginata of Hogg’s Nat.
Hist. of Stockton.
7. TRIOPA, Johnston.
1. T. cnavicrr, Mill.
Triopa claviger, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 124.—A1d.
and Hane. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 1. pl. 20.
Rare. We have twice met with this species from the fishing boats
at Cullercoats, but never within tide-marks. The variety found
on this coast is much smaller than those of the south of Eng-
land.
8. POLYCERA, Cuvier.
I. P. quaprinineata, Jill.
Doris flava, Mont. in Linn. Trans. vii. 79, t. 7, f. 6.
Polycera quadrilineata, Ald. in Ann. Nat. Hist. vi. 338,
t. Of, 1-6:
On small sea weeds in pools near low-water mark, Tynemouth
and Cullercoats ; rather rare. Marsden, common.
2. P. ocettata, Ald. and Hane.
Polycera ocellata, Ald. and Hance. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix.
33. Mon. Nudib. Moll. fam. 1, pl. 23.
112 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
Among the rocks near low-water mark ; not rare. Cullercoats
and Whitley.
3. P. Lesson, D’Orb.
Polycera Lessonii, D’Orb. in Mag. de Zool. vii. 5, t. 105.
Polycera citrina, Alder in Ann. Nat. Hist. vi. 340, t. 9,
18 (sR
On Gemellaria loriculata, in from 15 to 20 fathoms water ;
common. Cullercoats—J. A. and A. H. Whitburn.—M~. R.
Howse.
9. ANCULA, Lovén.
1. A. cristata, Alder.
Polycera cristata, Ald. in Ann. Nat. Hist. vi. 340, t. 9, f.
100
Ancula cristata, Ald. and Hanc. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 1,
pl. 25.
Among the rocks at Cullercoats and Whitley ; common.
Newbiggin.—J. A. Marsden.—A.H. Holy Island —Dr. John--
ston.
10. IDALIA, Leuckart.
1. I. aspersa, Ald. and Hane.
Idalia aspersa, Ald. and Hance. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 1,
pl. 26.
One specimen found on Fusus antiquus from the fishing boats,
Cullercoats.—J. A.
2. I. evecans, Leuck. ?
Body convex, white, tinged with flesh colour ; tentacles long
and slender, with 4 long tentacular filaments in front, 2 at the
base of each tentacle ; lateral filaments 6 on each side, very long,
the last bifid: there are also 3 rows of filaments on the back ;
the central one containing 3, the sub-lateral ones 5 each. Bran-
chi, consisting of 11 slender pinnate plumes, largest in front,
and becoming very small behind; the anterior plume is bifid.
Length, half an inch.
An individual of this species was obtained by the Rev. G. C.
Abbes from the fishing boats at Whitburn. It is similar to a
specimen from Torbay, preserved in the British Museum, and
labelled Idalia elegans, by Dr. Leach. There may be some
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 113
doubt, perhaps, whether it is the J. elegans of Leuckart. It differs
from J. aspersa in having five rows of filamentary appendages, as
well as in their greater length, and in the slender form and un-
equal length of the branchiew, which in J. aspersa are stout and
equal, forming a regular rosette. The prevailing colour in this
genus is red ; our individual was white.
Faminy. Trrtontaps, Johnston.
11. TRITONIA, Cuvier.
1. T. Homprratt, Cv.
Tritonia Hombergii, Flem. Brit. Anim. 284 ; Johnston in
Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 114, t. 3, £ 1, 2.
From deep water, rather rare. Whitburn.—Rev. @. C. Abbes.
From a fishing boat at Newcastle Quay.—Mr. W. King. The
jaws are somtimes met with in the stomachs of fish caught on the
coast. Dr. Johnston states that it is not uncommon in Berwick
Bay.
We have frequently got a small white Tritonia from the
fishing boats at Cullercoats and Newbiggin, very like the young.
of this species, but differing in colour, and never approaching it
in size. It may possibly be distinct, but we refrain from de-
scribing it until we are better acquainted with the young of 7.
Hombergit. We have named it in manuscript 7’. alba. Mr.
Abbes has sent us the same variety from Whitburn.
2. T. pLEBEIA, Johns.
Tritonia piebeia, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 115, t. 3, £
3,4; Ald. and Hanc. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 2, pl. 3.
On old shells and zoophytes, especially on Alcyonium digita-
tum, from rather deepish water, common. Cullercoats, New-
biggin, and Whitburn. )
Fam. Kourpipa, D’Orbigny.
12. DENDRONOTUS, Alder and Hancock.
1. D. anBorgscens, AZi/1.
Dendronotus arborescens, Ald. and Hane. Mon. Nudib. Moll.,
fam. 3, pl. 3.
WOE IG Q
114 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
Vars. Tritonia pulchella, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat.
Hist. ix. 33.
Tritonia felina, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist.
ix. 33.
Among the rocks near low-water mark at Cullercoats and
Whitley, not uncommon. A specimen from Bamborough is
labelled Tritonia Trevelyana by Dr. Leach in the British Mu-
seum.
13. DOTO, Oken.
l. D. Fraatits, Forbes.
Melibea pinnatifida, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. 1. 116.
Melibeca fragilis, Forbes Mal. Monen. 4, t. 1, f. 4.
On Zubularia indivisa, in about fifteen or twenty fathoms
water, not rare. Cullercoats and Newbiggin.
2. D. cornonata, G'mel.
Melibea coronata, Johns. in Ann. Nat. His. i. 117, t. 3, f.
5-8.
Doto coronata, Ald. and Hance. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 3, pl. 6.
Var. Melibeea ornata, Ald. and Hanc. in Ann. Nat. Hist.
ix. 34.
On corallines near low-water mark, rather rare; common on
Plumularia falcata, from the coralline zone on most parts of the
coast.
14. EOLIS, Cuvier.
1. HE. papriiosa, Linn.
Holidia papillosa, Johns. in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. viii.
376, f. 35. Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 118.
Under stones among the rocks between tide marks, not un-
common.
2. E. rosga, Ald. and Hane.
Folis rosea, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 34.
Among the rocks at Cullercoats, rare—A. H. This is rather
a doubtful species, and may possibly be a variety of the last.
3. E. oprusauis, Ald. and Hane.
Folis obtusalis, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 34.
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 115
From the fishing-boats, Cullercoats; rare.—J. A.
This is also nearly allied to H. papillosa, and requires further
observation for its complete establishment.
4. E. Peacutt, Ald. and Hane.
Folis Peachti, Ald. and Hance. in Ann. Nat. Hist. 2nd
series, 1. 191.
One specimen obtained from thefishing boats, Cullercoats.—J. A.
5. HE. cornonata, Lorbes.
Eolis coronata, Ald. and Hane. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 3,
pl 12:
This very beautiful species is one of the commonest on our
coast, near low-water mark.
6. KE. curta, Ald. and Hane.
Kolis curta, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. x11. 234.
One specimen found among the rocks, at Whitley.—d. H.
Very nearly allied to #. Drummondi, of which it may be a
variety.
7, E. RUFIBRANCHIALIS, Johns.
Eolidia rufibranchialis, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 121.
Among the rocks between tide marks, rather rare. Cullercoats
and Whitley.
8. E. pentucipa, Ald. and Hance.
Folis pellucida, Ald. and Hanc. in Ann. Nat. Hist. xii.
234. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 3, pl. 19.
On a coralline brought in by the fishing boats at Cullercoats,
very rare.—A. H.
9. H. eractuts, Ald. and Hane. .
Holis gracilis, Ald. and Hanc. in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiii.
166.
Among the rocks north of Cullercoats, rare—A.H. New-
biggin—J. A. r. J. Thompson.
5. V. patustris (Leach), Jeff.
Vertigo palustris, Gray, Turt. Man. 204, t. 7, f. 85.
In marshy places, rare. In a bog near Darlington.—WUr. W.
Backhouse. Sea banks near Ryhope.—J/r. R. Howse. “ Near
Twizell House.”—Capt. Brown, Illust.
6. V. supstRiata, Jeff.
Pupa sexdentata, Ald. in Newe. N. H. Trans. i. 34.
Vertigo substriata, Gray, Turt. Man. 202, t. 7, f. 84.
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 135
In wet moss in woods, rather rare. Heaton Dean, Tanfield,
Ravensworth, Gibside, and Stella.
7. V. pustuua, Mull.
Vertigo pusilla, Gray, Turt. Man. 205, t. 7. f. 86.
In damp moss in woods, rather rare. Tanfield—aA. H.
Near Crowhall Mill —Mr. J. Thompson.
Famity. CycLostomipa, Cray.
35, ACME, Hartmann.
1, A. trneata, Drap.
Auricula lineata, Drap. 57, t. 3, f. 20, 21.
Acme fusca, Gray, Turt. Man. 223, t. 6, f. 66.
In wet moss, Castle Eden Dean, rare.
The Abbé Dupuy informs us that this species has an ex-
tremely thin, transparent, subspiral operculum. This interesting
discovery accounts for the very great resemblance of the animal
to Cyclostoma, which we had previously remarked. The oper-
culum must be very thin and inconspicuous, as it has hitherto
been entirely overlooked.
This is probably the species of Walker, which Montagu calls
Turbo fuscus, but as Walker does not use any specific name, that
of fuscus can only date from Montagu, and consequently does
not take precedence of Draparnaud’s.
Faminy. AURICULIDA, Gray.
36. CARYCHIUM, Miiller.
1. C. minimum, Jill.
Carychium minimum, Gray, Turt. Man. 221, t. 7, £77.
Among moss and decayed leaves in woods, &., common.
37. CONOVULUS, Lamarck.
1. C. penticunatus, Mont.
Conovulus denticulatus, Gray, Turt. Man. 225, t. 12, f. 144.
Var. Voluta ringens, Turt. Conch. Dict. 250.
Carychium personatum, Mich. Comp. Drap. 73, t. 15,
f, 42, 43.
136 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
In crevices of the cliff a little above high-water mark at the
south end of South Shields sands (the variety), rare—A. ZH.
Whitburn.— Rev. G. C. Abbves.
2. C. Bripentatus, Mont.
Conovulus bidentatus, Gray, Turt. Man. 227, t. 12, f. 145.
In sand at Tynemouth, rare.—J. A. We have not met with
this species alive, but it will most likely be found to inhabit the
crevices of rocks near high-water mark.
Famity. Limnzrn, Jeffreys.
38. LIMN AIA, Lamarck.
1. L. stagnatis, Linn.
Limneus stagnalis, Gray, Turt. Man. 236, t. 9, f. 104.
In ponds at Prestwick Car. It occurs in a pond in Mr.
Sewell’s grounds, Heaton Dean, but may possibly have been in-
troduced.— A. HZ.
2. L. patustris, Linn.
Limneus pulustris, Gray, Turt. Man. 239, t. 9, f. 107.
In ditches and marshes, not uncommon.
In Prestwick Car, and in other marshes and still waters, they
grow to a large size, but at the margins of rivers they are very
much stunted in growth, and have the aspect of a distinct spe-
cies. On the shores of the Tyne, where they are abundant, they
are not larger than the common-sized L. truncatula, and might be
taken for that species, but for the less ventricose whorls, and that
the latter species is also found in the same situations in an equally
dwarfed condition.
3. L. truncatoa, Aull.
Limneus minutus, Drap. Hist. Moll. 53, t. 3, f. 5, 6, 7.
Limneus truncatulus, Gray, Turt. Man. 240, t. 9, f. 108.
In ditches, common.
The variety y of Draparnaud, found at the margins of rivers,
has a very delicate and beautiful shell. The curious monstro-
sity mentioned by Dr. Turton, with the spire completely sunk
into the body whorl, was found by us some years ago in Elswick
Lane, and presented to Dr. Turton, who omitted to mention the
locality.
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 137
4. L. evasra, JIZull.
Limneus glaber, Gray, Turt. Man. 242, t. 9, f 106.
Limneus elongatus, Drap. Hist. Moll. 53, t. 3, f 3, 4.
In ditches and ponds, not uncommon near Newcastle.
5. L. perecRrA, Will.
Limneus pereger, Gray, Turt. Man. 233, t. 9, f 101.
Var. Limneus ovatus, Drap. Hist. Moll. 50, t. 2, f. 30, 31.
In ponds, ditches, and slow streams, very common.
The numerous varieties of this common species, in form, size,
and consistency, are very perplexing to the conchologist. We
have got it with a rather strong shell, and the spire much pro-
duced, at Redheugh and on Holy Island ; and a curious variety
in the opposite extreme has been sent us from Darlington, by
Mr. Wm. Backhouse, with a very thin delicate shell, and scarcely
any spire. The latter comes very near to the form got by Mr.
Thompson in Lough Neagh, which is the Gulnaria lacustris of
Leach.
6. L. auricunartra, Linn.
Limneus auricularius, Gray, Turt. Man. 232, t. 9, f 100.
At Prestwick Car (a small variety)—A.H. In ponds near ,
Darlington.—/r. W. Backhouse, from whom we have received
very fine specimens.
39. PH YSA, Draparnaud.
1. P. rontinatis, Linn.
Physa fontinalis, Gray, Turt. Man. 251, t. 9, f. 110.
In ponds and ditches, not common. Preswick Car, Gosforth
Lake, Mill Stream near Busy Cottage, Ryton, Marsden, and near
Stockton.
2. P. nypnorum, Linn.
Aplexus hypnorum, Gray, Turt. Man. 255, t, 9, f. 113.
In ditches and ponds, frequent.
40. PLANORBIS, Miiller.
1. P. cornzus, Linn.
Planorbis corneus, Gray, Turt. Man. 258, t. 8, f. 95.
In a pond in Mr. W. Backhouse’s grounds at Darlington.
VOL. I. T
138 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
2. P. atsBus, Jill.
Planorbis albus, Gray, Turt. Man. 259, t. 8, f. 97.
In ponds and slow streams, frequent.
3. P. pavis, Alder.
Planorbis levis, Ald. in Newe. Nat. Hist. Tran. ii. 337.
Gray, Turt. Man. 261, t. 12, f. 148.
In ponds at Whitley Quarries, and on Holy Island.
4. P. nautitEeus, Linn.
Planorbis imbricatus, Gray, Turt. Man. 261, t. 8, f. 94.
In ponds, frequent.
5. P. carinatus, Mill.
Planorbis carinatus, Gray, Turt. Man. 262, t. 8, £. 89.
Rare. Near Stockton.—Mr. W. Backhouse.
6. P. umpriicatus, Jill.
Planorbis complanatus, Ald. in Newe. N. Hist. Trans. i. 31.
Planorbis marginatus, Gray, Turt. Man. 265, t. 8, f. 87, 88.
In ponds and ditches, not common. Prestwick Car, Ryton
Haughs, and near Stockton.
7. P. sprrorpis, Linn.
Planorbis spirorbis, Gray, Turt. Man. 268, t. 8, f. 98.
In ditches, common.
8. P. nrtipus, Mull.
Planorbis nitidus, Gray, Turt. Man. 268, t. 8, f. 93.
Rather rare. In ponds at Redheugh. Benwell engine pond.
—W. Sutton. Near Middleton-one-Row and Stockton.—J/. A.
9. P. conrortus, Linn.
Planorbis contortus, Gray, Turt. Man. 270, t. 8, f. 96.
In ditches and ponds, not common. Prestwick Car, Gosforth
Lake, Ryton Haughs, near Wooler, and near Stockton.
41. ANCYLUS, Geoffroy.
1. A. rLuvratiuis, Dill.
Ancylus fluviatilis, Gray, Turt. Man. 249, t. 10, f. 125.
On stones in rivulets, common.
2. A. tacustris, Aull.
Velletia lacustris, Gray, Turt. Man. 250, t. 10, f. 126.
On aquatic plants in ponds and ditches, not common. Prest-
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 139
wick Car, Crag Lake, in ponds near Benwell, and at Middleton-
one-Row.
OrpEeR. PECTINIBRANCHIATA, Cuvier.
Faminy. PaLtupinipa, Lisso.
42. BITHINIA, Gray.
1. B. reytacurata, Linn.
Paludina impura, Ald. in Newe. Nat. Hist. Trans. 1. 29.
Bithinia tentaculata, Gray, Turt. Man. 93, t. 10, f 120.
In ditches and ponds, not common. Prestwick Car, and mill
stream in Jesmond Dean. “Abundant near Stockton.”—J/r.
Hogg.
Dead specimens of Paludina achatina are occasionally thrown
up on our shores, but as the shell is frequently brought in ballast
from the south of England, we attribute them to that source.
43. VALVATA, Miiller.
1. V. prsctnatts, Jill.
Valvata piscinalis, Gray, Turt. Man. 97, t. 10, f. 114.
In ponds and slow streams, rather rare. Mill streams in Jes-
mond Dean. “Common in streams about Stockton.”—Wr.
Hogg.
2. V. ornistata, Mill.
Valvata cristata, Gray, Turt. Man. 98, t. 10, f. 115.
In ponds at Prestwick Car, rare.
FAMILY
44, STYLIFER, Broderip.
1. S. rurtont, Brod.
Phasianella stylifera, Turt. in Zool. Journ. ii. 367, t. 13, f. 11.
Stylifer globosus, Johns. in Berw. Club Proc. i. 275.
On the spines of Hchinus sphera, rare. Newbiggin and
Cullercoats.—J. A. On an Echinus at Sunderland.—WUr. R.
Howse.
We lately obtained a specimen of this species alive on the
140 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
spines of an Echinus at Cullercoats, but rather injured, and in
2 very sickly state. We placed it in a glass of fresh sea-water,
“oping that it might recover, and display itself more distinctly ;
but in this we were disappointed, as it soon died, and being left
unlooked at for a while had partially decayed. The animal was
white, had a rather large foot, without operculum, and a rounded
head with two cylindrical tentacles, and minute eyes at the (ex-
ternal or posterior) base. No portion of the shell was covered
by the fleshy parts, but we are not prepared to say that, in a
state of vigour, the animal has not the power of extending some
part of the mantle or foot overit. In these particulars it does not
differ much from the Stylifer described by Mr. A. Adams, from
the coast of Borneo; but we cannot agree with Mr. Gray in plac-
ing this genus in the family Maticide, as the very large and pe-
culiar disc in front of the head in Natica is entirely wanting
here. The animal has much more the appearance of an Hulima.*
The remains of the animal examined under a microscope did not
show any denticulated tongue.
45. EULIMA, Risso.
1. E. pistorta, Desh.
Hulima distorta, Phil. Enum. Moll. Sic. i. 135.
A beautiful fresh specimen of this interesting little shell was
got at Whitburn by the Rev. G. C. Abbes.
The animal has two long subulate tentacles, with very large
eyes at their posterior base ; the foot is slender, much produced
in front, and has a bilobed flap (the mentwm of Lovén) on its
upper surface. The body is yellow, beautifully variegated with
carmine, which forms an irregular band on each side ; the ten-
tacles and foot, white. These are the prevailing colours of the
genus, but the disposition of them is different in different spe-
cies, and appears to be sufficiently permanent to be taken as a
specific character. In /. polita the animal is white, excepting
* «¢ Hulima. Animal proboscide longa preditum recondenda; lingua in-
ermis ? ’—Lovén, Index Moll. Scand. Mr. Broderip states that Stylifer has a
retractile proboscis, and the Stylifer subulatus, Bred., figured in Sowerby’s
Genera of Shells, greatly resembles an Zulia.
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 141
the tentacles and margin of the mentwm, which are of a deep
golden yellow. The liver, as seen through the shell, is green in
. distorta, and purplish in #. polita.
2. H. wrneata, Sow.
Helix subulata, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 142 (small variety).
Rissoa subulata, Johns. in Berw. Club Proe. i. 272.
In shell-sand, rather rare, One specimen alive from the boats
at Cullercoats—J. A. One live and two dead specimens were
dredged by Mr. R. Howse, off Whitburn.
The animal is white with two long subulate tentacles, ap-
proximating at the base, with the eyes immediately behind
them. The foot extends a good deal before the head, and has a
bilobed flap on the upper surface in front, which appears to be
common to the genus, as we have observed it in all the British
species. The head is seldom protruded beyond the shell, which,
being transparent, the animal can easily see through.
Two species appear to be included under the name of Z#. swbw-
lata. 'The shell figured, and described by Donovan, which is
much larger than this, and has several bands on the body
whorl, is rare. It ought to retain the name of F. subulata,
and is also the Melania Cambessedesii of Payraudeau. The
smaller and much more common species has only two bands,
placed close together in the centre of the body whorl, with oc-
casionally a faint indication of another on the upper or lower
margin. ‘The shell is thinner and more transparent than in the
larger species, the whorls less oblique, the lower one a little
more ventricose, the aperture not so much contracted, and the
columellar margin not quite so straight. This is probably the
species called #. lineata by Mr. Sowerby, whose name we adopt,
though we would gladly change it to bzlineata, the better to ex-
press its distinguishing character. A species in the British
Museum, from Madeira, comes very near to this, but has only
one band.
46. SCALARIA, Lamarck.
1. S. communis, Lam.
Turbo clathrus, Mont. Test. Brit. 296.
142 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
A single specimen was obtained from the fishing boats at
Cullercoats.—J. H. Ff.
2. S. Turtronis,* Z'wrt.
Turbo Turtonis, Turt. Conch. Dict. 208, t. 27, f. 97.
One specimen found at Whitburn by the Rey. G. C. Abbes.
In order to form a correct judgment of the probability whe-
ther these two species were natives of our coast, or had come
there by accident, we enquired of Mr. Bean if they had been
found on the coast of Yorkshire. That gentleman informs us
that he had never met with Scalaria communis, but that he had
got several living specimens of §. Z’urtonis at Scarborough.
3. S. TREVELYANA, Leach.
Scalaria Trevelyana, Johns. in Berw. Club Proe. i. 263.
From deepest water (Coralline zone), rather rare.
This species was first published (but not described) by Mr.
Winch in his list of the shells of Lindisfarne. Annals of Phil.,
New Series, 1822. It is the only Scalaria that has been found
alive here; and though rare, has been occasionally got on most
parts of the coast. The Zurbo clathrus of Sir Cuthbert Sharp’s
list is most likely this shell.
47, CHEMNITZIA, D’Orbigny.
1. ©. Funvocineta, Zhomp.
Turritella fulvocincta, Thomp. in Ann. Nat. Hist. v. 98.
Turbonilla rufa, “ Phil.” Lovén Ind. Moll. Scand. 18.
Two specimens have occurred in a worn state from the fishing
boats.—A. H.
2. C. rnpistincta, Mont ?
Turbo indistinctus, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 129?
In shell-sand at Tynemouth, rather rare.
The Turbo indistinctus of Montagu has not been very satis-
factorily made out. The present species is what we have been
accustomed to consider agreed best with his description, but we
* We give this name as it is written by Dr. Turton. If it be considered
desirable to change the termination, it ought to be rendered Turtone, and
not Twrtoni, as it was named by Dr. Turton after his daughter, Miss Turton,
who first pointed out its specific differences.
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 143
have seen a specimen of a nearly allied species, kindly submitted
to our inspection, with other minute shells, by Mr. Barlee, which
has “much finer longitudinal ribs or striz,” and on this account
agrees better with Montagu’s description; our species having
the ribs scarcely finer than in his 7’. interstinctus, with which he
compares it. We leave the matter for further investigation. A
shell in the British Museum named “ 7’. indistinctus, Mont.,” ap-
pears to be a worn specimen of C. fulvocincta.
3. C. unica, Mont.
Turbo unicus, Mont. Test. Brit. 299, t. 12, f 2.
In shell sand, rare. Tynemouth, Whitley, and Cheswick.—
hy ale
4, C. nrvrpisstma, JZont.
Turbo nitidissimus, Mont. Test. Brit. 299, t. 12, f. 1.
We obtained a specimen of this exquisite little shell out of
sand from Cheswick, sent us by our friend, Dr. Johnston.—
Though always described as smooth, and even appearing so un-
der a common magnifier, on closer inspection with the micro-
scope, we find the vestiges of delicate spiral striz. The species
has never been obtained alive, but in that state we have no doubt
that it will be found to be distinctly striated.
5. C. actcuna, Phil. ?
Shell turreted, slender, cylindrico-subulate, tapering to a ra-
ther obtuse point, of a semi-transparent white, with eight smooth
whorls, rather flattish, but well defined by a deeply-impressed
suture; the first whorl is placed at right angles to the rest; the
last whorl is a good deal rounded at the base. Aperture about
one-fifth the length of the shell, ovate, scarcely angulated by the
projection of the body whorl; outer lip thin; pillar lip nearly
straight, slightly arched outwards in the centre, and rounded
below; behind it is a slight impression, but no umbilicus.
Length scarcely 12 tenths; breadth about one-fourth the length.
Hulima acicula, Phil. Enum. Moll. Sic. ii. 135, t. 9, £ 62
This species come very near to the Hwlimella gracilis, Jeff. in
Ann. Nat. Hist. xix. 311 (Zulima afinis, Phil 2), but it is rather
smaller, flatter in the whorls, and the apex is not so much produ-
ced, in consequence of the first whorl being a little more sunk in
144 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
the second. It has been got in the south of England by Mr. Jef-
freys, Professor E. Forbes, and Mr. M‘Andrew, but some little dif-
ference of opinion appears to exist as to what species it ought to
be referred to, or whether it is undescribed. We have, therefore,
thought it neeessary to insert a description.
Two specimens of this interesting addition to our Fauna have
been found at Whitburn by the Rev. G. C. Abbes, and one, much
worn, was dredged off the same place by Mr. R. Howse.
6. C. MACANDREI, Yorbes.
Lulima Macandrei, Forbes, in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiv. 412,
it OS
Two specimens have been got from the fishing boats at Whit-
burn, by the Rev. G. CO. Abbes, and one by Mr. R. Howse, who
has also dredged it alive in seventeen fathoms water at the
same place.
This and the preceding species have been referred to Hulima,
and Professor E. Forbes has more recently proposed for them
the genus HLulimella, but we prefer considering them to belong
to Chemnitzia, from which they only differ in the more polished
surface of the shell. The apical nucleus, and the form of the
aperture, indicate their place in this genus, independently of the
animal, which, according to our observations, is essentially the
same in each.
48. ODOSTOMIA, Fleming.
1. O. unrpEytata, Mont.
Turbo unidentatus, Mont. Test. Brit. 324.
Odostomia plicata, Flem. Brit. Anim. 310. Hanley in
Thorpe’s Brit. Mar. Conch. xxxv. f. 13.
In shell-sand, Tynemouth and Cullercoats, rather rare. At
the roots of corallines from the boats at Cullercoats and Whit-
burn.—A. H.
Much misunderstanding exists with respect to this species and
the Turbo plicatus of Montagu, which no two conchologists, ex.
cepting where one has copied the other, have described alike-
The description of Montagu is sufficiently characteristic of our
shell ; but Dr. Fleming reverses the two, with the remark thaé
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 145
“the descriptions had, by some accident, been intermingled in
the Testacea Britannica.” Specimens sent by Dr. Turton, under
the name of 7. unidentatus, and now in the Newcastle Museum,
we find to be O. pallida, though his description in the Con-
chological Dictionary is correct, being a copy of Montagu’s. The
species described by Mr. Hanley under this name, in the Zoological
Proceedings, and in Thorpe’s “ British Marine Conchology,” is, as
he informs us, the Awricula conoidea of Philippi ; his Odostomia
plicata being our O. unidentata. The O. unidentata of Mac-
gillivray, and the figures given by Capt. Brown of his Jaminia
unidentata, do not appear to belong to this species.
A variety, if not a distinct species, is found on our coast, ra-
ther narrower and more rounded at the base, and with a larger
umbilicus. As we have only met with two rather worn exam-
ples, we shall not attempt to decide upon it at present.
2. O. turRita, Hanley.
Odostomia turrita, Hanley in Zool. Proc., 1843. Thorpe’s
Brit. Mar. Conch. xxxvi. f. 10.
In shell-sand at Tynemouth, rare.—J. A.
3. O. ALBELLA, Lovén.
Turbonilla albella, Lovén Index Moll. Scand. 19. “T,
turrito-conica, tenuis, anfr. 6 rotundatis, apertura fere
At. t., ovata, vix effusa, plica parva, 3:¢-m m.”
In shell-sand, Tynemouth and Cullercoats, rare—dJ. A.
Our shell agrees with the outline figure given by Professor
Lovén in the “ Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens
Forhandlingar,” 1846, t. 1. f 11. It is broader and less turreted
than the last. Both species have the tooth very small.
There is yet another shell, which we find at Tynemouth, nearly
allied to these two, and to O. plicata, though apparently dis-
tinct. It is intermediate in form between O. turrita and O.
albella, and has a stronger tooth. The species of this difficult
genus are extremely perplexing, and require a careful study, to
which their rarity, especially in a living state, presents a great
obstacle.
4. O. patuipa, Mont.
VOL. I. U
146 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSGA
Turbo pallidus, Mont. Test. Brit. 325, t. 21, f. 4.
In shell-sand at Tynemouth, rather rare—J. A. At the roots
of corallines brought in by the Cullercoats and Whitburn fish-
ing boats—A. H
The animal is of a pale yellowish colour.
5. O. nivipa, Alder.
Odostomia nitida, Ald. in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiii. 326, t. 8, £. 5.
A single specimen was obtained in shell-sand from Tyne-
mouth. It is perfectly distinct from any of the preceding.
6. O. InscuLpra, Wont.
Turbo insculptus, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 129.
In shell-sand, Tynemouth and Cullercoats, rare.—J. A.
7. O. sprratis, Mont.
Turbo spiralis, Mont. Test. Brit., 323, t. 12, f. 9.
In shell-sand, frequent. Occasionally found alive in pools
among the rocks, and on corallines from the fishing boats.
This is the commonest species of Odostomia on our coast. The
animal is white, and has the tentacles ear-shaped, or longitu-
dinally folded, with the eyes at the internal base,—characters
common to this as well as the preceding genus. The figure
given in the Annals of Nat. Hist. xii. t. 8, f 13, is deficient in
not displaying these characters. From the minuteness and tran-
sparency of the animal, the folds of the tentacles can only be
seen in favourable lights.
8. O. IntERSTINCTA, JZont.
Turbo interstinctus, Mont. Test. Brit., 324, t. 12, f. 10.
In shell-sand, Tynemouth and Cullercoats, rather rare. On
corallines from the fishing boats, Whitburn.—M/r. R. Howse.
In a fresh state the shell has the furrows between the ribs
more deeply impressed at their termination towards the base of
the body whorl, giving the appearance of a line of punctures,
with sometimes a fainter one below it. ‘This is not usually seen
in sand specimens, and was consequently overlooked by Mon-
tagu. A variety is not unfrequently found in sand, which is
more produced than the normal form, and may possibly turn out
to be a distinct species, but the worn state of shells found in
sand is unfavourable to the appreciation of minute characters.
OF NORTHUMRERLAND AND DURHAM. 147
Mr. Bean has distinguished it in his cabinet under the MS. name
of O. costata.
9. O. opLiqua, Alder.
Odostomia? obliqua, Ald. in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiii. 327, t. 8,
st, IY
In shell-sand, Tynemouth, rare.—J. A.
[In the preceding family, to which we have not ventured to give
a name, we have brought together, provisionally, those genera
formerly considered to belong to the Turbinidew, whose ani-
mals have a retractile proboscis. In the four following fami-
lies, the animals have the head more or less proboscidiform,
but there is no real proboscis. |
Famity. Lirrorinipa, Gray.
49. RISSOA, Fréminville.
1. R. costata, Adams.
Turbo costatus, Mont. Test. Brit. 311, t. 10, f. 6.
Rissoa exigua, Mich. Desc. du Rissoa, 18, f. 29, 30.
In shell-sand, frequent. It has not been found alive here, but,
like most of the small species found in sand, it probably inhabits
the Laminarian zone beyond low-water mark.
2. R. striata, Adams.
Turbo striatus, Mont. Test. Brit. 312.
Rissoa minutissima, Mich. Desc. du Rissoa, 20, t. 27, 28.
In pools among the rocks, frequent. This is one of the com-
monest of the shells thrown up in sand.
Pyramis candidus and P. discors of Brown are apparently only
varieties of this very common and widely diffused species.
3. R. parva, Da Costa.
Turbo parvus, Mont. Test. Brit. 310.
In shell-sand, common ; and alive beyond low-water mark.
This species is found alive, though sparingly, on small sea-weeds
among the rocks left bare by the tide. Its principal locality
appears to be beyond low-water mark, and a small variety, with
a thinner and more glossy shell, is not uncommon on corallines,
from about twenty fathoms water.
148 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
When fresh, the shell is usually striated between the ribs on
the lower portion, a character that has been overlooked in de-
scriptions.
4, RK. rnconspicua, Alder.
Rissoa inconspicua, Ald. in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiii. 323, t. 8,
5b Oh Cp
On corallines from deepish water at Cullercoats, rather rare.
Whitburn.—U/7. R. Howse.
5. R. punotura, Mont.
Turbo punctura, Mont. Test. Brit. 320, t. 12, f 5.
On corallines from ten to twenty fathoms water, and in shell-
sand ; frequent.
6. R. semistRiaTa, Mont.
Turbo semistriatus, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 136.
Not uncommon in shell-sand, and occasionally found alive at
the roots of corallines from the fishing boats.
7. R. wrerrvuptra, Adams.
Turbo interruptus, Mont. Test. Brit. 329, t. 20, f. 8.
On small sea-weeds in pools between tide-marks, abundant.
The shell is common in sand.
8. R. crnernuus, Wont.
Turbo cingillus, Mont. Test. Brit. 328, t. 12, f. 7.
In shell-sand, rare.
9. R. untrascrata, Wont.
Turbo unifasciatus, Mont. Test. Brit. 327.
Rissoa fulva, Mich. Desc. du Rissoa 15, f. 17, 18.
Among sea-weeds, between tide-marks, at Whitley, rare.—
Sf Jaks Ji
10. R. utvm, Penn.
Turbo ulve, Mont. Test. Brit. 318.
In muddy estuaries, common. Holy Island, Budle Bay, Jar-
row Slake, mouth of the Tees, dc.
11. R. vewrrosa, Mont.
Turbo ventrosus, Mont. Test. Brit. 317, t. 12, f. 13.
From sand and sea-weeds at Cullercoats, very rare.
The Rissoa pulla, Brown Conch. Illust. 13, t. 8, f 25, “found
on the sands at Holy Island,” we have not been able to make
out ; from the figure it appears to be a distortion.
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 149
12. R.? prapHana, Alder.
Rissoa ? glabra, Ald.in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiii. 325, t. 8, f 1-4.
On sea-weeds in pools among the rocks at Cullercoats, rare.—
J. A.
When this species was published in the Annals of Natural
History, it was referred to the Rissoa glabra of Brown’s Illustra-
tions, but, since that time, we have seen, through the favour of
Mr. Barlee, an allied species from the south coast, that more
nearly agrees with Captain Brown’s figure, and we have, there-
fore, now given this the name of diaphana. It is not a true
Rissoa, as we have already pointed out. The peculiar character
of the animal requires that it should be raised to the rank of a
genus.
50. LITTORINA, Férussac.
1. L. urrrorea, Zinn. (common periwinkle.)
Turbo littoreus, Mont. Test. Brit. 301.
In shallow pools and on stones within tide-marks, common,
especially at and a little above half-tide level. A red variety is
not uncommon on some parts of the coast.
2. L. nupis, Maton.
Turbo rudis, Mont. Test. Brit. 304.
On rocks and in pools near high-water mark, common. Beau-
tifully banded varieties (L. zonata, Bean) occur at Newbiggin
and Bamborough, as well as on some other parts of the coast.
3. L. Rupisstma, Bean.
Littorina rudissima, Bean in Thorpe’s Brit. Mar. Conch. 266.
On rocks, bare of sea-weed, at and a little above high-water
mark, abundant ; frequently found in crevices on the face of a
cliff.
The species of this most difficult genus are so extremely varia-
ble, and approach each other so closely in the different varieties,
that we are unwilling to speak very decidedly concerning them.
The present, though very nearly resembling Z. rudis, has the
shell always thinner and smaller, and is distinguished from the
young of that species by having the columella not go broad, nor
so much produced and angulated at the base. It has also the
spiral ridges generally very strong and conspicuous; but in this
150 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
respect it is extremely variable, and is sometimes quite smooth.
It undergoes all the varieties of colour and banding found on the
last species, besides which we have obtained, at N ewbiggin, a
black, and a tessellated variety, coming so near to Z. tenebrosa,
that we hesitate to call them distinct. The latter is generally
found in mud, but we are inclined to think that the Turbo
tenebrosus, and 7’. jugosus of Montagu are probably the two ex-
treme limits that this very variable shell undergoes,
4, L. neauecra, Bean.
Intiorina saxatilis, “ Bean,” Johns. in Berw. C. Proc. i., 268.
Littorina neglecta, Bean, in Thorpe’s Brit. Mar. Conch. 266.
On rocks near low-water mark, bare of sea-weed, but covered
with Balani and muscles.
The habitat of this little species is different from that of the
preceding, being always nearer low-water mark. This, with the
difference of form and size, induces us to think it distinct.
We have taken from the body of this species, embryos, well
developed and covered with a shell —A. ZH.
It was first described by Dr. Johnston under the name of
saxatilis, given it in manuscript by Mr. Bean. In consequence
of this name having been used by Olivi for another species (pro-
bably the following), Mr. Bean subsequently changed it to
neglecta, under which name he has described it among his new
species in Thorpe’s “ Brit. Marine Conchology.” Having omitted
to mention that it had been described before, the species appears
twice in that work :—viz., under the name of Z. saxatilis, in the
Addenda, and of Z. neglecta, in the Supplement.
5. L. petrma, Mont.
Helix petrea, Mont. Test. Brit. 403.
Turbo cerulescens, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nd Hd. ix. 217.
On rocks at and above high-tide level, frequent, especially in
crevices of the cliffs, where it nestles in company with L. rudissima,
beyond the reach of the sea, excepting the dashing of the spray,
and the high water of spring tides.
There can be little doubt that the 7’. cewrwlescens of Lamarck,
of which we have specimens from two localities in the Mediter-
ranean, is a variety of this species, though Philippi, in his
description of the animal, does not mention the milk-white
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 151
band in front of the foot by which our species is distinguished,
and his description altogether corresponds more nearly with that
of ZL. rudissima.
Philippi enumerates seven synonyns of this species, without
taking into account our English name, and the Z’urbo neritoides
of Linnzeus with which he is now inclined to indentify it.
The Turbo ziczac found by Lady Wilson near Sunderland,
and stated to differ from the West Indian specimens in wanting the
ZICZAC markings, is most likely only a variety of this species ; at
least a specimen so named in the cabinet at Wallington, which
we had the opportunity of examining through the kindness of
the late Sir John Trevelyan, Bart., certainly belongs to ZL.
petroed.
6. L. retusa, Lam.
Nerita littoralis, Mont. Test. Brit. 467.
Littorina neritoides, Johns. in Berw. C. Proc. i. 269.
On sea-weeds, among the rocks near high-water mark, common.
The Zurbo retusus and 7’. neritoides of Lamarck, are un-
doubtedly only different forms of the Nerita littoralis of Lin-
nexus, as we have satisfied ourselves by an examination of the
Lamarckian specimens. As 7’. neritoides, Linn., is not considered
to belong to this species, we adopt the former name. 7’. obtu-
satus, Linn., we are assured by Mr. Hanley, is distinct.
The Turbo aureus of Brown (Conch. Ilust. 2nd Ed. 17, t. 10,
f, 23), found by Sir Walter C. Trevelyan, Bart., at Seaton, Nor-
thumberland (qu. Durham 2), is referred in the appendix to the
genus Margarita, and in the description of the plates is called a
LInttorina. We think it scarcely belongs to either of these
genera.
51. LACUNA, Turton.
1. L. paturpuna, Da Costa.
Nerita pallidula, Mont. Test. Brit. 468.
On sea-weeds between tide-marks, not uncommon.
2. L. puteona, Zurt.
Lacuna puteola, Turt. in Zool. Jour. iii. 191.
On sea-weeds and in shell-sand, rather rare.
152 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
The Z'urbo puteolus of Turton, in his “Conchological Dictionary,”
and the Lacuna puteola of the same author, in the “Zoological
Journal,” do not appear to be the same species. It is to the lat-
ter that we refer our shell.
3. L. vincta, ont.
Turbo vinctus, Mont. Test. Brit. 307, t. 20, f. 3.
Var. 1. Turbo quadrifasciatus, Mont. Test. Brit. 328, t. 20,
£7,
Var. 2. Turbo canalis, Mont. Test. Brit. 309, t. 12, f. 11.
On sea-weeds at and below low-water mark.
We cannot find any permanent character to distinguish these
three supposed species of Montagu, and have therefore united
them. The shell is extremely variable both in form and mark-
ings. The more elongated form, both banded and unbanded
(T. vinctus, and 7. canalis), is rare, but the short, banded va~
riety (7. quadrifasciatus) is abundant on the fronds of Lami-
naria digitata, at and beyond low-water mark.
4. L. uasrosa Lovén ?
Shell ovate-oblong, tapering, whitish, rather solid, with five
whorls, very slightly convex, the last occupying rather more than
half the shell, and rounded, or very slightly carinated below.
Outer lip a little expanded, and thin at the edge, within which
it is thickened by a callosity which extends round the base of
the aperture uniting with the expanded columellar margin be-
low. Umbilical groove small. Length } inch, breadth 14
tenths.
Lacuna labiosa, Lovén Index Moll. Scand. 23 ?
One specimen of this new species has occurred in sand at
Cullercoats. The shell is thicker and more slender than JZ.
vincta, and is somewhat intermediate between it and L. crassior.
It agrees very well with Professor Lovén’s description, but is
smaller, and, as we have not seen authentic specimens, we cannot
speak with certainty of the species to which we have referred it.
It appears, however. to be distinct from any of the other British
Lacune.
5. L. crassror, Jont.
Turbo crassior, Mont. Test. Brit. 309, t. 20, f. 1.
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 153
In sand at Tynemouth, Cullercoats, and Whitburn, rare—
Alive in pools among the rocks at Cullercoats.—A. H.
52. SKENEA, Fleming.
1. §. puanorsis, Fab.
Helix depressa, Mont. Test. Brit. 439, t. 13, f 5,
On small sea-weeds between tide-marks, common.
2. S. divisa, “ Adams?’ Flem.
Skenea divisa, Flem. Brit. Anim. 314.
On small sea-weeds between tide-marks, rare.-—J. A.
Famity. Trocuipm, DOrbigny.
53. TROCHUS, Linneus.
1. T. macus, Linn.
Trochus magus, Mont. Test. Brit. 283.
Two or three specimens have been found on the beach at Sea-
ton Carew by Miss Elizabeth Backhouse, and it is also in Sir
Cuthbert Sharp’s list of Hartlepool shells ; but we have no re-
cord of its occurrence on any other part of the coast. It isa
doubtful native of the north-eastern coast of Britain, and may
have been introduced in ballast. Mr. Bean informs us that one
dead shell has been found at Scarborough.
2. T. cinERARIUS, Linn.
Trochus cinerarius, Mont. Test. Brit. 284.
In pools among the rocks between tide-marks, common.
3. T. rumipus, Mont.
Trochus tumidus, Mont. Test. Brit. 280, t. 10, f. 4.
From deepish water, frequent.
4, T, mintEeRanvs, Phil.
Trochus Martini, Smith in Wern. Mem. viii. 51, t. 1, f£ 26.
Thorpe Brit. Mar. Conch. 164, f. 36.
Two or three specimens have been obtained from the deep-
water fishing boats by Mr. W. King, and Mr. R. Howse. Mr.
Embleton has also got it at Embleton.
5. T. zizypuinus, Linn.
Trochus zizyphinus, Mont. Test. Brit. 274.
VOL. I. 5
154 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
Not uncommon in the Laminarian zone, especially in the north
of Northumberland and south of Durham ; less frequent in the
intermediate district. Capt. Brown figures “a beautiful smooth
variety dredged in deep water, off Sunderland, by Mr. Dixon of
Bishop Wearmouth.”
54. MARGARITA, Leach.
1. M. wenictna, fab.
Helix margarita, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 143.
On sea-weeds, and under stones, near low-water mark, fre-
quent. Common on the northern parts of the coast.
Famizty. Neritina, D’Orbigny.
Neritina fluviatilis, Linn., has been frequently met with on
our coast, but as it is a common ballast shell, we attribute it to
this source. Mr. Hogg states that he found it in the vicinity of
Stockton, but he is not quite certain of its having been alive.
It is found in the Ouse at York.
Faminy. TUuRRITELLID&.
55. TURRITELLA, Lamarck.
1. T. rerEpRa, Linn.
Turbo terebra, Mont. Test. Brit. 293.
On weedy ground in a few fathoms water, not uncommon, but
seldom thrown upon the shore, excepting in a very young state,
in which form it has been taken for a distinct species, and called
Turritella Lamarckii. It is sometimes brought up pretty plen-
tifully in the trawl-nets by the fishermen at Cullercoats.
The animal, from its broad proboscidiform head, and short
lateral tentacles, bears a great resemblance to Cerithium. It is
very shy and sluggish, and will lie for days together without
shewing itself beyond the mouth of the shell, or attempting to
crawl about.
Faminy. Cerirarape, Mleming.
Cerithium reticulatum, Da Costa, has been frequently found on
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 155
the shore near Sunderland and Whitburn, by the Rev. G. C.
Abbes and Mr. Howse, but is supposed to have come from bal-
last. It has also been found by Miss E. Backhouse at Seaton.
Cerithium tuberculare, Mont. One specimen found on Whitley
sands.—J. H. F. Perhaps from the same source as the last.
Cerithium fuscatum, Brown ( Turbo tuberculatus, Penn. Brit.
Zool. t. 82, f. 111), is stated by Mr. Pennant to be “ from the
coast of Northumberland.” We think there must be some mis-
take in this, or it may be a foreign shell thrown by accident on
the coast.
Cerithium cancellatum, Brown (Illust. Rec. Conch. 2d Ed. 9,
t. 5, f. 64), is also stated to have been found “on the Northum-
berland coast at Holy Island.” We do not know it, but are
inclined to think that none of the Cerithia are indigenous to our
coast.
The Strombus costatus of Sir C. Sharp’s list is also a Cerithium,
but it is now generally believed that this shell, common in fo-
reign collections, has been introduced into the British Fauna by
mistake. The shell found at Hartlepool was most likely Ceri-
thium reticulatwm.
56. APORRHAIS, (Da Costa) Dillwyn.
1. A. PEs-PELECANI, Linn.
Strombus pes-pelecant, Mont. Test. Brit. 253.
From deepish water, not common.
Famity. Muricipa, Fleming.
57. PLEUROTOMA, Lamarck.
1. P. ters, Forbes.
Pleurotoma teres, Forbes in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiv. 412, t.10,f. 3.
A specimen of this fine species was got at Whitburn by the
Rey. G. C. Abbes, and Mr. R. Howse also dredged a young shell
in seventeen fathoms off the same place.
2. P. costata, Penn.
Murex costatus, Mont. Test. Brit. 255.
In shell-sand from different parts of the coast, not rare.
156 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
3. P. Booruit, Smith.
Fusus Boothwi, Smith in Wern. Mem. viii. 50, t. 1, f, 1.
A single specimen has been obtained by the Rev. G. C. Abbes,
at Whitburn.
4, P. uinearts, Mont.
Murex linearis, Mont. Test. Brit. 261, t. 9, f. 4.
In shell-sand frequent, and occasionally on corallines from the
fishing boats.
5. P. rura, Mont.
Murex rufus, Mont. Test. Brit. 263.
In shell-sand, not rare. The Rev. G. C. Abbes and Mr. R.
Howse have occasionally got it alive.
6. P. Trevetyana, Zur.
Pleurotoma Trevelyanum, Turt. in Mag. Nat. Hist. vii. 351.
From deepish water, rare. Cullercoats—J. A. and A. ZH.
Whitburn.— Rev. G. C. Abbes. One specimen was dredged in
17 fathoms off the latter place by Mr. R. Howse.
58. FUSUS, Bruguieére.
1. F. rurricuna, Mont.
Murex turricula, Mont. Test. Brit. 262, t. 9, £ 1.
From the fishing boats, and in sand, not uncommon. Dredged
by Mr. Howse, off Whitburn.
2. F. chaturatvs, Linn.
Murex Bamfius, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 117.
From deep water, not rare. Occasionally met with in the
fishing boats at Cullercoats, as well as in the deep-water (or five-
men) boats. Mr. R. Howse dredged a few alive in 17 fathoms,
off Whitburn. The shell (but generally of small size) is found
in sand.
3. F. Barvicensis, Johns.
Fusus Barvicensis, Johns. in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 225.
Berw. Club Proe. 1. 235.
fusus asperrimus, Brown Illust. Rec. Conch. 8, t. 6, f. 2. 2
From deep water, rare. A fine specimen, nearly an inch long,
was dredged in 60 fathoms water by Mr. R. Howse.
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 157
4, F.-eractiis, Da Costa.
Murex corneus, Mont. Test. Brit. 258.
Fusus Islandicus, “ Martini,” King in Ann. Nat. Hist. xviii.
246.
In the coralline and deep-water zones, frequent. The variety
from deep water is more ventricose than the common form, and
has the epidermis thinner, smoother, and sometimes of a reddish
colour. The shell figured by Captain Brown in his “Illustrations
of the Recent Conchology of Great Britain,” t. 6, f 11, 12, found
by Sir W. C. Trevelyan, Bart., at Seaton, appears to be an un-
usually short specimen of this variety.
Much confusion has arisen in the name of this species from
the circumstance of Linneus having included more than one shell
in his Murex corneus; but as it is now agreed that the name
should belong to the Mediterranean shell (Pusus lignarius of
Lamarck), and being of opinion that our species is not the /usus
Islandicus of Chemnitz, to which it has lately been referred, we
follow Professor Lovén in adopting Da Costa’s name, the earliest
undisputed appellaticn.
5. F. PROPINQUUS, 2. s.
Shell fusiform, white, covered with a brown epidermis, striated
spirally ; the strie rather variable, but generally deep and dis-
tant on the upper whorls, more closely set on the lower, and
often rising into ridges towards the base of the shell. Whorls 8,
flattish, or very slightly convex, and a little tumid above at the
suture ; they are broader in proportion to their height than in
the last species, and consequently the spire is a little less pro-
duced. The nucleus, forming the apex of the shell, consists of
two or three very small whorls, the first very little raised, and
only to be seen from above; the apex is rather slender, not
mammillated, and generally stained of a ferruginous colour ;
aperture oval, rather contracted, and ending in a short canal of
moderate width, a little bent towards the left side ; outer lip
thin ; pillar smooth, a little arched inwards in the centre, and
produced in old shells into an obtuse rounded angle towards the
entrance of the canal. Length 14 in., breadth $ in.
158 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
A variety from deep water is shorter in the spire, and more
tumid in the body whorl, and has the canal very much twisted
to the left side. The epidermis is thin, pale yellowish horn-
coloured, and hispid. The apex is frequently incrusted with
black. Animal white.
Found in the same situations with the last, but rare.
This species very much resembles /’. gracilis but never grows
to half the size, and may readily be distinguished from it by an
examination of the apex. The nucleus of /. propinquus con-
sists of two or three small compact whorls, while that of F. gra-
cilis has only about a whorl and a half, which are large, and
rather produced at the top, giving the apex a mammillated ap-
pearance. The embryos of these two species must, therefore, dif-
fer as much from each other as those of #. Turtont and /. Nor-
vegicus. The shell of /. propinquus is rather more tumid, and
the whorls rather flatter in the middle, and more raised towards
the suture than in 7’. graciiis: the striz also are closer, the aper-
ture more contracted towards the canal, and the latter a little
more bent. The variety from deep water, dredged by Mr. Howse
in sixty fathoms, has much the aspect of a distinct species, but
a shell in that gentleman’s possession seems to unite it with the
normal form. Mr. Howse has figured the variety in the Ann. of
Nat. Hist. vol. xix., t. 10, fi 5.
6. F. Isnanpicus, Chemn.
Fusus Berniciensis, King in Ann. Nat. Hist. xviii. 246.
Tritonium Islandicum, Lovén Ind. Moll. Scand. 11.
Var. Buccinum Sabini, Gray in Parry’s lst Voyage, 211?
Two specimens of this rare species have been obtained from
the deep-water fishing boats by Mr. King.
Through the kindness of Mr. Gray we have had the oppor-
tunity of examining his specimens of Bb. Sabini, which appears
to be a small variety of this, but the species of this group come
so very near to each other, that we should not like to speak de-
cidedly. Further investigation induces us to consider our spe-
cies the true Fusus Islandicus of Chemnitz.
7. F. Turtont, Bean.
OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 159
fusus Turtoni, Bean in Mag. Nat. Hist. vii. 493, f. 61.
King in Ann. Nat. Hist. xviii. 245. Howse in Ann.
Nat. Hist. xix. 162, t. 10, f 6—10.
From deep water, rare. A few specimens of this fine species
have been obtained from the fishermen by Mr. W. King and Mr.
R. Howse. The ova capsules and young have also been got by
the latter and are figured by him in the Annals of Natural
History.
8. F. Norveaicus, Chemn.
Fusus Norvegicus, King in Ann. Nat. Hist. xviii. 244.
Howse in Ann. Nat. Hist. xix. 162, t. 10, f. 1—3.
From deep water, rare. This, with the last, was first noticed
to be an inhabitant of our coast by Mr. King, who has procured
some beautiful specimens from the fishermen. Specimens have
likewise been got by Mr. R. Howse, who dredged the ova cap-
sules in sixty fathoms water, off the coast of Durham. See Ann.
Nat. Hist., as above.
9. F. antiquus, Linn.
Murex antiquus, Mont. Test. Brit. 257.
Common in the coralline and deep-water regions on all parts
of the coast. The deep-water variety is thinner and more ven-
tricose than the other, and generally has the outer lip reflected.
Our largest specimen from the coralline zone (got at Newbig-
gin), measures 7+ inches in length, and 34 in breadth. Dr.
Johnston, however, has a specimen, found by Miss I. Forster
near Alemouth, which is 8 inches long, and 34 broad. (Berw.
Club. Proc. 7. 234.) The largest from deep water, as mentioned
by Mr. King, is 7 inches long and nearly 5 broad. These
specimens from our coast appear to be the largest that have been
recorded.
10. F.? minimus, JZont.
Buceinum minimum, Mont. Test. Brit. 247, t. 8, f 2.
In shell-sand at Tynemouth and Cullercoats, rare-—J. A.
Fusus punctatus, Brown Illust. Rec. Conch. 7, t. 5, f. 56, 57,
found by Capt. Brown at Holy Island, we have not been able to
make out.
160 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA
MUREX, Linneus.
M. erinaceus, Linn. Two or three dead shells of this species
have occurred, but we think they are probably from ballast.
Famity. Bucoinipa, Fleming.
59. TRICHOTROPIS, Broderip and Sowerby.
1. T. BorzAtts, Brod. and Sow.
Trichotropis borealis, Brod. and Sow. in Zool. Jour. iv. 375.
Trichotropis umbilicatus, Thorpe Brit. Mar. Conch. 209, f. 54.
In deepish water, rare. We have got two or three shells of
this species from haddocks, and some fine specimens have been
obtained from the fishing boats at Whitburn by the Rev. G. C.
Abbes. Mr. Howse also dredged it at that place in 17 fathoms.—
Found alive in the fishing boats at Cullercoats—. J. Hardy.
. TRoGopHLaus BILINEATUS, Kirby. Long Benton.—Ravens-
worth — Wr. J. Hardy.
. T. pustiuus, Grav. Long Benton.
. CopRoPHILUS sTRIATULUS, Mab. Coast near Hartlepool.
Mr. J. Hardy.—Sunderland.— Ur. Wm. Peacock.
. Syntomium £NEUM, J/wller.—Syntomium nigroxeneum, Cwr-
tis, pl. 228. Gosforth, Long Benton, and Gibside.—Ra-
vensworth.— MU. J. Hardy.
. Puimocuaris suprinisstmaA, J/annerh. Ravensworth, and
Gibside.—Ur. J. Hardy.
GropRomus pLAGIATus, /ab.—Lesteva plagiata, Steph. Gib-
side, very rare—WMr. J. Hardy.
. ARPEDIUM suBPUBESCENS, Kirby, Long Benton.—Near Win-
laton Mill.—W/r. J. Hardy.
. OmALium conrormatum, Hardy, MSS. Ravensworth, and
South Shields—Mr. J. Hardy.
. Microprrtus stapyyitnoipes, Marsh. Long Benton.—
Marsden.—I/r. J. Hardy.
. BoLerosius ForMosus, Grav. Fugar Bar—Mr J. Hardy.
B. castanevus, Steph. Long Benton.
. Mytuzna eractuis, Heer. Ravensworth—WUr J Hardy.
Puytosus sprnirer, Awdd. Hartley—South Shields, and
Marsden.—MUr. J. Hardy.
. Tacuyusa FLAvITARSIS, Sahlb.—Aleochara ruficrus, Kirby ?
A single specimen, taken near Long Benton, in March.
T. carponarta, Mannerh. Rare. On the muddy bed of
Gosforth Lake.
40.
V1.
72.
73.
74,
87.
On visiting the Gosforth woods, in May, I was led to examine
A CENTURY OF UNRECORDED LOCAL COLEOPTERA. 283
Fanagria opscura, Grav. Hot beds, Long Benton, but rare.
AUTALIA RIVULARIS, Grav. Gosforth, in May.
AspPIDIPHORUS oRBICULATUS, Gyll. Near Axwell Park.—/r.
J. Hardy.
Hister puopectustriatus, Schrank. On hot-beds, and in
vegetable refuse. Long Benton.—Tyneside-——Mr J.
Hardy.
H. necnecrus, Zenker. One specimen. South Shields.—
Mr. J. Hardy.
. Saprinus rotunpatus, J//. Very rare. Roker.—Mr. W.
Peacock,
. Asrzus cLoposus, nt. Heft. Hot-beds at Long Benton.
. ApHopius Lapponuma, GyllApuopius suBALPInus, Har.
dy, Ann., and Mag. Nat. Hist. xix.,380. Rare. Prest-
wick Carr.—lMr. J. Hardy.
. A. MELANoPUs, Kirby. Same locality as the preceding.
. Psammopius Sapueti, Payk. Banks of the Derwent, very
rare—Mr. T. Pigg.
. Cis restivus, Panz. A single specimen from Ravensworth.
Mr. J. Hardy.
. C. Brpentatus, Marsh. Ouse Burn Dene.—Mr. J. Hardy
finds it at Gibside, and Ravensworth in Polyphorus versi-
color.
. SALPINGUS VIRIDIPENNIS, Zeigl. Rare. Ravensworth, and
near Swalwell—r. J. Hardy.—I have also taken it at
Tong Benton.
. SPHAERIESTES IMMACULATUS, Steph. Rare. Greencroft, and
Gosforth. September.
. ORcHESIA mINoR, Walk. Rare. On the flowers of the Haw-
thorn, and Guelder rose—Mr. J. Hardy.
. Puatypema myua, Payk. Ryhope Dene-—WMr. W. Peacock.
. CNEORHINUS EXARATUS, Maz'sh.—Philopedon exaratus, Steph.
Manual. In meadows, near Axwell Park, and at Els-
wick, in June.
PissopEs Pini, Linn.
some recently-felled Scotch firs, and was much pleased on find-
ing specimens of this beautiful and rare insect. They were
284 A CENTURY OF UNRECORDED LOCAL COLEOPTERA.
living in apparent harmony with great numbers of Hylobius
Abietis, and, like them, were feeding on the soft juicy bark
of the young trees and branches. JI found them, in almost
every case, on the underside of the trees or branches, and they
appeared to prefer those lying amongst grass in damp places.
The sexes are similar in appearance, excepting that the male
has the rostrum shorter and stouter, and, with the thorax, more
roughly punctured than in the female. The male is also generally
smaller than the other sex, but both vary much in size, some
specimens being as large again as others. Recently developed
individuals are pale coloured; one that I dug out of a stump
of Scotch fir, on the 22d of July, was softer, of a paler ferru-
ginous, and had the scaly bands and spots much darker coloured
than the generality of specimens.
As above mentioned, I found them first in May, but by no
means common ; they were most abundant in the beginning of
June ; in July they were scarce ; and by the middle of August,
became so rare, that I relinquished searching for them.
Specimens have also been found at Dinsdale, by Mr. W. Pea-
cock ; at Gibside, by Mr. T. Pigg ; and recently I had a pair
brought me, which were found on Sunderland Pier.
88. Doryromus agnaruos, Dahl. On willows, near Axwell
Park. June—August.
89. AnrHonomus Pomorum, Linn. Rare. Long Benton.
90. Pacuyruinus cananicunatus, Marsh. Prestwick Carr. July.
91. P. Comanri, Herbst. Prestwick Carr. July.
92. P. 4-rupercunatus, Fab. Gosforth, Long Benton, and
Tynemouth.
93. Nepyus pyrruoruyneuus, Marsh. Near Axwell Park.
94. N. Boractyis, Pk. Rare. Long Benton, in May.
95. GyMNEZTRON NigRuM. Shotley Bridge.
96. TryPODENDRON DomEsticum, Linn. Near Axwell, in March.
—Mr. J. Hardy. |
97. Tomicus Brpens, Fab. ? Gosforth, and Gibside. Found in
the bark of felled Scotch fir, and, more rarely, in that of
the Larch.
I insert this species with doubt, the male having, at least,
ON EXTENSIVE FISSURES, Wc. 285
eight teeth on the retuse part of the elytra; two, small and
acute, on the upper part; then, two large decurved ones, be-
tween which and the apex are four very obscure denticulations.
98. Macrocnema marcipa, J//. Sea-coast. In abundance on
Cakile maritima.
99. M. arrrnis. Boldon Flats. On the Bitter-sweet (Sola-
num Dulcamara ).
100. CoccrnetnA M-nierum, Fab. Rare. Sea-coast, near
Whitley.
X.—On extensive Fissures observed in the Stems of two living and
healthy Trees of the Spruce Fir. By Raueu Carr, Esq.*
[Read May 18, 1848.]
Tux latter part of summer, and the beginning of autumn in
1847, were remarkable, it will be recollected, for a long-pro-
tracted drought. In the last week of September, I happened to
be engaged in marking for the axe, a number of trees that were
to be taken out of a plantation at Hedgeley, which, being then
of the age of 19 years, required to be thinned for the third time.
It formed a compact mass, occupying about eleven acres, upon a
light surface-soil, under which lies, in many places, a substratum
of clay, not unfavourable to the growth of oak. The species
which I had planted were chiefly the last-named tree, to come
forward as a permanent crop, accompanied by some Sycamore,
and a liberal sprinkling of Birch. The nurses were Larch and
Spruce Fir. The Larch had already begun to show symptoms
of heart-rot, a disease to which that species is more peculiarly
liable on land that has been recently under the plough, as had
been the case with more than half of the surface in this instance,
* Mr. Carr’s paper was not received in time for insertion in its proper place.
286 ON EXTENSIVE FISSURES OBSERVED
The Spruces, in most parts, had grown better than could have
been expected on such light land, and were evidently more to be
relied on than the Larches, although upon land of this descrip-
tion not many of them could be expected to live to the age of
full maturity, since the species requires either a strong soil, or
otherwise a very regular and equable supply of moisture in the
ground on which it stands. Under such circumstances, my ob-
ject whilst thinning the plantation, was, first, to open out the
Oaks, and next to give a preference and free space to the Spruces,
in order that they should continue healthy as long possible, and
especially that the vitality of their lower branches, so essential
to the vigour and beauty of this tree, should not be destroyed,
by exclusion from the air, the light, and the dew. It was neces-
sary, therefore, to examine a vast number of Spruces indivi-
dually and closely, to determine whether each was worthy of
having some neighbouring Larch condemned to fall, in order to
afford it room.
After having gone over good part of the ground in this man-
ner, I was much surprised to discover two Spruces (the Huropean
Abies excelsa,) most singularly rent, almost from end to end of
their stems, by a series of wide and extensive fissures, just as we
see in the case of Larches that have been felled, peeled, and left
exposed to the sun. The diameter of these two trees, at the
lower end, was greater than that of a man’s thigh, yet the open-
ings seemed to penetrate nearly to the centre of the wood.
Strange to say, vegetation was in full vigour, there was not the
slightest symptom of injury from lightning ; not a single spine-
let of foliage was scorched, not a splinter along the course of the
cracks was ruffled or displaced. Frost, in the preceding winter,
could not have been the agency, for the fissures were as fresh as
if I had opened them that very hour by means of a wedge ; nay,
they were probably even then extending themselves. To attri-
bute the effect to wind was impossible. In the first place, there
had been no violent gales for a long time ; then, the Spruce Fir
is a plant so accurately balanced by its form, that it can never
suffer from the screwing motion which sometimes gives rise to
the rending of the Ash, or Wych Elm during gales. Above
IN TWO HEALTHY TREES. 287
all, the plants in question stood near the centre of the planta-
tion, exceedingly well sheltered. Could the long drought have
been the cause of an appearance, which, so far as my experience
has gone, must be rare in our climate? This seemed more pro-
bable.
Yet even against this solution of the difficulty there were
some considerations not to be neglected. First, the spot, where
these two Spruces and many others grew, was one of the best in
respect of soil, within the limits of the plantation, and it was na-
turally always rather moist, though not with stagnant water.
The soil is of considerable depth, black, and of the nature of
ancient peat or forest-soil, and, not having been under the
plough, was always covered with a fresh green herbage. It was
the most unlikely spot of all to be deprived entirely of moisture
by the long drought, though doubtless it had reached a very un-
usual degree of dryness. Again, I happened to remember that
in the preceding month of May, I had cut out a number of
Larches, and several Spruces also, from a distant part of the
same plantation ; that the Larches were immediately peeled and
left lying in the shade, whilst the Spruces had been carried out,
in their bark, and laid together on the south side of the wood-
land, so that they must have been exposed all summer to the
sun. I was very curious to see whether these poles of Spruce
had been cracked or “galed” by the heat and exposure. On
going to the spot I found them lying as I expected, but without
a single fissure. The Larches, though lying well shaded, were a
good deal rent.
I may now add, two years subsequently, that the health and
vigour of the two Spruces in question has continued without
any check. They are thriving as well as any of their neigh-
bours. The fissures are superficially almost all closed. The
lower branches, as well as those higher up, continue alive and
healthy, and still clothe and protect the stems from excessive
evaporation, as they did at the time of the injury.
On the whole, it seems to me difficult to infer that drought
could be the primary, or, at least, the only cause, of this occur-
rence, to two trees only out of so many, and those but little ex-
288 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH
posed to the sun or to the air. So little is known of the action of
electric and magnetic streams, in connection with the phenome-
na of vegetation, that to refer what we cannot otherwise explain
to their agency, with any degree of positiveness, would be ab-
surd. Yet I think it more than probable that the ordinary
course of the sap must have suffered some temporary and partial
interruption or derangement, from some powerful, though ob-
scure, cause, before such an unequal contraction of the woody
tissue could occur, as to rend its whole substance so extensively.
I hope, on some future occasion, to exhibit before our Club, cross
sections from the stem of one of the trees, which I intend to fell,
to obtain them, whilst its fellow shall live on.
It is probable that in the spruce forests of Switzerland and
Scandinavia, where the summers are both hotter than ours, and
electricity often more active, such instances of living trees open-
ing in fissures, may be well known. They may indeed be fami-
liar to the owners of large resinous woodlands in our own country.
Ifso, perhaps we shall receive authentic information on a subject
of considerable interest.
Oct. 5) 1849.
XI.—Account of a Ribbon Fish (Gymnetrus) taken off the Coast
of Northumberland. By Ausany Hancoox and Dennis Emu-
BLETON, M. D., Lecturer on Anatomy and Physiology, in the
Medical School of Newcastle upon Tyne.*
[Read at the Anniversary Meeting, April 21, 1849.]
Qn the 26th of March, 1849, a fine specimen of a species of
Gymnetrus, or Ribbon Fish, was captured by Bartholomew Tay-
* By the kindness of R. Taylor, Esq., F'. L. S., the Club has been supplied
with copies of the plates which illustrated this paper in the Annals and Maga-
zine of Natural History for July, 1849.
TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 289
lor and his two sons, the crew of a fishing coble belonging to
Cullercoats. It was found at about six miles from shore, and in
from twenty to thirty fathoms water. The men having started
from their fishing ground to return homewards, observed at a
little distance what appeared to be broken water ; the old man
being struck with such a novelty directed his lads to pull
towards it ; on nearing the spot they perceived a large fish lying
on its side on the top of the water. The fish as they approached
it righted itself, and came with a gentle lateral undulating mo-
tion towards them, showing its crest and a small portion of the
head occasionally above water ; when it came alongside, one of
them struck it with his picket—a hook attached to the end of a
small stick, and used in landing their fish ; on this it made off
with a vigorous and vertical undulating motion, and disappeared,
Taylor says, as quick as lightning under the surface. In ashort
time it re-appeared at a little distance, and pulling up to it they
found it again lying on its side ; they plied the picket a second
time, and struck it a little behind the head ; the picket again
tore through the tender flesh by a violent effort of the fish,
which escaped once more, but with diminished vigour ; on the
boat coming a third time alongside, the two young men putting
their arms round the fish, lifted it into the boat. Signs of life
remained for some time after the fish was captured, but no doubt
it was in a dying or very sickly state when first discovered by
the Taylors.
It was exhibited the same day at Tynemouth, North and
South Shields, and brought to Newcastle next morning. In the
afternoon we first saw it; we found it much injured by the
strokes of the hook and by rough handling during its removals
and the examinations it had undergone. The fins were a good
deal torn, but the fish was evidently quite fresh.
Its colour was a uniform silvery gray all over, resembling
bright tin-foil or white Dutch metal, except afew irregular dark
spots and streaks towards the anterior part of the body. On
closer inspection the remains of a bright iridescence was seen
about the pectoral fin and head, the blue tint predominating.
External description.—The fish presents somewhat the form
VoL. I. Qq
290 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH
of a double-edged sword blade, being excessively compressed ;
its greatest thickness is decidedly nearer the ventral than the
dorsal border ; from the thickest part it slopes gradually to each
border, the dorsal being the sharper. The length of the fish is
12 ft. 3 in., the mouth not being projected forward ; immediately
behind the gills it measures 83 in. in depth ; from this point it
gradually enlarges to a distance of upwards of two feet further
back, where it attains its greatest depth of 111 in. ; this dimen-
sion remains much the same for 13 ft. beyond ; it then gradually
but perceptibly diminishes to the end of the dorsal fin, where
the depth is 3 in.
The thickness through the head at the gill-covers is 2 in., at
the part of greatest depth 22 in. ; Plate I. fig. 2 shows a section
at this part. Opposite the anus somewhat less ; it then gradually
diminishes to the end of the dorsal fin, where it is upwards of
three-eighths of an inch, fig. 3.
The fishermen state that when this fish was first taken it was
all over of a brilliant silvery iridescent hue, resembling in inten-
sity that of the fresh herring, which soon faded, and shortly after
we saw it, all traces of the iridescence except those already men-
tioned had disappeared. The skin is covered over with a silvery
matter in which no scales are visible to the naked eye, but
which is most readily detached from the skin and adheres to
anything it comes in contact with. Submitted to the microscope
it is found to consist partly of minute convex scale-like bodies of
elongated pyramidal outline with the base rounded, Pl. I., fig. 4,
which are formed of fine clear crystalline-looking filaments, ar«
ranged side by side, and radiating from the apex to the base of
the scale; these filaments grow much finer towards the base,
where a number of minute granules are also observed. The
scales remind one of some of those seen on the wings of moths.
The bulk of the silvery matter of the skin, however, is made up
of a soft matter finely granular, and presenting numerous trans-
parent fragments of what have the aspect of acicular crystalline
bodies. We have not been able to detect the mode of arrange-
ment of the scale-like bodies on the skin. Round the posterior
margin of the preoperculum is a broadish dusky mark on the
TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 291
skin, and near the top of the head above the eye a crescentic
mark of a dark iridescent blue colour ; besides these there are
on the side of the body several narrow, dusky black, slightly
waved lines considerably apart from each other and obliquely
inclined from before backwards ; of these eight or nine are above
the lateral line and of unequal length ; below the same line they
are more numerous, diminishing in size on the whole till they
end in mere spots at some distance behind the anus. The lower
series seems to correspond in some measure with the upper. In-
terspersed among the lines are a few irregular spots of the same
hue towards the head. The dorsal and ventral ridges are also
dusky. The lateral line was at first smooth and very distinct,
but after the fish had been a few days in Goadby’s fluid, elon-
gated flat scales became apparent on the line ; it can be traced
from the back part of the head above and behind the eye, sweep-
ing down gradually to within 34 in. of the ventral margin at
18in. from the snout ; at the anus it is 2 in. from the margin ; it
thence runs backwards, still approaching the margin, to the
caudal extremity.
Four longitudinal flattened ridges, each rather more than |
in. broad, extend from the head to the tail immediately above
the lateral line, which cuts them off very obliquely in front ;
the uppermost, which is the longest, running forwards almost to
the eye.
The surface of the skin of the body is studded with very nu-
merous distinct and separate tubercles of bone ; the smallest and
most depressed lie between the ridges and towards the ventral
and dorsal margins, the largest, and most elevated upon the
ridges, some of these last being =; in. in diameter. On the ven-
tral ridge are numerous, irregular, and prominent tubercles
slightly hooked backwards. The tubercles present no regular
arrangement, they are imbedded in the skin, and it is difficult to
say whether or not they had been covered by the silvery matter
of the skin ; when we examined them, their apices were uncover-
ed by it. Some were observed to have a perforation at the apex
which was occupied by a soft papilla. The tubercles are replaced
292 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH
in the neighbourhood of the head by irregular depressed indu-
rations of the skin.
The head is small and short, measuring 9 in. from the snout
to the posterior margin of the gill-cover ; the outline of the
lower jaw is a wide arch convex below, and stretching forwards
and upwards to the mouth, which is placed in an elevated posi-
tion and opens upwards and forwards ; the mouth is small, near-
ly circular, and capable of being projected 2 or 3 in. forwards
when the lower jaw is depressed. The profile of the head from
the anterior end of the crest is at first suddenly concave, the con-
cavity facing forwards and upwards, and just behind the anterior
end of the curve exists the nasal chamber which is small, and
owing to the damaged state of the fish we could only find one
small aperture, which was longer than it was broad. Beyond
this concavity the premaxillary bones project nearly horizontally
to the mouth. The eye is 13 in. in diameter, the iris of a beau-
ful silvery white, and rather broader than the diameter of the
pupil. The eye is situated 24 in. below the base of the crest and
13 in. behind the frontal concave profile. There is a narrow im-
perfect circle of a dusky colour round the contour of the eyeball.
The eye is very flat. The tongue is rather prominent, but small,
smooth and fixed. There are no teeth. The interior of the
mouth is black.
The gill-covers are large in proportion to the size of the head,
prolonged backwards, their posterior angles considerably ele-
vated. The preoperculum has somewhat of a crescentic form,
the lower border convex ; the anterior horn is narrow and pro-
longed to its articulation with the lower maxilla, the posterior
border has an obtuse angle pointing backwards. This border
corresponds to, and may rest upon, the edge of the concavity
formed by the operculum above and the interoperculum below.
The operculum is on the whole broad and irregularly quadrate,
with the upper anterior angle prolonged forwards and upwards ;
the upper margin is smooth and slightly concave nearly as far as
the angle, it then curves suddenly downwards a little to the
angle which is rather obtuse. Below this is the posterior border,
TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 293.
which is somewhat sinuous and rather oblique from above down-
wards and forwards.
The inferior border is nearly straight, and directed upwards
and forwards corresponding with the interoperculum.
The remaining bone, which we take for the interoperculum, is
narrow and thin, prolonged almost to a point under the jaw and
widening gradually to its posterior end, which is rounded and
projects backwards beyond the preoperculum. Its lower border
is convex and lies almost horizontally.
These are the only pieces observed as entering into the forma-
tion of the gill-covers. The above bones are exceedingly deli-
cate and fragile, and present the radiating lines of development
with great prominence; the silvery skin covering them is re-
markable for its delicacy.
The branchiostegal rays are seven in number; the uppermost
a broadish plate marked by radiating lines, the rest diminishing
successively in size, having the ordinary characters of such rays.
The four branchial arches diminish in size backwards, and the
pharyngeal is less than the fourth branchial arch. The rays of
the convexities of the branchial arches are very numerous; the
concavities of these arches are beset with prominent blunt-pointed
tubercles which are studded with a number of short sete or
bristles, sharp-pointed but rather soft, which project inwardg
towards the pharyngeal cavity. The first branchial arch has in
addition a row of short pale-coloured rays or plates, the inner
edges of which are also furnished with sete which project like-
wise inwards. On the roof of the pharynx are two or three pairs
of short laminz (pharyngo-branchial) furnished with similarsete,
pointed backwards and downwards in the direction of the en-
trance to the esophagus.
The dorsal fin extends from immediately behind the upper and
posterior end of the curved frontal profile to within 3 inches of
the tail of the fish. The anterior part of the fin, more promi-
nent than the rest, is composed of twelve rays, which were stated
by the captors to have been 12 or 14 inches in length when the
fish was taken, and to be each furnished with a membranous ex-
294 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH
pansion on its posterior edge, increasing in width upwards some-
thing like a peacock’s feather.
The first ray is a pretty strong spine arising just within the
frontal curve, the three next are very slender, and much closer
together than the rest, and when we first saw the fish, united for
4 or 5 inches (their length at that time) by a membrane; the
next is as slender as the preceding, but rather farther
apart; the three or four after this are nearly as strong as the
first, the rest diminish in strength and length, and become uni-
form with the rays of the dorsal fin.
It is difficult for us to say whether the twelve front rays con-
stituted a detached crest or formed merely the anterior continu-
ation of the dorsal fin, though after careful and repeated exami- ~
nations we found shreds of membrane in each interval between
them, and their bases also were connected with a continuous
membrane. In the interval between the twelfth and thirteenth
rays the remains of a membrane were found connecting the base
of these rays, and their shafts were ragged and woolly looking,
as if a membrane had been torn off from them. We are, there-
fore, inclined to conclude that the crest was really a continuation
of the dorsal fin and not a separate structure, though it is pro-
bable enough that the ends of its rays may have been for some
distance free and even furnished with a membrane on their pos-
terior margin widening to the top, giving them the appear-
ance of peacocks’ feathers as asserted by the fishermen. This
probability is heightened by the fact of the head of the Gymne-
trus from the Cornish coast being provided with two long rays
having broad membranous expansions at their ends, which would
justify a casual observer in comparing them in form to the above
feathers. It is not unlikely besides that the second, third, fourth,
and fifth rays, on account of their resemblance in delicacy to the
ordinary fin-rays, may have terminated differently from the rest.
The rays having been broken, we cannot say of ourselves whether
they were uniform in size or not; but from what we have learnt
by questioning those who saw the fish, we conclude that the
middle rays were the longest, those in front and behind them
TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 295
gradually decreasing in length. The rays of the crest are more
closely set generally than those of the rest of the dorsal fin, which
stand about half an inch apart. Exclusive of the crest there are
268 rays in the dorsal fin, They terminate in fine points that
project a little beyond the margin of the very delicate connecting
membrane. This membrane was colourless according to the
fishermen, but was bordered by a pale red when we observed it.
The rays of the back are highest about the middle of the fish,
where they measure upwards of 34 inches, and at the termination
of the fin are about one inch in height.
From the end of the fin the dorsal margin slopes rather rapidly
downwards to within about an inch of the ventral margin, and
is then prolonged to a rounded point at the caudal extremity.
There is no caudal fin. The skin at this part, it is true, was
broken, but on pressing together the broken edges they seemed
to leave no hiatus. The fishermen persisted that the part was at
first entire, and that there was no appendage whatever. Ata
distance from this point of about two inches along the ventral
margin there exists a shallow notch. Both the margins of the
fish at this part are very thin. On carefully inspecting the sur-
face of the body, something like a series of transverse marks cor-
responding with the bodies of the vertebra can be discerned, and
the number of these has from this appearance been roughly esti-
mated at about 110.
The pectoral fins are placed close behind the gill-covers, and
much nearer to the ventral margin than to the lateral line, which
is at least half an inch above the points of the rays of the fins;
these fins are colourless, delicate, subtriangular, and the longest
rays measure two inches. They are eleven in number, and a
good deal arched.
The ventral fins are represented by a pair of very strong and
straight spines, stated by the fishermen to have been 7 or 8 inches
long and as if broken at the end, and furnished along the pos-
terior edge with a delicate membrane about half an inch broad.
When we saw them they were about 4 in. long, and the mem-
brane was distinctly visible at their bases. These spines, which
at their root measure about din. in diameter, project from each
296 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH
side of the ventral ridge immediately behind the pectoral fins,
are inclined backwards, and capable of a limited lateral and back-
ward motion. We are assured by a gentleman who witnessed
the landing of the fish, that these spines were bright crimson
and resembling the feelers of a boiled lobster ; hence we conclude
that they must have been originally flexible towards the end,
and much longer than 7 or 8 in. as stated by the fishermen .The
same gentleman says that the rays of the dorsal crest were sim-
ple and unbordered by a membrane.
The whole fish is remarkably delicate and tender, and easily
broken when bent laterally, as shown by the injuries it has sus-
tained by being lifted in and out of the boat, dc. ; the flesh is
white and fine.
Internal examination.—On opening the fish, the abdominal
cavity, Pl. II. fig. 2, is found to be small, and the eye is at once
arrested by the bright pale orange vermilion colour of the liver,
the rest of the viscera presenting no peculiarity of tint.
The cesophagus, Pl. IT. figs. 2 & 3a, at first slightly funnel-
shaped, soon assumes a diameter of one inch, and then forms a
gradually increasing tube as far as the coming off of the duode-
num 233 in. below the orifice, where it measures 24 in. in diameter.
Nothing like any cardia or line of demarcation between the
cesophagus and stomach exists in this tract. The duodenum
comes off abruptly as a short tube Id in. in diameter, inclining
forwards from the under surface of the stomach. The stomach,
fig. 3 6, is continued on beyond the duodenum as a straight
tube, gradually diminishing in diameter towards the posterior
end of the fish, measuring an inch across opposite the anus. At
this point it has the rectum or intestine lying below it, the ovaria
and ureter above, the oviduct and ureter running down to the
anus on its right side.
It is slightly contracted opposite to the anus, and a little be-
yond this enters a canal among the muscles, a continuation of
the abdominal cavity, situated at about 1Jin. from the ventral
margin and with tendinous walls, to which it is pretty firmly
adherent throughout. It is enlarged slightly after entering the
canal, and then diminishes gradually from the diameter of rather
TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 297
more than an inch to the size of a crowquill. It can be traced
backwards to within Ift. 8in. of the caudal end of the fish,
gradually approaching the ventral border, and terminating in a
blunt blind extremity, Pl. II. figs. 2 & 3c. Thecanal, in which
the cecal prolongation is lodged, is prolonged for an inch or two
beyond the end of this latter, and contains several small blood-
vessels, and the cellular coating of the cecum arranged in cords,
the vessels being gradually lost by passing backwards and out-
wards into the surrounding muscular tissue, the cellular cords
being attached to the sides of the termination of the canal.
The anterior main part of the stomach, when laid open, was
quite empty, the inner surface of the cesophagus and stomach as
far as two inches below the pylorus perfectly uniform and smooth ;
from the point here indicated, the upper wall of the stomach
presents the gradual beginnings of a few longitudinal plice, on
tracing which backwards they are found to increase in number
until, at five inches in front of the anus, the whole inner surface
of the tube is provided with them. They are continued on in
the stomachic cecum to within two or three inches of its termi-
nation. At about halfway along this cecum was found a small
quantity of the spawn of some fish partially digested, several of
the ova being still entire ; a little way in front of these was an
angular bit of cinder.
The pylorus, fig. 3d, coming off as above mentioned from the
most enlarged part of the stomach, extends for only 1}in., when
it becomes suddenly constricted, and presents internally the usual
circular valve.
The duodenum, figs. 2 & 3 e¢, beyond, is a cylinder of about
lin. in diameter and 1ft. in length, perforated all round by very
numerous circular openings, the orifices of the pancreatic ceca,
which measure about 3 inch in diameter and 1 inch in length,
and completely mask the whole duodenum. This part of the
tube extends forwards, lying parallel to and beneath the stomach,
and overlapped by the posterior lobes of the liver for about
4in., and then, emerging as it were from the pancreatic caeca, is
continuous with the remainder of the intestine, figs. 2 &3/f f,
which then is suddenly bent backwards and runs along the
VOL. I. RT
298 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH.
lower border of the pancreas obscured by the ceca of the right
side ; and then keeping along the floor of the abdominal cavity,
it passes on as a straight tube to the anus, figs. 2 & 3g, at the
front of which it opens separately. The diameter of the duode-
num is diminished one-half at its exit from the pancreas, and the
intestine continues of the same size to within an inch or two of
the anus, where it is gradually lessened to about }inch. The
length of the intestine from duodenum to anus is 3ft. 5in. The
inner surface of the intestine below the duodenum presents a
very delicate honeycombed texture, the laminz being fine, of
varying size, and crossing each other in all directions, the largest
standing up pretty high and taking a longitudinal course. This
form of valvule conniventes extends to within three or four inches
of the anus. A few inches below the end of the duodenum was
observed a delicate and transparent, but large and crescentic,
membranous valve, projecting into the cavity of the intestine.
There is no division into large and small intestine, unless the
above valve point it out. No cecal appendage, except to the
stomach. The intestine contained nothing but a quantity of
pancreatic secretion.
Attached to the upper surface of that part of the intestine
which is opposite to the pylorus, is the spleen, fig. 3 4, ovoid in
form, delicate and spongy in texture, 2 in. long by j in. broad,
and of a very pale reddish brown colour. Large blood-vessels
run along both the upper and lower borders of the intestine be-
low the duodenum.
The liver, figs. 2 & 3 i, is large, and extends 18in. backwards
from the anterior end of the abdominal cavity lying below the
esophagus, somewhat pointed in front, and becoming more bulky
towards the posterior end, where it is truncated diagonally from
above downwards and forwards.
The upper surface has a deep fissure partially dividing it into
two unequal masses, the left being larger than the right; along
this fissure run the hepatic and pancreatic blood-vessels ; the gall-
bladder and the cystic duct lie also attached to it.
The gall-bladder, fig. 3 j, about 5 in. long and 14 in. broad, is
of an irregularly elliptical form, its long diameter corresponding.
TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 299
nearly with the length of the fish; the cystic duct comes off from
its anterior end, and, running backwards parallel to it and to the
hepatic duct, joins the latter just before coming to the posterior
border of the liver: the common duct, fig. 3 4, after this runs
backwards among the lower appendices pylorice of the left side,
and debouches into the duodenum on a small papilla upwards of
an inch distant from the pylorus. The gall-bladder contains a
small quantity of yellow olive-coloured bile. The texture of the
liver is so soft and fragile that it cannot be preserved.
The ovaria, figs. 2 and 3 J, lie directly above the stomach, are
about 3ft. 3in. long, and extend forwards nearly as far as the
middle of the liver. Their ends taper to points diverging slightly
from each other ; traced backwards, they gradually increase in
bulk to #in. in diameter at their middle; soon after this they
diminish in size, become more closely connected, and unite at
27 in. from their anterior points into one body, which tapers
gradually to Zin. in diameter, and then curving downwards to
the external orifice on the right side of the stomachic cecum, only
becomes rapidly smaller, and opens behind the intestine. On lay-
ing open the common tube or oviduct, it is found for 2 or 3 in.
from the orifice quite plain ; above this, longitudinal folds of the
lining membrane appear small and irregular at first, but soon
larger, more projecting, and then occupying the whole inner sur-
face of the tube. These plicxe, which become tortuous and col-
lected into rows of two or three together, are found to extend to
the ends of the ovarian cavities, and are studded throughout with
minute ova of unequal sizes in an undeveloped state.
The ureter, figs. 2 and 3 m, a simple tube of the size of an ordi-~
nary goosequill, runs from the external orifice, just within which
is a slight vesical dilatation, fig. 3 7, along the median line, lying
above and attached to the ovaria, and in contact with the roof of
the abdominal cavity, for a distance of 1 ft. 11in., when it per-
forates the fibrous membrane separating the kidney from the
other viscera. It runs obliquely forwards and upwards into the
kidney, fig. 3 0, which, inclosed in its proper cavity, extends
from an inch behind where the ureter joins it as far as the cra-
nium, a distance of 2 ft., reaching farther forward than the di-
300 ACCOUNT OF THE RIBBON FISH
gestive cavity. The organ is partially and unequally cleft by a
median fissure, the left side being larger than the right. Its
tissue is reddish brown, spongy and friable. The posterior end
of the kidney tapers to a point. The anterior end also tapers a
little, but isrounded. The ureter enters the under surface of the
gland, and terminates by opening into the general cavity which
exists along the median line of the organ. Along the upper
angle of this cavity and elsewhere are the openings of small
canals bringing the secretion from the uriniferous tubules. These
last can be readily seen with a common magnifying glass.
The supra-renal glands, fig. 3 p, are two small ovoid bodies,
much paler than the kidney, partially imbedded in that organ
on its upper surface, at a distance of two inches from its posterior
extremity. There is no trace of air-bladder.
The heart, which is double the size of that of an ordinary cod-
fish, occupies a spacious triangular cavity. Its ventricle is large,
firm, and triangular. The bulb of the aorta is smaller than that
of the cod. The auricle is capacious and of irregular form.
The blood-vessels beyond were not examined, and we could not
investigate the nervous system.
In a little blood obtained from the heart, the blood-discs, Pl. I:
fig. 5, are found to vary much in size, and also in form from sub-
circular to elliptical and even fusiform, having their extremities
or poles somewhat pointed. The nucleus is generally large and
distinct, and presents several nucleoli of different sizes, giving it
in many instances a granular appearance.
General remarks.—Having referred to what we have been able
to find recorded respecting the genus Gymmnetrus, we found that the
figures as well as the descriptions of the external parts were very
imperfect, and the anatomy little known; hence we thought
it desirable to make the above description fuller than otherwise
would have been necessary. Seven or eight species only have
been recorded. Cuvier and Valenciennes, in vol. x. p. 365 of
their ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, describe one species from
a manuscript in the library of Sir Joseph Banks, which is pro-
bably identical with ours, and to which they have given the
name of G. Banksti. It was thrown up at Filey Bay, March 18,
TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 301
1796, and taken to York market on the 21st. The description
is as follows :—“La queue lui manquait aussi. Sa longueur
était de treize pieds, son épaisseur de trois pouces, la longueur
de sa téte de sept. Ses flancs étaient garnis de petites protu-
bérances argentées disposées en séries longitudinales. La dor-
sale, qui s’étendait depuis la téte jusqu’d l’autre extremité, était
rouge, et avait deux cent quatre vingt dix et treize rayons (les
treize rayons sont sans doute ceux de la nuque) ; la pectorale en
avait douze; la ventrale un seul. I] n’y avait point d’anale ;
on ne voyait point de dents ; l’intérieure de la bouche était noir ;
la distance de anus a la bouche était de quatre pieds. Toutes
circonstances qui, comme on voit, se rapprochent beaucoup de ce
que nous avons observé dans nos Gymnétres de la Méditerranée.”*
This description, though not conclusive, is sufficient to war-
rant us in adopting the name given by the French naturalists,
and thus to avoid running the risk of adding uselessly to the list
of synonymes.
Another species is described in the same work, vol. x. p. 298,
under the name Gymnetrus Gladius, which very much resembles
our specimen ; besides, however, some minor differences, the up-
per border of the operculum differs materially—in the former it
is convex, and presents three angular points ; in the latter it is
smooth and concave.t
There are two Norwegian species which appear generally to
precede or accompany the shoals of herrings, and hence are
called “King of the Herrings.” Of these, the Regalecus Glesne
of Ascanius (G'. Ascanii of Shaw) seems to be the most nearly
allied to our fish, but it is distinguished from it by the following
marks :—It is 10ft. long and 6in. deep ; its length is, therefore,
to its depth as 20 tol. From the measurements given in the
former part of this paper, it will be seen that our fish is thirteen
* It has not been in our power to refer to the work here mentioned ; but to
the kindness of Mr. Adam White, of the British Museum, who called our
attention to the above record, we are indebted for this extract, and also for
another relative to G. Gladius.
+ The G. Telum of the same authors is also different from our fish, this
having 268, that 398 rays in the dorsal fin.
302 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH
times longer than it is deep. This has 268 rays in the dorsal
fin ; that 120.
Again, the G@. Ascanii is devoid of the transverse dusky streaks
on the anterior part of the body so characteristic of our species,
but is furnished with longitudinal rows of minute dusky spots,
and has, moreover, three broad dusky bands across the posterior
part of the body behind the anus, and its forehead is white ; it
is also described as having teeth ; the crest also probably differs,
if the figure given in the ‘Encyclopédie Méthodique’ be correct ;
the dorsal fin is continued round the caudal extremity fora
little distance along the ventral line, being somewhat elongated at
the extremity, forming a kind of caudal fin. The gill-membrane
has only four or five rays. Thus, though there is a striking
general resemblance, there are several important points of distinc-
tion between the G. Ascanw and the G. Banksit.
The other Norwegian species named G. Grillii (Lindroth, Nou-
velles Mémoires de Stockholm, xix. pl. 8) is noticed in Griffith’s
‘Cuvier, as being 18ft. long, and having upwards of 400 rays in
the dorsal fin, and we conclude, therefore, that it also is distinct
from our species.*
Of the so-called Indian species, one, the Russellian, described
as a probable variety in vol. iv. pt. 2 of Shaw’s ‘ Zoology,’ is
only 2ft. Sin. long, and has 320 rays in the dorsal fin, and differs
in several other respects.
The other is the Blochian Gymnetrus of Shaw, the G. Haw-
kenit of Bloch, the figures of which are incorrect. This, how-
ever, in all probability ought not to be considered as an Indian
species. The history of it, so far as we can gather, is as fol-
lows :-—
It appears that on the 23rd February, 1788, a species of Gym-
netrus was drawn on shore in a net at Newlyn, in Cornwall, and
all that is really known of it is obtained from a figure with notes,
which was in the possession of the late Mr. Chirgwin, of New-
lyn, who freely granted permission to Mr. Couch, of Polperro, to
* We have since been informed by Mr. J. E. Gray that G. Grillii has the
same number of rays, and the same dark cross bands on the anterior part of the
body, as the Cullercoats fish.
TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 303
have a copy taken of it. Through the kindness of Mr. Couch,
we have been favoured with a reduced copy of the above figure,
made by Mr. Thomas Q. Couch ; and in the letter accompanying
the drawing, Mr. Couch states that Mr. Chirgwin assured him
that his figure was the only true original, the fish having been
drawn ashore not far from his house ; that, however they might
differ, all other figures were copied from his, and that the note
written on his figure is the only one originally made from the
specimen. Mr. Couch further says, that he has no doubt, from
circumstantial evidence, that the figure and account of the G.
Hawkenii were communicated to Bloch, by a Mr. John Hawkins,
brother of the late Sir Christopher Hawkins, Bart. Mr. Haw-
kins himself, as Mr. Couch concludes from Mr. Chirgwin’s re-
marks, did not actually inspect the fish. The copier of the figure
sent to Bloch, appears to Mr. Couch to have committed a great
mistake by attempting to correct one which he supposed to have
been made by the original draftsman, and the mistake consists
principally in his having removed the two filaments in front of
the dorsal fin to the situation of the ventral fin, thus making
four filaments there instead of two. The same mistake appears
to have been made with regard to the figure of the G. Hawkenis
in Yarrell’s ‘ Fishes, that figure being, as Mr. Yarrell informs
our friend Mr, Alder, incorrect as regards the number of ventral
filaments, and the addition of the caudal fin.
It appears therefore that the G. Hawkenii of Bloch, is simply
the fish caught at Newlyn incorrectly copied. In the notes ap-
pended to the drawing sent us by Mr. Couch, and whieh are
copied from the original, are merely mentioned the date of the
capture as above and the measurements ; “ its length without the
tail, which it wanted, was 83 ft., its extreme breadth 103 in., and
its thickness but 23in.
Tts proportions therefore, allowing the tail to be somewhat
deficient, come pretty near to those of our fish ; if the drawing
however, is to be relied on, it differs from ours in having only two
filaments from the head with expanded feather-like extremities,
and. in having the ventral processes like those of the head. The
fins also are crimson, and the body is marked all over by delicate
304 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH
roundish spots, and has a few obscure streaks obliquely placed
below the lateral line.
On the whole, then, we are inclined to believe the Cornish spe-
cimen distinct from the G. Banksii, though, from the evident
want of knowledge of the draftsman, much reliance cannot be
placed on his details.
Notwithstanding the rarity of the genus Gymnetrus, there is
every reason to believe that specimens of it have been taken from
time to time off the north-eastern coast of England. It appears
by the ‘Annual Register, that a fish was captured off Whitby,
January 22, 1759, closely related to, if not identical with, our
species. The account, which may be interesting, we here re-
produce. It is by Lionel Charlton, author of a ‘History of
Whitby’ :-—
“Yesterday (Jan. 22) a very extraordinary fish was brought
here by our fishermen, which broke into three pieces as they were
hauling it into the coble. It was 11 ft. 4 in. long, exclusive of the
tail, had a head like a turbot or brat, was about a foot broad near
its head, but not above 4 or 5 in. near the tail, and not anywhere
more than 3in. thick. The thickest part was its belly, and it
gradually diminished away towards the back, which was sharp,
and had all along it one continued fin from the head to the tail.
It was covered with an infinite number of white scales, which
stuck to and dyed every thing that it touched ; and might be
said in some sort to resemble the quicksilvered back of a look-
ing-glass. It appeared, when laid on the sand, like a long oak
plank, and was such a fish as nobody here ever saw before, which
caused a vast concourse of people round it the whole day.”
The breaking of the fish was owing to its great delicacy of
structure, and probably its little capacity for lateral motion. It
was necessary to take great care in removing the Cullercoats fish
for fear of fracture from the same causes.
We are informed by Mr. Stanton, of Newcastle, that upwards
of fifty years ago a silvery fish, resembling in its general charac-
ters the subject of this paper, was exhibited here, and we have
been favoured by Mr. Robert Bewick with a copy of a hand-bill
relating to a fish shown in this town March 27, 1794, undoubt-
TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 305
edly referring to the specimen seen by Mr. Stanton. It is as
follows :—“ To be seen at Moses Hopper’s, Flesh Market, a most
curious fish, taken at Newbiggen by the Sea, 10 ft. long, 1 ft. bread,
2 in. thick, and is thought to be the greatest curiosity that was
ever seen in the kingdom before.”
This fish was sketched by our celebrated townsman Thomas
Bewick, but unfortunately the sketch has been mislaid.
We have lately been favoured with a letter from Mr. George
Tate, of Alnwick, respecting a fish of this genus, from which we
make the following extract :—“ A fish was exhibited in January
or February of the year 1845, similar in its general form to that
a drawing of which you showed me when I was last in New-
castle. One of the Preventive Service men observed this fish lying
in a shallow pool in the sands, about a mile south of Alnmouth,
where it had been left by the receding tide. Its great length
and unusual appearance at once raised the man’s curiosity and
excited his fears. On approaching it the creature bent itself
round so as to appear like the rim of a coach-wheel, and the man
supposing it was about to dart upon him, drew his sword and
struck it on the head. The fish struggled much, but the man
striking it repeatedly, at length succeeded in cutting off its head.
“ This fish was 16 ft. long, 11 in. deep, and about 6 in. thick
at the thickest part, from which it very gradually diminished
both in thickness and depth. The eye was large, measuring
about din. in circumference. The teeth very small and very
acute. The skin was smooth, and no pustulations or hard points
were observed, neither were any transverse streaks noticed ; but
there were a few longitudinal ridges or corrugations about half
an inch apart along the sides. The colour was a silvery gray,
and the skin was covered by minute silvery-looking scales or
particles, which were in such great quantity, that in the course
of the struggles the creature made after being struck, the spot
where it was found was covered over with them. There were no
pectoral or ventral or anal or caudal fins, neither was any crest
observed. These however may have been broken off, as the head
was much injured by the blows which it had received. One fin, of
a rich dark crimson colour, extended uninterruptedly from the
VOL. I. 88
306 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH
neck along the back to within a few inches of the tail, which
ended in an obtuse point. The fish was very beautiful ; the
large eye, the rich crimson-rayed fin cresting its back, and the
bright silvery hue of its body, rendered it a striking and attrac-
tive object.” The fish thus described by Mr. Tate, it will be
seen, resembles rather the Regalecus Gilesne, in its having teeth
and being devoid of the transverse streaks.
The following account of the capture of two fish of this genus
has been taken down by us from the oral relation given by John
Blackett Anderson, of Walker, near Newcastle. He states he re-
collects the taking of two fish about fifty years ago at the outer
Fern Islands. They were left by the tide in a shallow pool, and
a signal being made by the keeper of the lighthouse, a boat went
from the shore and brought them to Bambrough. They were
sick when taken. One was about 4 ft. longer than the other,
the larger specimen was 18 ft. long. It could not be less, for it
was as long as the breadth of a house-end which measured 18 ft.
and against which it was laid out on a bench. The fish were
about a foot deep, and were flat ; their colour was silvery, like a
silver fish, but not so white. There were four processes, about
18in. long, from the head, of a red colour, like the feelers of
boiled lobsters ; they tapered gradually towards their ends, which
were enlarged to the form and size ofa large button. Thinks
these specimens occurred in spring. They were kept till putrid,
and then thrown away. They excited much interest throughout
the neighbourhood. Recollects them well, for he was living then
on the spot. Has not seen the Cullercoats fish.
We have moreover learnt, from a Norwegian captain who fre-
quents this port, and has traded to Archangel, that in the White
Sea, fish closely resembling the Cullercoats one are occasionally
seen ; the silvery colour, long attenuated form, and rapid undu-
lating motion, being their chief characteristics. They are there
called Stone Serpents.
It has occurred at once to many here, and to ourselves also, on
first viewing this Gymmnetrus, that it may possibly have been
taken for the famous Sea Serpent. The Archangel name of the
fish, seen there, strengthens the idea that it may at times ' 2ve
9
TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 307
deceived the eye of some credulous mariner, from its rapid un-
lating motion, linear form, and from its occasionally eppearing
at the surface, and leaving a lengthened wake behind it, thus
creating an exaggerated idea of its extent.
On consulting, however, the accounts which have appeared of
the Sea Serpent, we find that they relate in most instances to
creatures widely different from the Ribbon Fish, such as whales,
seals, sharks, &c., seen under disadvantageous circumstances or
imperfectly observed. Still, though the Gymnetrus may not have
originated the idea of the existence of a marine serpent, we
think it not improbable that the occasional appearance of this
fish may very materially have tended to keep up among the Nor-
wegian fishermen that faith which they are stated to hold in the
existence of such a monster.
Of the habits of the Gymnetrus little can be said. The deli-
cate general conformation of the body, the smallness and tender-
ness of the mouth, the absence of teeth, the delicacy of the fins,
show clearly that it is a fish not organized for attack—the dorsal
crest and the ventral processes being obviously for the purpose
of balancing the body, and not for either attack or defence. Its
means of defence may consist partly in the bone-studded skin,
but chiefly in the adaptation for flight, evidenced in the com-
pressed form of the body, and in the great length and power of
the tail. The small amount of half-digested food found in the
stomachal cecum goes so far to prove the non-rapacious habits
of the Gymnetrus, and make it probable that its habitual food
is confined to the spawn of other fish, and the soft, small, and
defenceless inhabitants of the deep. The absence of air-bladder
seems to indicate the sea-bottom as the natural resort of this fish,
where its food would be most abundant.
The only evidence of its being indigenous on the north-eastern
coast rests in its having been observed six times since 1759.
There is little doubt of the remarkable circumstance that all the
six have been captured during the spring months.
In conclusion, we have only to state, that the fish is now in
the possession of Mr. Edward Whitfield, of Newcastle, who kindly
granted us permission to make the necessary examinations, and
308 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH
we are happy in being able to state that that gentleman has ex-
pressed his intention of presenting this rare fish to the museum
of the Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham, and
Neweastle upon Tyne.
Since writing the above we have received a pamphlet entitled
“An Account of the Rare Fish, Regalecus Glesne, caught off Cul-
lercoats,” &c. In it we find a copy of a figure of a Gymnetrus
taken at Newlyn, in Cornwall, on Saturday, 23rd day of February,
1788. This figure, with descriptive notes appended, is bound up
at the end ofa copy of Pennant’s ‘ British Zoology’ in the Banks-
ian Library. Mr. J. E. Gray supposes this figure and notes to
be the authority for the various descriptions and figures of the
Cornish specimen of G. Hawkenit. The Banksian figure, though
possessing a good general resemblance to a Gymmnetrus, differs so
widely from the figure we have been favoured with by Mr. Couch,
that we believe neither of them to have been a copy of the other,
and the differences in the measurements that accompany the
figures are such as to strengthen this belief; the length of the
Banksian specimen is said to be 8 ft. 10in., Mr. Couch’s 83 ft.
The depth of the former is 10 in,, of the latter 103 in. ; the
thickness of the former 24 in., of the latter 2?in. These dis-
crepancies could scarcely have arisen from errors of copying, but
are more likely to be the result of examinations by different ob-
servers. It would therefore appear that there must either have
been more than one fish caught on the Cornish coast, or else that
different drawings and descriptions have been made of the same
specimen.
The figure in the pamphlet does not appear to us materially
to elucidate the species of the Cornish fish ; indeed the details
both of the figures and descriptions are so imperfect that they
may quite as readily be taken for the G. Gladius as for the
G. Banskii ; the spotting of Mr. Chirgwin’s drawing brings
strongly to mind the markings of the G. Gladius.
We are glad to be able, from a letter of Mr. Yarrell in the
above pamphlet, to add to the list of specimens now put on record
one which was cast on shore alive at the village of Crovie, near
TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERAND. 309
Macduff, after a severe north-easterly gale in March, 1844. It
is thus described :—“ Length without the tail, which was wanting,
12 ft., greatest depth 12 in., greatest thickness 2? in. The dor-
sal fin was 24 in. in height, and extended from the back of the
head to a point near the tail. Rays in the dorsal fin, apart from
its anterior elongation on the head, 264. Filaments rising from
the head, 15 ; the longest measuring 27 inches. They were con-
nected at the base by a thin membrane, similar in consistency to
that which connects the rays of the dorsal fin, and are evidently
a continuation of that fin. The pectoral fin is 25 in. long, the
rays 12in. The ventrals consisted of two filaments 3 ft. in length.
They were fringed with a thin membrane on two sides, and had
evidently been broken. The head was 9 in. long from the point
of the lower jaw to the end of the operculum. The whole body
was covered with a delicate silvery white membrane, under which
appeared a series of tuberculated and smooth bands, extending
over the whole length of the body ; twelve of these bands occu-
pied the space above the lateral line. When the fish was in a
fresh state these bands did not appear distinctly, but when the
skin was taken off they appeared distinct enough. Behind the
pectoral fins appeared a few narrow dark bands extending across
the fish ; these were quite distinct when the fish was in a fresh
state, but the skin does not retain a trace of them. ‘The dorsal
fin had an orange tinge, and the lateral line extended along the
lower third of the body. The distance of the vent from the end
of the operculum was 46 inches.”
We agree at once with Mr. Yarrell in pronouncing this to be
the same species as the Cullercoats fish, and it is confirmatory of
our opinion that the crest was really a continuation of the dorsal
fin. This Scotch specimen, like the English ones, was caught in
the spring, and makes the eighth British example of this fish,
which is therefore not so extremely rare as has been supposed.
We observe that in the last Number of the “Annals,” Pro-
fessor J. Reid, of St. Andrews, has given a highly interesting des-
cription of what he believes to be the first British example of the
Deal fish, and we take the present opportunity of stating that
in the Newcastle Museum there is a specimen which was taken
at Newbiggen, on the Northumberland coast, June 18th, 1844.
310 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH.
This specimen is dft. 5in. long, and has Ift. maximum depth.
The body was of a silvery gray, and the dorsal fin and tail red.
Another example of the occurrence of the Deal Fish is given
by Mr. Charles St. John, in his Field Notes and Tour in Suther-
landshire.
The following description is quoted from that work :—“ Length,
3 ft. 6 in. ; depth, 7 in. ; greatest thickness, between half and
three-quarters of an inch ; colour, bright silver, with one very
thin crimson fin running the whole length of the back. The
tail very transparent, fan-shaped, and of a bright crimson. A
large flat eye and a small mouth, which the fish had a peculiar
power of elongating to a considerable extent.” We have seen a
very good coloured drawing of this individual by Mr. St. John,
and understand that it was taken alive, hooked through the back
by a common haddock hook.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES I. ann II.
PrareE I,
Fig. 1. Anterior portion of Gymuetrus Banksii, the jaws being slightly
protruded ; the dotted lines on the crest and ventral processes
represent these parts as they are believed to have been origi-
nally ; the continuous lines represent them as they were seen
by us.
Fig. 2. Outline of section of body at part of greatest thickness, showing
the relative depth and thickness.
Fig. 3. Outline of section of ditto, showing ditto ditto at three or four
inches from tail,
Fig. 4. Two of the radiated scale-like bodies from the silvery matter of
the skin.
Fig. 5. Different forms of blood-globules, some shown on edge.
Puate II.
Fig. 1. Side view of G. Banksii in outline. R
Fig. 2. Side view of ditto, abdomen Jaid open, showing the viscera
in situ: a, cesophagus ; ¢ c, czecal prolongation of stomach ;
e, pancreatic ceeca covering duodenum ; f, intestine ; g, anus ;
i, liver ; l, ovaria ; m, ureter,
Fig. 3. Pian of viscera removed from body : a, oesophagus ;
b, stomach ; cc, stomachic caecum ; d, pylorus ; ¢, pancreatic
ceeca surrounding duodenum ; f, intestine; g, anus; h, spleen ;
i, liver ; j, gall-bladder ; k, ductus communis choledochus ;
/, ovaria ; m, ureter ; n, vesical dilatation of ditto ; 0, kidney ;
p, supra-renal bodies.
(311)
ADDRESS TO THE MEMBERS OF THE TYNESIDE
NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB,
READ AT THE FOURTH ANNIVERSARY MEETING, HELD IN THE
COMMITTEE ROOM OF THE LITERARY AND PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,
NEWCASTLE, MARCH Ist, 1850, sy JOSHUA ALDER, Ese.,
PRESIDENT.
GentLEMEN,—At the conclusion of my year of office, and before
resigning the chair to which you did me the honour of electing
me at the last anniversary, it now becomes my duty to take a short
review of the proceedings of the Club during the past season.
In doing this, it is not my intention to enlarge upon the
advantages of the study for the advancement of which we are
associated,—a subject on which I hope we are all agreed,—but
rather to confine my remarks as much as possible to matters of a
practical nature.
Our meetings during the year have not, perhaps, left us any-
thing veryremarkable to record, but, at the same time, they may be
looked back upon with satisfaction, as having afforded us many
opportunities of instructive intercourse and enjoyment, while
rambling together over those pleasant tracts of country in which
they have been held. But although, excepting in one instance,
no great novelty has been met with during our excursions, yet I
hope to show that the year has not passed over without some
results, due to the exertions of individual members, which, em-
bodied in the Transactions of the Club, will afford a permanent
memorial of its usefulness.
In no country in Europe has so much been done for the ad-
vancement of local natural history as in Great Britain. Our
works on native species are more numerous and accurate,
especially in the zoological department, than those of our conti-
nental neighbours, while the great extent of our sea coasts gives
a variety to our natural productions which few other countries
VOL. I. Tt
312 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
can boast of. If, however, Great Britain stands pre-eminent in
this respect, I think I may say with safety that there is no part
of it in which the native productions have been more successfully
studied than in the district where we reside. A Flora of Nor-
thumberland and Durham by Mr. Winch, a Catalogue of the
Birds of Northumberland by Mr. Selby, and of the Zoophytes by
Dr. Johnston, together with many excellent papers on local
Geology, were published in the Transactions of the Natural
History Society. These, with the Catalogue of Coleopterous In-
sects by Messrs. Hardy and Bold, that of Mollusca by myself, and
of Permian Fossils by Mr. Howse, in the Transactions of this Club,
contain a large mass of information on our local natural history:
and, if we also take into account what has been done by our
neighbours of the Berwickshire club, there cannot, I think, be a
doubt that the indigenous Fauna and Flora have been more fully
investigated in this district than in any other portion of the
united kingdom. Nevertheless much still remains to be done.
The Fishes, the Crustacea, the Echinodermata, and many of the
lower tribes of marine animals remain yet to be investigated ;
and, as nearly twenty years have elapsed since the papers in the
Natural History Society’s Transactions were written, much ad-
ditional information can now be given on the subjects of which
they treat. It was therefore very properly determined by the
Club to publish a complete Fauna and Flora of the two counties,
of an uniform size and in an unexpensive form. The materials
are ample and we have among us naturalists fully competent to
the task. The chief difficulty is in the expense. We have al-
ready, unfortunately exceeded our means in that respect, but I
hope some plan may be adopted to lighten our present responsi-
bilities, and that with careful management, aided by the experi-
ence we have now acquired, we may be enabled to proceed in the
publication of our Catalogues, so that some portion at least may
appear during each year. The limited sale which works of a
merely local and scientific character can command, has been found
a great impediment to the carrying out of our plans. In the
hope of removing this in part, and under the impression that
many gentlemen of the two counties might, if the subject were
PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 313
named to them, be glad to place these local records in their
libraries, an appeal to them was determined upon at the last anni-
versary, which, I am sorry to say, has not been attended with the
success anticipated. It is gratifying, however, to know that the
number of our members is still gradually increasing, and that it
now amounts to one hundred and eleven.
Before quitting this subject, | may be allowed to recommend
to those members intrusted with the preparation of Catalogues,
to make out at once manuscript lists of those species they have
met with in each department, to be added to as opportunity offers,
thus forming a frame-work which will greatly facilitate their
future operations. All the members of the club may, indeed, occas-
sionally contribute something towards this object, if they will com-
municate anything rare or curious they may meet with to the
gentlemen preparing lists, or, what would keep up the general
interest more effectually, bring the specimens to our meetings for
exhibition. It may not be amiss also to remind you of a rule of
our club, by which itis enjoined that each of the members should
assist in forming a local collection to be placed in the Newcastle
Museum, by which the species published in the catalogues may be
identified, and the study of our local natural history further en-
couraged. By this means, too, scientific strangers might be able
to see at a glance the natural productions that our counties afford.
It is to be hoped that the Natural History Society may ere loug
be able to appropriate a particular part of the Museum for the
purpose, which would greatly assist in carrying out the project.
That society has now purchased the extensive herbarium of the
late Mr. Robertson, one of the most distinguished of our botanists,
which, when properly arranged for reference, will afford great
assistance in the study of our native plants.
The additions to our Fauna during the year have been con-
siderable. Dr. Embleton has lately procured from Stockton
specimens of the black rat, a native species now nearly extinct
in this part of the country. Some rare birds have also been
noticed. One of the rarest as well as the most beautiful of these
is the Bohemian Waxwing (Bombycilla garrulus) whose visits to
this country have hitherto been few and far-between, This
314 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
winter, however, it has made its appearance in considerable
numbers, driven probably from its usual continental haunts by
the severity of the season. Several individuals have been shot
on the banks of the Tyne, as well as in some other places in this
neighbourhood. Some birds not generally considered migratory
have likewise appeared in more than usual numbers this winter :
—of these may be mentioned the greater spotted Woodpecker and
the Kingfisher. Mr. John Hancock shot two specimens of the
Pigmy Curlew (Z'ringa sabarquata) out of a flock on Whitley
Sands in September last. Tengmalm’s Owl (Sirix Tengmalmi J,
another rare visitant, has also been met with: one occurred on
the coast north of Whitburn, and a second individual was shot
near Rothbury in April last. These specimens, which are male
and female, are now in the possession of Mr. John Hancock. A
young male bird of the Goshawk (Accipiter palumbarius) was
shot in Northumberland this year. The red Viper has been added
to the Northumberland Fauna by Mr. F. H. Salvin, who cap-
tured a specimen on Cheviot in October last. The specific
difference between this, which is supposed to be the Coluber chersea
of Linneus, and the common viper has not been satisfactorily
made out.
Another specimen of that remarkable fish, the Gymnetrus
Banksti, the account of which forms so conspicuous an ornament
of our last year’s Transactions, has lately occurred at Redcar, a
place so nearly within the limits of our district that it may not
inappropriately be mentioned here. It was alive when caught,
and measured 11 feet in length, somewhat less than the indivi-
dual got at Cullercoats, which in colour and markings it appears
to have closely resembled. It has been purchased for the British
Museum. A less conspicuous, though scarcely less rare British
fish, the Centrolophus pompilius, or Black Fish, was caught last
autumn at Cullercoats, and, happening to be there at the time, I
fortunately secured it for our Museum. The only British locality
hitherto recorded for this fish is the coast of Cornwall, on which
a few individuals have been obtained at rare intervals, amounting,
I believe, to no more than five since its first discovery in the time
of Borlaise, nearly 2 century ago. Its occurrence on this coast,
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 315
so far beyond its supposed geographical range, is therefore inter-
esting. One of those strange looking inhabitants of the ocean the
short Sun Fish (Orthagoriscus Mola) was caught at Cullercoats
last summer and brought up to Newcastle for exhibition by the
fishermen. It fortunately afterwards came into the hands of Dr.
Embleton for dissection, as did also a fine specimen of the Por-
beagle Shark (Lamna Cornubica) above eight feet long, caught at
Hauxley. ‘Two or three examples of this shark have occurred on
the Northumberland coast in the course of the autumn.
Among the Mollusca, the following rare species have been added
to our Fauna during the year. Bulla strigella, Rissoa vitrea, Pleu-
rotoma nebula, and Pleurotoma brachystoma ; also an undescribed
species of Odostomia, which I have named Odostomia conspicua.
These were all dredged off Whitburn. The employment of the
dredge on our coast, now for the first time successfully, leads to
the hope that many important additions to our Fauna may be
made in future years by this means ; as the dredge has now become
an essential auxiliary to the naturalist in exploring the wonders
of the deep.
An Ascidian new to the coast, Cynthia echinata, occurred to me
when at Whitburn in the summer, and I was so fortunate as to
meet with an undescribed species of the same family at Culler-.
coats in October last, which I have named Molgula siphonata.
Mr. Bold informs me that the last year has not been a favour-
able one for the labours of the entomologist. Owing perhaps to
the unwonted dryness and ungenial temperature of the early
months, the common Lepidoptera did not appear in any thing
like their usual numbers, and during the early summer, those
pests of the garden, the common white butterflies, were scarcely
to be seen. Towards autumn Mr. Bold noticed them rather more
frequently, and saw several patches of cabbages rendered useless
by hosts of the larvae of Wamestra Brassice. The same or a
nearly allied larva was in abundance on the halm of pease.
Coleoptera were certainly not in their usual quantity. Never-
theless Mr. Bold secured several new to our Fauna, and again
took Colymbetes dispar, described in the last part of the Club
Transactions.
316 PRESIDENT’s ADDRESS.
A curious little crab, Zurynome aspera, dredged by Mr. R.
Howse, off Whitburn is new to the coast, as is another small and
rather rare species, Hbalia Cranchit, got at the same time.
But the most interesting discovery in this department is that
of a burrowing Cirripede found at Cullercoats by Mr. Albany
Hancock. ‘This little creature forms a habitation by boring
into the substance of dead univalve shells, a habit until lately
unobserved in this tribe. The anatomy, too, of this animal
is curious, from its shewing a great deviation from the usual
form of the class, and an approach to the typical crustaceans. This
species, for which a new order and genus have had to be formed,
is called by Mr. Hancock, Alcyppe lampas.
The only Echinoderm met with new to the coast is the Syrin
Harveyt, got by Mr. Howse in one of the dredging expeditions
off Whitburn already mentioned. This species was first described
in Forbes’s ‘British Starfishes’ from specimens found at Teign-
mouth in Devonshire, the only habitat then known, and I am not
aware of its having been since met with until the present time.
In Zoophytes I have again the pleasure of alluding to the dis-
coveries of Mr. Albany Hancock. On the excursion to the
Northumberland lakes, two beautiful fresh-water zoophytes of
the order Bryozoa,—a Fredericella and a Paludicella,—were
got in Crag Lough by that gentleman. This success induced
him to pay two more visits to the same locality, during which in
that and Bromley Loughs, two additional species were found,
belonging to another genus, Plumatella, as well as a specimen or
two of what appeared to be a third Plwmatel/a, and an imperfect
specimen of an Alcyonella. With the exception of a Pluma-
tella found by Mr. Hogg ina rivulet near Stockton, and Alcyonella
stagnorum got by Mr. Embleton in a pond at Howick, none of the
freshwater Bryozoahad been previously observed in these counties.
Thegenus Paludicella is new to England. Mr. Hancock considers
ihree of the species undescribed, which he has named Plumatella
punctata, Plumatella Allmani, and Paludicella procumbens.
The other species found were Lredericella sultana and Alcyonella
stagnorum. Along with these novelties, a beautiful little flesh-
coloured Hydra, probably a variety of Hydra fusca, was found in
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 317
considerable abundance. In his microscopical investigation of
this species Mr. Hancock has succeeded in making out, more
completely than has been hitherto done, some important points
in the anatomy and development of this curious genus, the first
account of whose habits and properties, when given by Trembly,
appeared to the world like a romance. Mr. Hancock’s investi-
gations have been principally directed to its second or oviparous
mode of reproduction, the process of which he has satisfactorily
ascertained. He has been equally successful in making out the
character and mode of operation of the stinging apparatus with
which this little animal is supplied. This consists of minute
bodies embedded in the tentacles having a poison bag surmounted
by a tribarbed dart, which is capable of being ejected upon its
prey.
To complete the list in the zoological department, I may men-
tion that three species of polype-like animalcules, apparently new,
and uniting the Jnfusoria with the Campanularian zoophytes
more nearly than any yet known, were met with by myself during
the summer ; two of them, marine, on the shore at Whitburn, and
one from the freshwater of Crag Lake.
In Botany little novelty has turned up. The only plants new
to the counties are Ulex nanus, discovered by Mr. Daniel Oliver,
junior, near Staward Peel, and Myriophyllum alterniflorum, lately
found in Crag Lough by Mr. John Thompson. Potamogeton
rufescens, gathered by Mr. Storey in the same lake, may probably
be also considered new to our Flora. Some additional habitats
for the rarer plants will be found in the account of the field
meetings.
Mr. Tate’s researches on the polished and scratched surfaces of
rocks, viewed in connection with the boulder formation, shew that
geology has not been entirely neglected, The indications of im-
portant changes in our planet afforded by these surface deposits,
and the marks of violent action they have left, involve some of
the most curious problems in geology. They have until now been
little studied in our neighbourhood, but the communication read
at our last meeting, and ashort paper on a similar subject in the
318 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
4th Part of our Transactions by Mr. Loftus,* shew that a rich field
is still open for research even in the common deposits of stones
and mud, with which the surface of these counties is everywhere
covered.
It remains now to give a brief account of the meetings held
during the year ; in drawing up which I have occasionally availed
myself of the assistance afforded by the notes of our secretary
Mr. Storey.
The first field meeting took place on the 18th of May on the banks
of the Wansbeck above Morpeth. The weather at the time of
starting, and indeed during the day, being somewhat unfavourable
but few of the members attended. They assembled at Morpeth
station and strolled by the side of the Wansbeck as far as Mitford,
and after a pleasant ramble of several hours, in which a few
plants were collected, including Arabis hirsuta, Myrrhis odorata,
Arabis thaliana, and several ferns, they returned towards Mor-
peth. Two of the members, Mr. Storey and Mr. Burnet, in-
tending to search for Lguwisetum umbrosum, had proceeded by an
early train several miles to the northward of Morpeth. The
Equisetum referred to appears to have been first noticed in Nor-
thumberland, (only the second recorded English locality,) by Mr.
Joseph Sidebotham, who announced this interesting discovery in
the Phytologist for 1848. After walking three or four miles, they
had the good fortune to collect several specimens of this rare plant
on the banks of the Coquet near Felton ; but as the season was
somewhat advanced only two fertile stems were procured. By the
* Tt may be as well to notice here a small mistake in Mr. Loftus’s paper,
where he states that a block of porphyry observed by myself on the Lanchester
road near Sunnyside was similar to what is now found in the Cumberland
mountains. The boulder which I observed, nearly twenty years ago, was of
Cheviot porphyry, and consequently leads to a difterent inference as to the
direction of the current that brought it there.
I mentioned to Mr. Loftus my having observed at the same time among the
water-worn stones taken from the neighbouring fields and broken up to mend
the roads, more than one example of the Cumberland rocks, especially of the
epidotic porphyry of which the celebrated boulder stone of Borrowdale is
composed. This may have led to the mistake.
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 319
side of the same stream Hquisetum hyemale and LH. palustre were
likewise observed. These gentlemen afterwards joined the party
at dinner at Morpeth.
The second meeting was at Dipton and Devil’s water on the 8th
of June. On this occasion there was a better attendance of mem-
bers. Starting from the Hexham station, the party proceeded to
Dipton, or Deepdene, as I believe it was originally called: from
thence two or three of the members extended their walk by Dot-
land Park to Dukesfield, in search of Lysimachia vulgaris, which
had lately been observed to grow in that place. They fortunately
succeeded in obtaining the object of their search. The rest of the
party spent the morning very agreeably in following the down-
ward course of Dipton burn, through a romantic valley, varied
with bold rocks and overhanging woods. Some rare plants were
collected, particularly Veottia Nidus-avis and Melica nutans. A
few of the members, who had left Neweastle by a later train,
joined the others near Newbiggin, the seat of John Atkinson,
Ksq., beautifully situated near the junction of Dipton burn with
the Devil’s water. Those of the party who called at the house
were hospitably entertained by Mr. Atkinson at lunch. They
then proceeded up the-Devil’s water to Nunsbrough, a picturesque
spot, where the stream winds very circuituously through a prettily
wooded area surrounded by elevated banks so as to form a kind
of amphitheatre. Crossing the stream at this place, where many
of the stragglers of the party had united, they turned downwards
by the Devil’s water towards Dilston, but the approach of the
dinner hour, which after a long days ramble had considerable
attractions, especially to those who had not partaken of Mr. At-
kinson’s lunch, made it necessary to pass the ruins of the ancient
seat of the Ratcliffes with only a hasty glance. Seventeen sat
down to dinner at the Railway Inn, near Corbridge Station.
After dinner, notice of the discovery of a boring Cirripede, at
Cullercoats, by Mr. Albany Hancock, was read by the chairman ;
and a letter from the senior secretary, Mr. John Thornhill, who
had taken an active part in the organization of the club, an-~
nounced his intention of resigning in consequence of his inability
from want of sufficient leisure to attend to the duties of the
VOL. I. . vu
320 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
secretaryship. Four new members were elected :—Dr. De Mey of
Newcastle; Mr. Jefferson, Surgeon, Hexham; Mr. Herbert
Crawshay, and Mr. Edmund Crawshay of Gateshead. The day
though not bright was, upon the whole, tolerably favourable, and
most of the party appeared highly pleased with the excursion.
Several good plants were collected, but, excepting those already
mentioned, perhaps none are particularly worthy of record. The
country travelled over is rich in the beautiful tribe of Orchidaces ;
eight different species of which were gathered during the day.
The third meeting took place on the 22nd of June. The tract
of country selected for the excursion included Hawthorn and
Horden Denes ; but in consequence of the distance of these denes
from the nearest railway station and from each other, it was found
impossible to include them within the limits of a day’s excursion.
Hordon dene was therefore the only one visited. The usual
magnesian limestone plants were gathered, including some of the
rarer of the Orchis tribe ; Hpipactis ensifolia was got in fine flower,
and the Fly Orchis, Ophrys muscifera, was also obtained. The
beautiful Primula farinosa was found growing in such profusion
in one spot near Hasington, as to colour the ground with its lilac
flowers. A few of the members visited the old hall at Horden to
examine the ancient staircase and other antiquities of the interior.
After a long day’s ramble the party eventually dined together at
the Bridge Inn, Bishopwearmouth.
The fourth meeting was at the Northumberland lakes on the
20th of July. Bardon Mill was the place of rendezvous, and the
muster was tolerably good, notwithstanding the rather unpromi-
sing appearance of the morning. ‘The day, however, proved fine,
with the exception of a few slight showers. The party, two or
three of whom breakfasted at the village inn, pursued the devious
footing of a rustic track through the valley of Bardon Burn to
Chesterholme. The wooded sides of the valley afforded one or two
good plants to the botanists, the most attractive of which was the
pretty Pyrola minor. Crepis succisefolia and Orobanche major
were likewise gathered. At Chesterholme the numerous well-
preserved antiquities obtained from the neighbouring station
attracted much attention. After exploring the remains of the
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 321
Roman station of Vindolana, the party crossed the country to the
old military road, in the vicinity of which are the little moorland
lakes, or loughs, as they are provincially called, that were to form
the boundary of the day’s excursion. These Loughs, situated in
a wild district unadorned with wood, possess little picturesque,
beauty, with the exception of Crag Lough, a small sheet of water
lying beneath fine basaltic cliffs, formed by the whin-sill, which
here rises into a range of hills crossing the country in a direction
nearly east and west, and presenting a bold escarpment to the
north. These hills give a striking character to the surrounding
scene, and are well known to the antiquary from the circum-
stance of the celebrated Roman wall passing along their summits.
A few of the members explored the northern shore of Crag Lough,
where Mr. Storey gathered Polamogeton rufescens, P. perfoliatus
and P. pectinatus: the remainder pursued the line of the Roman
wall over the top of the crags, descending to the lake at the east
end, where some of the more assiduous naturalists commenced
turning over the loose stones at the water’s edge. This search
was rewarded by the discovery of two beautiful fresh-water
zoophytes, new to the north of England, which, as before recorded,
were obtained by Mr. Albany Hancock. A few freshwater shells
were observed, among which were Physa fontinalis, Planorbis
albus, and Ancylus lacustris ; these were all of small size, ap-
parently dwarfed by their exposure in this elevated situation,
A searce little bivalve, Pisidium nitidum, was.also found. Brom-
ley Lough was only reached by two of the botanists, Mr. Storey,
and Mr. Daniel Oliver, intent upon obtaining ‘the glory of this
barren waste’, the beautiful white water lily, Vymphca alba, which
here grows truly wild. Scutellaria galericulata was likewise
found, growing upon the margin of this lake.
Again following the line of the Roman wall, whose preservation
in so perfect a state called forth the admiration of those gentlemen
who had not previously seen it in this locality, the party passed
along the cliffs as far as the great Roman station of Housesteads,
the ancient Borcovicus, where some time was spent in examining
the extensive remains. From hence the party, well pleased with
the events of the day, made the best of their way to Haydon
322 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
Bridge, where an excellent dinner was provided at the Anchor
Inn. This was rather hastily dispatched to save the evening
train to Newcastle.
On occasion of the fifth meeting, the club again turned their
steps westward, selecting a tract of country a little beyond that
of the previous meeting. In consequence of the unsettled state
of the weather the attendance was thin. The members assembled
at Haltwhistle station ; whence the walk led to Wall Town Crags,
a favourite locality of the botanist on account of the rare plants
that here grow on the basaltic rocks. The plants of this locality,
which had been visited by the club on a former occasion, are so
well known that it is unnecessary here to enumerate them. The
remainder of the day was spent in traversing the wild and un-
dulating country towards Gilsland. During this walk and on
the banks of the Irthing the following plants were obtained.
Saxifraga aizoides, Galium boreale, Hieracium boreale, H.umbella-
tum, Vicia sylvatica, Potamogeton gramineus, P. pusillus, and As-
plenium viride. A heavy storm of rain, accompanied with thun-
der and lightning, came on in the afternoon and dispersed the
party, some of whom got very much wet. Only six members, in-
eluding three who had gone to Gilsland by a later train, assembled
at Greenhead to dinner. The secretary announced a paper on the
freshwater polypes got at the previous meeting by Mr. Albany
Hancock, but want of time prevented its being read.
The last field meeting of the season,—an extra one,—took
place on the 7th of September, at Ryhope. Again an unfayour-
able state of the weather prevented a large assemblage. The
members from Newcastle were joined at Sunderland by a few of
those residing in that town. The walk chosen led over Tunstall
Hill, commanding one of the most extensive prospects in the
neighbourhood. The view of Sunderland and the surrounding
country, with a wide expanse of sea beyond, was very fine. Some
good fossils are obtained on this hill, but on the present occasion,
time did not allow of a search being made for them. Thence the
route lay through Tunstal Hope to Ryhope. After resting a
while at this village, the party proceeded to Ryhope Dene, and
passed through this romantic little valley to the sea coast. Here
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 320
they divided: some going forward by the sands to Seaham Har-
bour, while two or three, less disposed for walking, remained to
explore the rocks at low tide. The shore on this part did not
afford much worthy of notice, but an elegant and delicate little
zoophyte of the genus Plumularia was found clothing the under
side of shelving rocks near low-water mark. It proved to be a
curious variety of P. pinnata with the ova-vesicles attached to the
creeping root-fibres, which had not before been observed on this
coast, where the species is usually found in deep water. Dr.
Johnston informs me that he has‘received the same variety from
Devonshire. Mr. John Storey, jun., one of the party who had
remained behind, took some beautiful sketches of the coast
scenery, which is here rendered picturesque by the varied forms
assumed by the magnesian limestone rocks. A few land shells
were collected in Ryhope Dene, but owing to the lateness of the
season few plants were observed. Scolopendrium vulgare grows to
a large size in this dene. A frond of one of the specimens collec-
ted measured from the base to the apex, after being dried, above
19} inches. The party united again at Ryhope and returned by
railway to Sunderland, where they examined the extensive ex-
cavations of the magnesian limestone for the docks now in
progress, and afterwards dined together in Bishopwearmouth.
An evening meeting for the reading of papers was held in the
Rooms of the Natural History Society in Newcastle, on the 12th of
December. A considerable number of members and their friends,
including some ladies, assembled in the Museum, which was bril-
liantly lighted with gas. Numerous beautifully dried and moun-
ted specimens of flowering plants, collected at the field meetings
by Mr. Daniel Oliver, jun., were displayed on the tables ; as were
also a series of forty exquisite prints in chromo-lithography, being
the proof plates of a work about to be published on the Cephalo-
poda, or Cuttle Fishes, of the Mediterranean, by M. Verany of
Genoa: accompanying these, specimens of the animals in spirits
were exhibited, particularly that of the Argonauta Argo, or
Paper Nautilus, about which there has been so much controversy
among naturalists. Many illustrated works on Natural History,
belonging to the Literary and Philosophical Society, were also
324 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
laid on the tables. The company having adjourned to the com-
mittee room, two short papers,—‘ Additions to the Mollusca of
Northumberland and Durham’, and an ‘Account of three new
species of Animalcules,—were read by the president, the former
illustrated by specimens. The next paper was by Mr. Carr of
Dunstan Hill, ‘On the composite names of places, of Anglo-saxon
derivation, chiefly in Northumberland.’ In the unavoidable ab-
sence of Mr. Carr, this interesting paper was read by the secretary
Mr. Storey. Mr. Tate of Alnwick followed with a paper ‘On
polished and scratched Rocks, viewed in connection with the
Northumbrian boulder Formation,’ which was listened to with
great attention. ‘Notes on a species of Hydra found in the
Northumberland lakes, and extracts of an elaborate paper (which
time would not allow of being read entire) ‘On the Anatomy of
the Fresh-water Bryozoa, with descriptions of three new species,’
by Mr. Albany Hancock, were read by the secretary. Mr. Wailes,
in conclusion, called the attention of the meeting to the splendid
coloured plates of Bateman’s ‘Orchidacee of Mexico and Guata-
mala,’ a copy of which he had kindly sent for inspection, to-
gether with another beautiful work, Hooker’s ‘Rhododendrons of
the Sikkim Himalaya.’ The company afterwards returned to the
Museum, where tea and coffee were provided, and the evening
concluded with conversation and a further inspection of the
various objects of attraction there displayed.
In reviewing the meetings of the season, a few remarks suggest
themselves. It is to be regretted that our field meetings have
been rather thinly attended, but this, no doubt, arose from the
unfavourable state of the weather at the times when they were
held ; for on no occasion have we been favoured with a thoroughly
fine day. We may hope to be more fortunate in the ensuing
season. The practice of breakfasting together at the field meet-
ings has been discontinued on economical considerations, and for
the purpose of affording an opportunity to a greater number,
especially among the younger members to whom expense may be .
a consideration, of joining in our excursions. To those who pre-
fer comfort to economy, the option of breakfasting en route is still
open ; and, when a very early hour of starting is fixed upon, a
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 325
subsequent breakfast may not be unacceptable. I would, how-
ever, suggest that on those occasions an earlier dinner hour should
be fixed upon. It has also appeared to me that the tract of
country laid out for the day’s excursion has been occasionally too
extensive, and that a shorter walk, in which the country might
be examined more at leisure, would be desirable. I regret also
that the practice of reading short papers after dinner has been so
nearly discontinued. This has been principally occasioned by
the length of the excursion and the late dinner hour not allowing
time for the purpose.
By a rule of our club, it was proposed to unite the pursuit of
antiquities with that of natural history in our field excursions ;
and it is therefore to be desired that the antiquaries of the dis-
trict would more frequently join us on these occasions. The year
now passed has been rendered memorable among the antiquaries
of the north by a field excursion on a large scale——I allude to
the pilgrimage along the line of the Roman wall, got up by Mr.
Bruce,—in which some of our members joined. It may, however,
be worthy of the consideration of those antiquaries who are
members of our club, whether its meetings might not be made
more available than hitherto for furthering the objects of their
pursuit. Mr. Carr has set an example of communications on an~-
tiquarian subjects, which we may hope that other members will
be induced to follow.
Very favourable notices of our Transactions have lately appeared
in the Atheneum, the Literary Gazette, and the Botanical Gazette.
It is encouraging to receive the meed of applause from such quar-
ters. ‘We wonder,’ says the latter periodical, ‘that the success
of this club has not caused similar associations to be formed in
other parts of the country: if natural history had not hitherto
been so wholly neglected in our educational systems, we should
have one in every county town. May the next generation be
more fortunate, and may the Tyneside Club endure until it finds
itself a patriarch among Naturalists’ Field Clubs.’ A wish in which
our members will no doubt heartily join.
Although this address has extended beyond the limits I at first
intended, I am unwilling to conclude without saying a few words
326 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
with respect to the mode and spirit in which natural history
should be pursued. To search out nature’s treasures in the woods
and fields is a rational, a healthful, and a pleasant pursuit, but
the naturalist who confines himself to the collecting and naming
of specimens only, losed one half the pleasure and instruction
which it is calculated to impart. The works of nature can never
be rightly understood without an examination of the structure of
the plants and animals he collects. Their habits, their uses, and
the beautiful adaptation of their organs to the functions they have
to perform, afford a highly interesting enquiry, and, if the micros-
cope be used, a still more wonderful and elaborate organization
is revealed, extending even beyond the limits which our instru-
ments can reach. In this way only can we truly appreciate the
works of nature, and perceive how infinitely they surpass the rude
efforts of human skill. Nor need we go far for examples, for
rarity is not an element in this investigation ;
*‘ Not a tree,
A plant, a leaf, a blossom, but contains
A folio volume. We may read, and read,
And read again, and still find something new,
Something to please and something to instruct,
E’en in the noisome weed.’’
Messrs. Hardy and Bold presented the second part of their
valuable ‘Catalogue of the Insects of Northumberland and
Durham.’
Mr. John Hare, Newcastle; Mr. EH. C. Robson, and Mr. Joseph
Spence, Sunderland ; Mr. George Armstrong, Fawdon ; the Rev.
George Hunt Smyttan, Charlton Hall, Eglingham ; and the Rev.
J. B. Leefe, Cresswell, were elected members.
The days and places for the Field Meetings were fixed as
under :—
17 ie) Raa cpap oes ccron ora Stanley Burn.
VA Tiere Se naa seein Staward Peel.
ic HM orecanocddouodhs soodnwe Northumberland Lakes.
PAO HNO). GaereRoannebacoo soon Holy Island.
16th Arigust ee a Te Fourstones and Wark.
Qt Sepre bers Wess cas seerseee Hartlepool.
MR. A. HANCOCK ON A BURROWING BARNACLE, ETC. 327
The following officers were elected for the ensuing year :-—
PRESIDENT.
Dennis Empieton, M. D.
VICH-PRESIDENTS.
Mr. Witir1am KeEtt.
Mr. Joun THompson.
Rev. G. Cooper Axess, B. A.
TREASURER.
Mr. Tuomas Burnet.
SECRETARY.
Joun Storey, F. B.S. E.
COMMITTEE.
Mr. G. C. ArKinson. Mr. Josuua ALDER.
Mr. Ratpu Carr. Mr. Arpany Hancock.
Mr. Grorce WAILEs. Mr. Ricuarp Howss.
Narited= Bop: Mr. R. Y. Green.
Rey. J. F. Brae, M. A. Mr. J. H. Fryer.
Mr. E. P. Tompson. Mr. D. Outver, Jun.
XII.—WNotice of the Occurrence, on the British Coast, of a Bur-
rowing Barnacle belonging to a new Order of the Class
Cirripedia. By AtBany Hancock, Esq.
{Read at the Second Field Meeting, June 8, 1849.]
I HAVE recently procured a very curious little animal belonging
to the class Cirripedia, interesting not only on account of its
modification of form, but also from its habit of burying itself in
the substance of dead shells. The first individuals obtained
were concealed in a broken specimen of Fusus antiquus procured
by the Rev. G. C. Abbes, from the fishing boats at Whitburn, in
the county of Durham, and fortunately preserved on account of
VOL. I. vv
328 MR. A. HANCOCK ON A BURROWING BARNACLE
the fine specimens of Cliona gorgonioides which it contained.
Since then, I have got this Cirripede alive from the boats at Cul-
lercoats, also in Fusus antiguus: it has likewise occurred in Buc-
cinum undatum, from the same locality. And on breaking an
old specimen of the former, which has been many years in my
collection, it was found to have been extensively attacked by this
novel parasite. Indeed almost every dead specimen of the large
fusus, brought in by the fishermen, from deep water, is more or
less affected by it; and the only wonder is that it should have
remained so long undetected. This perhaps may be explained
by the fact that this animal only attacks dead shells, and always,
so far as I have yet observed, from the inside, so that it is
scarcely to be seen until the shell is broken. The columella is
the chief seat of the ravages of this creature, though the sides of
the whorls do not by any means escape, especially if the indi-
viduals are numerous. When quite young they enter the sound
shell, and as they grow, enlarge their residence, which is always
of the exact size and form of the tenant.
It is interesting to remark how completely this animal, toge-
ther with Cliona, destroys the shells of the larger mollusks of
our coast. Cliona enters by the outer surface of the living shell,
and rapidly spreads over the whorls; but it is not, until after
death, that the inner surface becomes much affected by it. Then
this Cirripede commences its ravages on the columella, which it
soon deprives of more than half its substance, and afterwards so
reduces it and the inner surface of the whorls, that this once
secure retreat of the mollusk, losing all power to resist external
forces, speedily becomes a crumbling ruin.
Little is to be seen externally,—a small slit in the shell or
matrix marks the position of the head. This slit, which is one-
eighth of an inch long, is rounded and gradually enlarged towards
one end, and tapers to a tolerably fine point at the other, which
is generally a little bent. At this extremity the shell is mostly
stained of a reddish hue—the stain being well-defined and of an
ovate or fan-like form, increasing in size for about zths of an
inch backwards, and having a few pale radiating lines, which
converge towards the slit; on these lines there are a few minute
BELONGING TO A NEW ORDER OF THE CLASS CIRRIPEDIA. 329
punctures irregularly distributed; but whether for functional
purposes, or merely accidentally resulting from the close approxi-
mation of the animal to the surface, could not be determined :
they are not unfrequently partially closed up with calcareous
matter.
The stain is caused by the animal appearing through, which
lies immediately below the surface of the matrix. This must be
broken before the animal can be removed, and then it is found
to be «:ths of an inch long, and ysths of an inch wide at the
broadest part, of an irregular ovate form, considerably depressed
behind, where it expands into a broad circular disc; and narrow
and compressed in front, forming a sort of produced neck or head
with a longitudinal slit on the upper surface ;—the general form
resembling considerably, a Roman lamp, the slit representing the
orifice for the passage of the wick. The produced portion, or
head, corresponds to the valvular part of the pedunculate Cirri-
pede, and contains the body and arms or feet,—the slit being
analogous to the usual opening for the passage of these prehen-
sile organs: there, are, however, no shelly plates whatever, the
mantle being soft, fleshy and highly contractile, having the sur-
face distinctly marked with fine longitudinal muscular fibres
below; this part arches deeply into the matrix, and joins, rather
abruptly, the under surface of the depressed disc-like portion of
the animal, considerably behind the posterior end of the longi-
tudinal slit. The margins of this slit are perfectly straight,
thickened, and have somewhat the appearance of horn, but can-
not be considered as forming distinct plates, though they com-
pose, as it were, two valvular lips, which can be closed or opened
at the will of the animal; in front they gradually blend with the
mantle, behind, they are deeply notched, and each terminates in
a projecting, slightly curved point. The external surface of
these valvular lips, is furnished with numerous, minute, irregu-
larly disposed, rather stout, curved spines, very transparent and
of a crystalline appearance. ‘The circular depressed, disc-like
portion of the animal, corresponding to the pedicle of the pedun-
culate Barnacles, is slightly arched below, where it is pale, soft,
fleshy, and as highly contractile as the anterior portion or head:
330 MR. A. HANCOCK ON A BURROWING BARNACLE
the upper surface is flat, and has in the centre a broadly ovate,
horny plate, most distinct in old individuals, but never entirely
covering the part, the margins always extending beyond it. This
plate is of a reddish horn-colour, and is generally furnished with
a few indistinct radiating ridges and tubercles, corresponding to
the radiating lines and punctures seen on the surface of the matrix.
The animal, as before stated, lies immediately below the sur-
face of the matrix, and is entirely free, except at a point just
behind the slit, and in front of the horny plate, where there is a
strong muscular attachment to the upper wall of the chamber.
The longitudinal opening of the animal, corresponds to the slit
on the surface of the matrix: this opening is kept pretty accu-
rately plugged by the thickened valvular lips of the animal, ex-
cept when it is in watch for its prey, at which time a slight
opening in front permits the passage of the prehensile arms.
These occupy the same position within the head or neck, as they
do in the valvular part of the pedunculate Cirripedes, being
placed immediately in front of the mouth. They differ however
considerably from those of all other Cirripedes. The arms of this
animal are only six in number; they are short and set ina circle
on the extremity of a soft, fleshy, cylindrical pedicle, which is
undoubtedly a prolongation of the true body of the animal ; the
circle opens a little behind, in the direction of the mouth. The
arms are each composed of three articulations, the first or lowest
being much the longest, the last the shortest ; they are all fur-
nished with a few hairs on the margins and extremities: the four
arms next the mouth, have attached to their inner margins at the
junction of the first and second articulations, an oval cushion-
like body placed longitudinally, and wrinkled transversely, most
probably for the purpose of prehension. Immediately behind the
arms, projects a large conical body, containing the mouth, which
is placed near the base in front towards the circle of arms. The
greater portion of this body is composed of the upper lip, which
differs considerably from that of the other Cirripedes. In this it
is delicate and horny, being enormously developed and sur-
mounted by a sort of rostrum, which projects upwards and for-
wards, and terminates in a slightly produced obtuse point ; the
BELONGING TO A NEW ORDER OF THE CLASS CIRRIPEDIA. 351
dorsal margin is carinated and minutely denticulated. There
are three pairs of mandibles, as in the other Cirripedes: the outer
pair are each apparently composed of three articulations, the
third or terminal one being much compressed, forming an irre-
gular oval plate, with the upper end terminating in a tooth-like
process curved inwards: the two other articulations are much
narrower, but on account of their minuteness and delicacy, their
form could not be determined with accuracy. Only two articu-
lations were observed in the second pair of mandibles; the inner
or first articulation, is long, thin and straight, with the extremi-
ties enlarged, and of an irregular form; the outer or second joint
is very similar to that of the outer pair; it is however provided
with two incurved teeth or spine-like processes, at the upper ex-
tremity. The innermost or third pair of mandibles are rather
wide, squarish plates, with three or four stoutish hairs on their
upper margin.
At each side of the mouth, there is a stout arm or palp which
stands erect and reaches a little above the ridge of the rostrum ;
the anterior margin of these arms is a little convex, the posterior
a little concave; and they are furnished with stout, rather soft
pincers about half the length of the arm, covered with numerous
long hairs: at the root of the pincers there is an articulation, so
that they can be either bent forward or carried erect ; there is
also apparently an imperfect joint at the point where the arm
joins the side of the mouth; but this could not be determined
with certainty, as the horny membrane of the limb is so delicate
that it is impossible to say whether the occasional flexure at this
part, is owing to its flexibility or to an articulation. It is diffi-
cult to say whether these arms represent what Dr. Martin-Saint-
Ange names the jaw-feet in the pedunculate Cirripedes, or the
two minute processes that are closely attached to the sides of the
mouth, in these animals, and which are considered palps by some
writers. They seem to occupy the place of the latter, though
from their form, they have much the appearance of rudimentary
anterior feet of the higher Crustacea.
On each side of the rostrum, extending backwards, and a little
way below the carinated ridge, there is a series of rather close-set
332 MR. A. HANCOCK ON A BURROWING BARNACLE
transverse plates or hairs which taper towards their points, and
are stout at their origin, where they are slightly bifid, and exhibit
for some distance upwards, the appearance of two channels. There
can be little doubt that these organs are for branchial purposes.
The chamber in which the animal is lodged, is partially lined
with calcareous matter secreted by the tenant ; this lining is very
thin, and principally confined to the side walls of that part in
which the anterior portion of the animal is lodged: here the
lining gradually thickens as it approaches the margins of the slit,
and passes a little beyond them, particularly towards its poste-
rior termination. On looking down upon the slit, this shelly
lining is seen distinctly projecting inwards from the margins, and
exhibiting two or three longitudinal ridges marking periods of
‘growth, narrowing the opening backwards as the increase of the
animal requires the advancement of the aperture in front. Shelly
granules may also occasionally be seen filling up the curved pos-
terior extremity of the slit.
Notwithstanding the abundance of this animal, I have not yet
been able to investigate the internal anatomy, many specimens
having necessarily been destroyed in making the external exami-
nations, and others suffered in attempts to remove them from
their abode. This important part of the description must there-
fore for the present, be left almost untouched.
The cloak below is free for a considerable way backwards ;
above, immediately behind the slit, it is united in front with the
true body of the animal, and behind, where the broad disc-like
expansion is covered with the horny plate, it blends with a
thickish layer of parenchymatous matter. The stomach is long
and narrow, and passing downwards and backwards from the
mouth, bends rather suddenly forwards, and gradually tapering
is continued into the cylindrical, fleshy pedicle which supports
the arms, near to which it probably terminates. No caudal
prolongation of this part was observed similar to that which is
common to all the other Cirripedes; the generative organs are
therefore probably modified in this animal.
Adhering to the parenchymatous matter, beneath the horny
plate, the eggs are found spread out into a leaf-like expansion
BELONGING TO A NEW ORDER OF THE CLASS CIRRIPEDIA. 3930
co-extensive with this part of the animal; but whether or not
this is really the ovarium could not be determined. It may be
that the eggs have reached this position in some such way as
they are supposed, by certain writers, to arrive in the pedicle of
the pedunculate Barnacles. However, in this animal it is cer-
tain that the ova are never arranged in lamine, at the base of
the arms as in the other Cirripedes; but that they are hatched
in the position in which they have just been described. Of this
I have had ocular proof.
In the early stages of development, the eggs are of a yellow
ochre colour, and the yolk is round and much smaller than the
shell; the yolk gradually assumes an elliptical form, and soon
fills the shell, it afterwards becomes a little flattened on one side,
and by-and-by, three processes develope themselves from this
part ; these processes are the rudimentary arms: about this time
a black spot, the eye, makes its appearance towards one end, and
at the other the tail is seen to be forming; afterwards these parts
enlarge, and gradually put on their perfect forms, while the ege
mass assumes a full rose-colour.
On examining an individual in which the eggs had been ex-
posed, they were all found to be in a high state of development ;
on applying a powerful lens, I was delighted to find that nearly
all the little creatures were alive, and most of them struggling
for liberty. I soon had the satisfaction to observe several dis-
engage themselves, and launch forth into the surrounding fluid—
free, natatory Crustaceans. In the course of a few hours nearly
the whole were hatched, and the wine glass in which they were,
exhibited a most animated scene. On holding it up to the light
they were quite visible to the unassisted eye, as white points; but
with the aid of a magnifying-glass, their motions could be accu-
rately observed, and they were seen to resemble some of the Hn-
tomostraca; their large single eye and general conformation
showing their relationship to the genus Cyclops. They hung, as
it were, suspended in the water, and every now and then dashed
rapidly upwards with a fluttering, jerking motion. They com-
‘menced their ascent with great abruptness, and as abruptly be-
came quiescent again ; and, once more hanging in the water,
334 MR. A. HANCOCK ON A BURROWING BARNACLE
were seen to descend slowly and gradually with their feet spread
out above, and their back downwards. They seldom or never
moved horizontally, their chief object apparently being to ascend
either perpendicularly or diagonally, and always in an inverted
position,
On placing a few of these minute beings under the microscope,
each was found to be provided with a tail, the body being ovate,
broad and depressed, having on the back an ovate shield tapering
a little backwards, and with a broad interrupted line of bright
rose colour towards the margins: it is to this line chiefly that
the general mass of eggs has a rosy hue, as they approach matu-
rity. The eye is large, and placed in the centre of the forehead ;
it is of a very deep rose colour, almost black in some lights. The
tail is more than half the length of the body, and passes from
below the shield, and appears to be composed of two or three
articulations: at first it is very stout ; but, rather suddenly nar-
rowing, tapers gradually to a tolerably fine point and arches up-
wards ; on the under surface, at the point of contraction, there
is a small curved spine. There are three pairs of natatory legs
placed well forwards, and indistinctly articulated ; the anterior
pair are simple and furnished with a few long sete, at their ex-
tremities ; the other two pairs are bifid, the anterior portion
being much the stouter, and marked with several indistinct
close-set articulations, towards the extremity; each articulation
bearing, on its posterior margin, a long seta: the posterior
branch of the limb is also furnished with set at its extremity.
On each side of the head, there is a stout process a little arched
backwards, with the point obtuse; these I am inclined to look
upon as antenne, for they appear to arise from the head beneath
the shield, though this could not be determined with certainty.
It is possible enough that they are lateral prolongations of the
shield, similar to the “ anterior horns ” of the larva of the pedun-
culate Cirripedes. Whether so or not, the larva of this new
animal may at once be distinguished from that of this division
of the Barnacles, by the absence of the long spine projecting from
the posterior margin of the shield. In other respects, it evidently
shows a strong general resemblance to the larva of these animals,
BELONGING TO A NEW ORDER OF THE CLASS CIRRIPEDIA. 330
The larva, then, as well as the characters of the animal itself,
proves it to be a true Cirripede, while, in the former we see a
confirmation of the relationship, shown by Thompson, to exist
between these creatures and the Crustaceans. Indeed this ani-
mal, in several particulars, exhibits a very close approximation
to them. The shape of the arms or palps, by the sides of the
mouth, resembles not a little the mandibles of the Nymphons, or
the anterior feet of some of the higher forms; and the horny
shield, overlying the expanded portion of the animal, gives some-
what the idea of a rudimentary carapace: the rostrated upper lip,
too, and setaceous branchie, have likewise a very crustacean
appearance. x
In these particulars, our new animal differs from the typical
Cirripedes; but not more than in general form, which is very
unlike that of either of the two great divisions of the class. The
prehensile arms or feet, too, are highly characteristic in this,
having, in fact, more the appearance of true feet than the cirri of
the other Cirripedes ; there are only six, or three pairs, while in
all the other Barnacles, there are double that number, or six pairs.
In our animal, the last, or terminal joint, is shortest, and is sim-
ple, having few, and comparatively short sete: the arms or feet
indeed appear to be merely prehensile organs, laying hold of prey
by the aid of the cushion-like swellings, before described as at-
tached to their inner margins.
The cirrigerous feet of the other Cirripedes, are also undoubt-
edly prehensile, but in a very different manner. In these, each
terminates in a pair of slender, much-elongated, and curled cirri,
composed of numerous, minute articulations, furnished with a
multitude of very long sete, arranged in double rows along the
surface next the mouth. These sete diverge, so that when the
cirri are spread out, the tips of the sete of the adjoining cirri cross
each other, making a very complete net, which the Cirripede is for
ever spreading out, and sweeping through the water in the direc-
tion of the mouth. Its prey is thus secured, and nothing can
escape that comes within the range of this simple and beautiful
apparatus. It is not then by currents produced by the cirri, as
usually asserted, that these creatures obtain their food; the feet
VOL. I. ww
336 MR. A. HANCOCK ON A BURROWING BARNACLE
form a prehensile net of the most efficient nature, and the only
currents produced result from its action.
In habit, too, this animal differs from all known Cirripedes ;
none, I believe, but this species bury themselves in hard calca-
reous bodies : some indeed partially conceal themselves in foreign
substances, and all may be said, in a certain sense, to be parasi-
tical. Z'ubicinella and Coronula are well known to sink deep into
the skin of whales; but, in both cases, the whole of the valvular,
or upper portion of the animal, is exposed; and as both are well
protected by their shells, it is evident that this habit is not for
defence, the object apparently being to avoid that resistance of
the surrounditig element, occasioned by the rapid movements of
this huge animal, and the consequent difficulty there would be
in maintaining their hold of its smooth, contractile surface.
Other genera, Prygona, Crusia and Acasta, are found concealed
in corals and sponges ; none of them, however, excavate: these
bodies simply grow round the Cirripede, and as it augments in
size, which it does by increasing upwards, so does the coral or
sponge advance withit. Lithotrya is the only genus of the class
that has been described as actually excavating a habitation in
hard calcareous bodies ; there is reason, however, to doubt the
fact, as we shall see, by carefully examining Mr. Sowerby’s own
figures in his ‘ Genera of Shells.’ This creature is a pedunculate
Cirripede, and is stated to have at “ the base of the peduncle, a
shelly appendage.” Forthe moment granting this to be true, it
is evident that the holes it occupies, if made by itself, can only
have been formed by either this appendage, or by the base of the
pedicle before the shelly appendage was secreted. But on refer-
ring to the figures just alluded to, it would appear that neither
hypothesis is correct. In one of these figures, there is very cor-
rectly delineated a couple of Serpule, adhering to the under sur-
face of the basal appendage. Now it is pretty clear, that were
this appendage used as a rasping surface, no Serpule could exist
as represented ; and were the excavations effected before the for-
mation of this appendage, it must necessarily partake of the
shape of the base of the newly-formed chamber to which it would
be closely adherent, as in the parallel case of Hipponya: it would
BELONGING TO A NEW ORDER OF THE CLASS CIRRIPEDIA. 337
therefore be physically impossible for Serpule to develope them-
selves on the under surface of such appendage. It is probable,
then, that the basal plate of Lithotrya, is nothing else but a
broken valve of either Clavagella, or of some small oyster that
has been growing in the deserted abode, most likely of Clavagella,
or perhaps of Lithodomus*.
Clitia verruca, which is unprovided with a shelly base, certainly
sinks slightly into the shells to which it adheres; but this cannot
be considered a burrowing Cirripede. 2
Emarginula fissura ........ Sood ob aoe Oc 5 3 or 4
Capulus/Elunivaricusy ¢...0 24-6 «else cele = 3 young.
ChitonyHanleyitewe sayacnn eee ee 1 =
CINETEUS AS viecpriecioc teen ek omen eee 2 .
Dentaliumientalish. cece eiorcene many. many.
Anomia cylindrica.........000....+ sieatoie - lor2
aculeatas Yow scisiseniac tas siasersisiels - Lor2.
Pectensticninus oer dene nea - a few valves.
maximus © 2 valves.
Similisy. re eitiec se teem - several valves.
opercularis.............:6 Brae es 1 or 2 odd valves.
INT CAYCATCISSAN SS eisncuclse Leh ere anes = a valve.
Nucula nucleus................ Hie Bete many. manye
iti ae he cats were sistent “ a valve.
CENUWIS Hs Sahin teens ahaha adetleeine 2or3 =
Modiola vulgaris ..... ata secssscoee | a few young. -
phascolinawy-recasc cies esis a few. a few.
TIPATY yale eae BE tect See TR IE 4 -
discrepans .......... pmbbioo o00d a few. -
IMALTMOLA Lar voslereehersietelelersioncierete ate 2 °
Crenella decussata,. 0000 v0.5 022002000 2 3 valves.
Cardium fasciatum .......ceeeseeceres many. manye
NOCOSUWI ac istelsartieiocdecnelelevevels > 2or3
ATCemisilinetaeacericieiesleiene terion eueteiete S a few.
Lucinopsis undata........ee+eeseeeeee-> | 2or3 small. -
WOME EES So n00000000000 0 ABODdeO Go é a few.
OV ACAI ateloicllonetenerelslaljererertcrcencorts a few. a fewe
ERE bb 6q600e00d0 060000000000 5 valves»
MR. ALDER ON THREE NEW SPECIES OF ANIMALCULES.
365
Alive. Dead.
Bullastravirginea\ss scl. ccs ssice vcles ceielse - 2or3
Cyprina Islandica..............66 ..... | afew young. valves.
Astate compressa ........e0-.ee a few. a fewe
Wanmoniseseeciesi cece - a valve.
(Wonaxtanatina eevee cient vietietstetes - a valves
Psammobia Ferroensis.........0..e+0-% - 2 or 3
tellinella = a valve.
Syndosmya prismatica........... - 2 or 3 valves.
alas steer eats sion seis wiattaachals - 1
IMactravellipticascnns scr «ssieiclecle a few. -
@rytodoniflexuosum ies... 21 /01e.2)a\s1-l0\e\eleie 2or3 a few.
Lepton convexum.... - several.
Kelliaisuborbicularis ..:.......06 00s ++ 2 a fewe
Montacutabidentata 5... .. elie. 1 wiclsieis'e - several.
ferruginosa.....,.- - several.
Newera cuspidata .. .2.. scsese sees ee aees 1 =
Corbulateibbawarrcieccncven cen euveulroctiet a few. a few.
MWhTacialCONVEXK Ase sieckecinccs cei smnalecis - broken valves.
villosiuscula.......... - a valve.
Cistorcarcmrtins cess siete - a valve.
Lyonsia Norvegica ... 3 -
EV iy axtEUN GALA et slel srers et stetslere slis aversteletorsdele itt 2 young. a few young.
Solen pellucidus 1 broken. -
SaxdcavaimugOsasmeiiesicrc/siicieieeisicieinieercisiets a few. several.
Relonaiaicorrucata, sec. sees ce eels meves er 2or3 e
XVI—An Account of three new Species of Animalcules.
By Josuva Atpsr, Esq.
[Read Wednesday, December 12th, 1849.]
WHILE examining a specimen of Sertularia pumila, taken from
the rocks at Whitburn, under the microscope, I was struck with
the appearance of what seemed to be a very minute parasitic
zoophyte, several specimens of which were attached to different
parts of the Sertularia.
366 MR. ALDER ON THREE NEW SPECIES OF ANIMALCULES.
The body was of a vase or cup form, expanded at the top
(fig. 1.), and set round with numerous pointed tentacles, abruptly
thickened towards the base, and forming more than one row:
they had very little motion, but were occa-
sionally bent forwards, and the whole were
sometimes slowly retracted. The body was
attached to the Sertularia by a tolerably
stout stem.
Other specimens of the Sertularia were
examined and found to have the same
parasite, which was itself infested by still
more minute parasitical bodies of the family
Lacillaria. In addition to the first species
of supposed zoophyte, another, rather
smaller, was also detected, (fig. 2). Its body was of an ovate form,
with a very slender and shortish stem: the tentacles were capitate,
or knobbed at the end, not so numerous as in the first species, and
placed in a single row round a narrow disk. Under the impres-
sion that these animals belonged to the class of zoophytes, I sent
drawings of them to my friend Dr. Johnston, who informed me
that they represented something with which he was not acquainted,
and that possibly I had got a new form of Campanularian zoophyte.
A more careful examination, however, of these delicate little crea-
tures, which were so minute as to be only just visible to the naked
eye, convinced me that their organization was much more simple
than is to be found in the true polypes, and that they must be
considered to belong to the class Infusoria. I afterwards found
both these species on Sertulariz at Cullercoats.
I have since met with another species of these polype-like
animalcules inhabiting fresh water, (fig. 3). It occurred in
Crag Lake, on the stem of the new species of Paludicella found
there, and somewhat resembles the smaller marine species already
described, but is perfectly distinct from it as its habitat would lead
us to expect. The body of this lacustrine species is pear-shaped,
or, perhaps, rather bell-shaped, with a distinct rim round the top,
and a single circle of delicate capitate feelers, which, as in the
former instances, were retractile. The stem was long and slender.
MR. HANCOCK ON THE FRESHWATER BRYOZOA, ETC. 367
The British Animalcules are very imperfectly understood. With
the exception of the beautiful tribe of Vorticelle, whose relationship
is very remote, there are not any published native species bearing
the least resemblance to those here described. The genus Acineta
of Ehrenberg comes nearest to them. Acineta mystacina, found
near Berlin, somewhat resembles our lacustrine species, but its form
appears to be much more simple, and the tentacles rise irregularly
from different parts of the body. It is probable, therefore, that
these animalcules are undescribed, and their discovery is not void
of interest, on account of their forming a more perfect lnk be-
tween the Infusoria and the Campanularian zoophytes than any
hitherto known.
The great class Infusoria, in its present form, includes a hete-
rogenous assemblage, which at some not very distant period must
be broken up ; and it will then probably be found that the infu-
sory animalcules contain the first rudimentary forms of nearly all
the invertebrate types.
XVII.—On the Anatomy of the Nreshwater Bryozoa, with de-
scriptions of three new species. By AuBany Hancoor, Hsq.
[Read Wednesday, December 12th, 1849.]
Durine a ramble made last July, in company with the Club
to the Northumberland lakes, | was fortunate enough to find two
or three species of Bryozoa. Since then I have revisited the
locality twice, and on each occasion additional species occurred.
Thus six or seven forms of these interesting animals have been
found to inhabit two of these lakes, namely, Bromley Lough and
Crag Lough. ‘Three of the species appear to be undescribed ;
these I propose to characterize towards the close of this commu-
nication, giving previously an account of the anatomy of the fresh-
water Bryozoa so far as I have been able to determine it.
Ad
368 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER
Amongst the known species was a fragment of Alcyonella, most
probably A. stagnorum ; but its characters could not be deter-
mined on account of the imperfection of the specimen. rederi-
cella sultana occurred abundantly, and of very luxuriant growth,
spreading over the under surface of stones in patches of three or
four inches’ extent. Of the new species, two belong to Plumatella
and one to Paludicella, a rare genus, of which there was but one
species previously known, and that, I believe, had been found only
in Ireland, and in two or three localities on the continent.
The anatomy of the freshwater Bryozoa had been very little
studied, on this side of the Channel, before Professor Allman took
up the subject, and he has handled it so well that little is left to
be done. Indeed so complete are the results of this naturalist,
that, perhaps, the publication of my own may appear almost un-
necessary. My investigations, however, carried on, as they have
been, perfectly independent of the researches of others, may not
be without some value even where novelty is wanting. Micro-
scopic investigations conducted by the aid of transmitted light
are liable to error. Frequent examinations in such cases are
therefore necessary, and observations independently prosecuted
are of peculiar value. Consequently, I do not hesitate to give
the result of my own labours on this subject, fraught as it is with
difficulty, not fearing to mislead in a path already so well trodden.
Of the anatomy of these animals I shall have to confine my-
self almost entirely to that of Plumatella, Fredericella and Palu-
dicella. Of Alcyonella I can say but little, having seen only an
imperfect specimen, and none of the other freshwater forms have
come under my notice,
Plumatella and Fredericella resemble each other very closely
in their anatomical structure, notwithstanding the external
difference of their polypes. Paludicella, however, shows some
very interesting modifications, particularly in the muscular sys-
tem: but before entering on the internal anatomy, it will be
necessary to examine the characters of the polypidom, and to
trace its relationship to the polype.
The polypidom of Plumatella Allmani, Pl. VI, figs. 3, 4 and
5, and of Fredericella sultana is tubular, branched and carinated
BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 369
on the upper surface ; the walls opaque, tough, and membranous,
inclining to horny. Those of the latter, when examined through
the microscope, exhibit a sort of dendritic structure; the divisions
or branches passing in an irregular spiral direction round the
tube, are flattened, and extensively anastomosing, form for the
most part a dense tissue, nowhere more open than just to display
the branched character. The walls of Plumatella do not in the
least exhibit this structure. In Paludicella the polypidom, fig. 2,
is likewise branched and tubular, but not carinated; it is mem-
branous or horny, and becomes enlarged and contracted at cer-
tain intervals, dividing the whole, as it were, into cells or com-
partments, the external surface being smooth and very glossy.
All these genera have the polypidom lined with a delicate
membrane—the tunic, Pl. IV. figs. 4 6, b & 5 k, and Pl. V.
fig. 1 6, which is attached only at certain points to the inner
surface of the external tube or cell-wall. This, in Plumatella and
Fredericella, becomes excessively delicate towards the orifice,
where it apparently blends with the tunic. But in Paludicella
the union at this point of the horny wall and tunic cannot be
mistaken, though the blending is so gradual that it is impossible
to say where one ends and the other begins. And when this
polype is exserted, there is a delicate membranous cup, Pl. V-
fig. 1 d, projecting upwards from the inner surface of the mouth
of the cell. This cup is the homologue of the circle of setz sur-
rounding the aperture of Bowerbankia and other marine genera.
In Paludicella, the tunic is sprinkled with large nucleated cells,
fig. 4 m, and at certain intervals bends abruptly inwards, figs. 1
and 2 wu, r, dividing the polypidom into cells at the points indi-
cated by the constrictions in the horny tube. Thus each polype
is isolated, is contained in fact within a distinct membranous
cell, the end-walls of which abut against the end-walls of the
adjoining cells. The divisions are therefore double, and being
of living membrane, and in contact, it is probable that all the
inhabitants of the polypidom are in some degree connected in
vital action. The end-walls are considerably thickened in the
centre, forming a bulb or boss projecting into the cell. The
polypes of Fredericella are not separated the one from the other,
370 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER
though a few divisions appear to exist at distant points. Thus it
would seem that groups of animals are associated together as it were
in one tube. Neither in Plumatella are the polypes separated.
The polype lies in the longitudinal axis of the cell, Plates ITI.
and V. figs. 2, 2, being provided with numerous muscles for pro-
trusion and retraction. It is held in its place principally by a
membranous tube—the tentacular sheath, Pl. III. fig. 2 m, x,
and Pl. V. fig. 2 d’, d’, which blends with the inverted lips of the
tunic, Pl. III. fig. 2 7, a little below the orifice of the cell, and
continuing downwards within the cell encloses the bundle of re-
tracted tentacles, and is attached round the tentacular disc a’.
Digestive System.—The organs of digestion, comprising nearly
the whole of the polype, float freely in the visceral cavity. The
entrance to the alimentary canal is furnished with tentacles,
Pl. III. fig. 1 6; these arise from a margin surrounding the oral
opening in two different fashions; in the one they form a com-
plete circle round the mouth, in the other they are arranged in
a crescentic manner, the limbs of the crescent being two arms,
Pl. IV. figs, 1, 2 & 3c, e& c, extending from the sides of the
mouth, fig. 3 a, having their bases confluent and with a row of
tentacles on their inner and outer margins. Paludicella and
Fredericella, Pl. V. fig. 1 f, and Pl. III. fig. 1 6, are examples
of the first mode of arrangement; and Plumatella, Pl. IV. figs. 1.
2 & 3, and Alcyonella of the second. In Paludicella the tenta .
cles, when spread out, form a very exact inverted cone, closely
resembling the shape they assume in some of the marine species.
The base or disc supporting the tentacles is not exactly circular
in Predericella,; in this genus it is a little flattened at the point
corresponding to the space between the oral arms in Plumatella;
and there is also a delicate transparent membrane, Pl. III fig. 1
c’, c, uniting the bases of the tentacles. In these respects Frede-
ricella shows an approximation to those with oral arms, or as it
is generally termed, a crescentic disc. In these there is always
a similar membrane, Pl. IV. figs. 1, 2&3, f&d, at the base
of the tentacles, and in all of them, as well as in /redericella,
this membrane is attached to the external surface of the tenta-
cles, and is much wider at the margin than the spaces between
BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 371
them, and, consequently, it bags out, giving to the upper portion
a flounced appearance, particularly in the latter, Pl. III. fig. 1 ¢.
The tentacles themselves, in all these genera, are rather stout
and linear with the end obtuse; they have the appearance of
being tubular, as have likewise the oral arms of Plumatella : the
tentacles are clothed with long cilia, which vibrate upwards on
one side, and downwards on the other, in the same manner as de-
scribed in the marine species ; and as in them, when the polype
is retracted, the tentacles are drawn down in an erect position,
having first been brought together into a compact linear bundle,
Pl. III. fig. 2 a, and Pl. V. fig. 2d. They do not appear to be at all
contractile, and in all the species are transparent and almost homo-
geneous in their structure. There can be little doubt that they
are not merely tentacles, but that they are likewise respiratory
organs: food is brought to the mouth by their ciliary currents,
‘and also by the action of the tentacles themselves, one or more
of which may frequently be seen bending suddenly inwards, and
securing such particles as come within their reach. They occa-
sionally act in concert in the capture of animalcules, by bringing
their tips together, thus forming, in those with a circular disc, a
very elegant oval cage, within which the imprisoned prey may
be seen for an instant or two dashing about, previously to passing
into the cesophagus or to liberation, which not unfrequently hap-
pens, the captive proving distasteful to the polype. The tentacles
then may be considered prehensile, labial, or oral appendages, not-
withstanding their respiratory function, and as such they area
portion of the alimentary system.
The oral orifice of Plumatella is semicircular, Pl. LV. fig. 3 a,
and protected by a strong, rounded, fleshy valve, 6, which, arising
from the side of the mouth at the point on the inner margin of
the cresent, where the two arms unite, projects upwards and
slightly overhangs the opening. This valve is completely under
the control of the animal, and can be made to act as a sort of
operculum, closing the orifice to prevent the admittance of food ;
or it can be used to force food into the pharynx. The mouth,
Pl. IIT. fig. 1 d, of Predericella is likewise semicircular, and is
also provided with a similar valve, e. It is immediately behind
372 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER
it that the tentacular disc is a little flattened, proving that this
point corresponds to the space between the arms in Plumatella ;
indeed, in some points of view, the angles formed by this flatten-
ing have not a little the appearance of rudimentary arms just
sprouting.
The cesophagus descends at once in a straight line from the
oral opening. In Fredericella, Pl. III. figs. 1 f & 2 6, it is rather
short and wide, and the walls, which are thick and fleshy, are
parallel throughout, except at the commencement, where they
are a little bulged, forming a sort cf pharynx which is lined with
vibratile cilia: the other extremity communicates with the
stomach by a distinct valvular orifice, Pl. III. figs. 1 g & 2e,
the cardiac, projecting downwards. The whole surface is covered
with minute circular cells resembling very much the peculiar
structure observed in the marine species, and pointed out by Dr.
Farre, in his valuable paper on the Marine Ascidian Polypes
published in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’ for 1837,
The stomach, figs. 1 2 & 2 d, is more than twice the length of
the cesophagus, tapering slightly downwards and truncate above ;
the lower extremity being obtuse: the walls, lke those of the
oesophagus, are thick and fleshy, and are covered with numerous,
minute, close-set cells of a glandular character. The pyloric
orifice is circular and well marked, and has the appearance of
being guarded by a sphincter muscle; it is likewise supplied
with vibratile cilia which extend some little way into the
stomach. This orifice is situated above, at one side and a little
below the cardiac opening. The intestine, figs. 1 & 2, %, ¢, is
straight, and a little longer than, and nearly as wide as, the
esophagus, with which it hes in contact, and to which it is
apparently attached ; the pyloric extremity is obtusely pointed,
and communicates by the side with the stomach ; from thence the
intestine tapers a little upwards towards the anal extremity,
which, turning outwards, passes through the tentacular sheath
just below its attachment to the disc supporting the tentacles,
and there terminates in an obtuse perforated point, figs. 1 & 2 7
& f, which can be either protruded or retracted, to a considerable
extent, at the will of the animal. The whole of the alimentary
BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 375
canal is highly irritable, particularly the esophagus and stomach,
in the walls of both of which, minute, transverse striz are dis-
tinctly visible, probably indicating the presence of muscles. The
stomach is perpetually in motion when the animal is displayed,
contracting in an undulating or vermicular manner from above
downwards. The contractions of the esophagus, too, are very
decided on receiving food, which for a second or two rests in the
enlargement, and is then hurried into the stomach with great
rapidity.
The alimentary canal of Plumatella and Alcyonella does not
vary in any important manner from that of /redericella. In the
two former, however, both the csophagus and stomach are
shorter than they are in the latter genus.
In all these genera no disturbance of the parts of the aliment-
ary canal takes place on the retraction of the polype : the animal
sinks into the cell with the csophagus, stomach and intestine
erect as they were when the tentacles were exserted and in full
play. Not so, however, in Paludicella, Pl. V, fig. 2; in this
genus the alimentary canal is doubled upon itself when the
polype is retracted ; and, moreover, the parts are somewhat
modified, approximating this form more closely to that of the
marine species.
When the animal of Paludicella is protruded, the cesophagus,
fig. 1 h, is observed to be long and slender, and to have a dis-
tinct pharyngeal dilatation at the commencement, where vibra-
tile cilia can be seen in vigorous action. It communicates with
the upper extremity of the stomach by a circular orifice, fig 2 f.
The stomach, fig. 1 2, is rather short, considerably enlarged above
and tapering to the inferior extremity, where it 1s rounded : the
walls are thick, and apparently filled with yellowish brown
coloured granules, probably hepatic as in the marine species.
The intestine, 7, arises from the superior extremity close behind
and a little above the cardia. The pyloric opening is well de-
fined and circular; soon after its origin the intestine is sud-
denly enlarged, forming an oval swelling, &, in which the feces
may be seen collecting ; it contracts above this swelling, and
continues afterwards for nearly its whole length of equal diame-
374 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER
ter; it passes upward in a straight line parallel with the ceso-
phagus, but unattached to it, and terminates in a rounded anal
extremity, 7, immediately below the base of the tentacles where
it perforates the tentacular sheath. The upper end of the
stomach, close to the pyloric orifice, is furnished with vibratile
cilia, and here the alimentary matters may be seen rapidly
rotating by their influence. The feces are formed into small
pellets, which, coming from the enlarged portion, pass up the
intestine and are expelled at the anal orifice. The whole of the
canal is as highly irritable as in the other species ; the stomach
undulating from above downwards in the same manner, and the
cesophagus is equally expert in transmitting food to the stomach.
But neither in Paludicella nor in the species before alluded to
does the pharyngeal swelling exhibit in any marked manner, the
sudden puffings and contractions so conspicuous in the marine
species, and noticed originally by Dr. Farre.
On retraction of the polype, the alimentary canal of Paludi-
cella is doubled upon itself in much the same way as in Bower-
bankia. The basal disc of the tentacles is then brought down as
far as the upper extremity of the stomach, and the consequence
is that the intestine, fig. 2 h, is doubled upon itself a little above
the enlargement, 7, and the cesophagus, e, is forced down by the
side of the stomach, g, and turning upwards again is bent into
the form of an 8.
Vascular System.—This appears to be entirely wanting in
these animals: a species of circulation nevertheless exists. I
have seen, on two or three occasions, a pretty regular flow of the
fluid in the visceral cavity of Pluwmatella and VFredericella.
Under ordinary circumstances no fluid can be recognized in this
cavity, from the apparent deficiency of blood-globules or corpus-
cles of any kind. Such however probably exist, but the thick-
ness and opacity of the cell-walls are sufficient to prevent the
detection of minute bodies of this nature. On the occasions
alluded to, some of the tissues of the animal appear to have been
ruptured, and small fragmentary particles, mingling with the
contained fluid, were perceived moving in certain directions. By
the aid of these particles, which were numerous and of various
BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 375
forms and sizes, it was easy to ascertain that the fluid which
bathes the polype circulates in a regular manner within the
cavity in which the viscera float. There can be no doubt that
this circulation is caused by the action of cilia which cover the
inner surface of the linmg membrane or tunic, and also clothe
the external wall of the retracted tentacular sheath. The cur-
rent flowed regularly and steadily; but when the floating
particles approached the surface of the tunic or tentacular sheath,
their motion became accelerated in a manner that sufficiently
evinced the presence of vibratile cilia. Those on the tunic
chiefly determined the direction of the current, which went
with great regularity up one side, crossed over at the top of the
cell, and then went down the other side ; it crossed again, in an
opposite direction, a little below the stomach, and so completed
the circuit. It was not difficult to ascertain that the cilia of the
tunic on one side of the cell vibrate upwards, on the other side
_ downwards ; and that all those, on the tentacular sheath, vibrate
upwards. On one side therefore the currents of the sheath and
tunic oppose each other ; and consequently an eddy was visible
near the top of the cell.
Tt is quite evident then that fluid circulates within the visceral
cavity. What is the nature of this circulation? Is it merely
respiratory, or is it nutritive? It can scarcely be considered an
aérating current, as there is no visible communication between
this cavity and the external water; and indeed if an orifice
exists, it must be minute and under the control of the animal,
or the protrusion of the polype could not be effected in the
manner to be afterwards described. It is more likely to be for
the purpose of nutrition,—standing, indeed, in the place of a
vascular system. The fluid must therefore hold in suspension
the products of digestion. These may be supposed to exude
through the walls of the intestinal canal, probably from the
enlarged portion of it in Paludicella, and perhaps also from the
upper portion of the stomach ; and passing into this circulation
will go at once to nourish the various organs of the animal, all
of which are bathed with this vivifying fluid, except the ten-
tacles, which we shall afterwards see, in all probability, receive
B3
376 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER
blood into their interior, for the purpose of aération. In this
way, too, we can understand the nourishment and growth of the
tunic and the maintenance of the buds (which germinate from it)
until they are able, by the aid of their own tentacles, to procure
food. In no other way can the development of these buds be so
easily explained. The membrane in which they take their origin
must either be supplied with the nutritive fluid in this way, or
by the agency of vessels; but none can be discovered either in
the tunic or elsewhere. The external cell-walls, whilst in a
growing state, must also be nourished by the tunic, which we
have seen is united to the external walls at the orifice of the cell.
The respiratory function we have stated to be exercised by the
tentacles, but there can be no doubt that all the exposed parts
will assist in aérating the blood. The tentacles are hollow, and
though I could not detect any fluid within them, it is probable
that the blood finds its way into their tubular cavities through
the basal dise ; and as they are clothed with strong vibratile cilia
which keep a constant flow of the oxygenating medium, over
their surfaces, they would appear well adapted for breathing
organs. It is, however, difficult to understand how the oxyge-=
nation of the blood goes on when the polype is retracted; for, at
this time, the orifice is completely closed by the folding in. of the
lips of the cell, and by muscles provided for the purpose. Pro-
fessor Allman has supposed that the tube retractors of Paludicella
exercise the function also of opening the aperture, when in this
state, for the purpose of admitting the surrounding fluid. But I
have seen nothing to warrant such supposition ; and indeed
the tentacles being then packed close together within the sheath,
the cilia cease to vibrate, and there is no room in which the
water can flow around them, even supposing an opening to be
so maintained. The tips of the tentacles, too, of Paludicella, and
of several of the marine species when retracted, are generally
bent down in a manner to forbid the flow of any fluid whatever
amongst them. It would therefore seem clear, that when not in
action the oxygenation of the blood must almost, if not entirely,
cease in these polypes, as 1t must do in most of the Mollusca
when closed up in their shelly armature. ae
fod
BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 317
Nervous System.—Some years ago Professor Allman discovered
a ganglion in these animals, and has more recently ascertained
the existence of nerves. I have also detected a large ganglion,
Pl. III. fig. 1 &, in Plumatella and Fredericella. It is situated
just below the entrance to the csophagus, on the external sur-
face, close to the base of the tentacles and just above the anal
orifice. It is therefore placed between the oral arms in Plwma-
tella, and in Fredericella at the corresponding point. In the
latter I have observed two or three nerves passing from the
ganglion upwards in the direction of the tentacles, and one
apparently going to embrace the oesophagus ; another that comes
from the lower extremity of the ganglion may also be seen pas-
sing downwards close to the esophagus. This is all I have been
able to make out respecting the nervous system, though
undoubtedly more is to be learnt. ©
Muscular System.—There are three distinct set of muscles in
Plumatella and Fredericella; one for the retraction of the
polype, another to assist in the act of protrusion, and the third
probably accessory in closing the orifice. The first and most
conspicuous set of muscles, the polype retractors, Pl. III. figs. 2 g,
g &4f, and Pl. IV. figs. 4 g & 5 7, 2, is divided into two equal
bundles, one passing on each side of the polype. These bundles
are composed of numerous, stout, isolated fibres, having their
origin in the walls of the cell a considerable way below the
retracted polype ; and passing upwards have their superior ex-
tremities inserted at the tentacular disc or base of the oral arms
and at the upper portion of the esophagus. There are also two
sunilar bundles of muscular fibres in Alcyonella, but in this
genus they have their origin at, or close to, the bottom of the cell.
When the animal of Plumatella is exserted, two or three of the
stoutest, Pl. III. fig. 4 g, of these fibres are seen to be attached on
each side further forward than the rest at the base of the oral
arms. Also in /redericella similar fibres are inserted at the
corresponding parts of the tentacular disc. These stout fibres
have their origin a little lower down the cell than the rest.
_The function of these two bundles of muscular fibres cannot
for a moment be mistaken: they are for the purpose of drawing
378 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER
the polype back into the cell ; and when it is so withdrawn, the
fibres of this, the most powerful muscle of the animal, may be
seen in a relaxed state and bent upon themselves in a loose un-.
dulating manner about the tentacular disc, and downwards to
their origin. The few strong fibres alluded to, undoubtedly
assist in the retraction of the polype; but are also apparently
the principal agents in rotating the head, so to speak, of the
polype when exserted.
The second set of muscles, Pl. III. figs. 1 & 2 m, h, is composed
of a circle of stout, isolated, radiating fibres, all placed in the
same horizontal plane, considerably apart from each other, and
attached by their outer extremities to the inner surface of the
tunic, some way below the opening; their inner extremities
converging towards the tentacular sheath, are attached to it
about one-third from its superior termination. Plwmatella has
fifteen or sixteen of these fibres, /redcricella about fourteen.
Their arrangement is perfectly symmetrical. They are for the
purpose of preventing the inversion of the whole of the tentacu-
lar sheath, on the protrusion of the polype; and thus to confine
the oral extremity within a convenient distance above the mouth
of the cell.
The true value of these muscles will be fully understood if we
refer to the marine genus Lowerbankia, in which they are
deficient, and of course the tentacular sheath can be completely
inverted, and accordingly the animal is enabled to reach toa
greater distance than it could otherwise have done. But an ap-
paratus of extraordinary beauty is provided to obviate the incon-
venience that must have arisen from the great elevation of the
tentacular dise, above the support of the horny cell. This is
effected by what may be considered an elongation upwards of the
cell. Numerous setz bound together by a membrane, are
attached to the lips of the orifice, so that when the polype is
exserted, they stand up in a circle surrounding the lower part of
the exposed portion of the animal, and give support to it. By
this means, the far-outstretched tentacular disc is brought com-
pletely under the control of the muscles for directing its move-
BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 379
ments.* We thus clearly see that this set of radiating muscles
is a compensation for the deficiency of the circle of sets in the
freshwater polypes.
The third set of muscles, figs. 1 & 2 n, 2, consists of numerous,
separate, fine thread-like filaments, placed considerably apart,
without order, but in the same radiating manner as those last
described, immediately above them and extending upwards to the
termination of the cell. These filaments have their outer
extremities attached to the inner surface of the tunic; and con-
verging towards the axis of the cell, their inner extremities are
attached to the upper portion of the tentacular sheath and the
inverted margin of the tunic. These fibres are equally numerous
and fine in both Plumatella and Fredericella, and appear to be
for the purpose of assisting in closing the orifice, acting in
harmony with the contraction of the upper portion of the tenta-
cular sheath and the inverted lips of the orifice. They may, acting
in the opposite direction, also assist in opening the channel, but
the tentacles themselves would appear quite adequate to force a
passage on the relaxation of the contractions about the orifice.
The function of these fibres is in fact to keep in unison the tunic
near the opening, and the upper portion of the tentacular sheath.
The upper portion of the tentacular sheath and inverted lips
of the tunic are highly contractile, and it is by their agency
principally that the orifice is closed when the animal is retracted.
I have not, however, been able to detect any muscular fibres for
the purpose, though at the point, Pl. III. fig. 2 7., where the
inverted lips of the tunic join to the tentacular sheath, it is
* Dr. Farre has described this apparatus in his paper so frequently referred
to, but seems scarcely to have arrived at a full knowledge of its function. He
considers that it is ‘‘ for allowing of the freest possible motion to the upper part
of the body, in its expanded state, to which it affords at the same time support
and protection.”? On examining the animal in action, it is evident that the use
of the apparatus, is, as I have pointed out. The circle of sete is then seen to
compress the lower portion of the extended polype; and when the tentacular
disc moves from side to side, the neck always bends from the top of the sete,
at a decided angle, and does not gradually arch away from the lips of the cell,
as might be expected, were this contrivance for the purpose of giving flexibility.
The delicate membrane uniting the sete, is strengthened with numerous,
minute, transverse fibres, forming the whole into a powerful sphincter, thus
giving great firmness to the part. By this arrangement, Bowerbankia is
enabled to raise the tentacular disc far above the polype-cell, and yet to remain
as perfectly under the control of the rotatory and retractor muscles, as is the
tentacular disc of Fredericella and Plumatella, in both of which it is confined
close to the orifice of the cell by the action of the radiating muscular fibres.
380 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER
suddenly constricted as if by a powerful sphincter muscle. In
fact the whole of the tunic is undoubtedly contractile, yet in no
part of it have I detected muscular fibres. By the contraction
of this lining membrane, the capacity of the visceral cavity is
diminished ; and thus, by the pressure of the contained fluid, the
protrusion of the polype is effected. This matter, however, will
be discussed more fully when we come to speak of this portion of
the anatomy of Paludicella.
To understand the combined action of the various sets of muscles
in Plumatella and Fredericella, we have only to watch the animal
when about to issue from the cell. The first change observed is
the contraction of the tunic, Pl. III. fig. 4 7, 7, and Pl. IV., fig. 4
b, the walls of which are brought nearer together towards the
lower portion of the cell. The pressure thus occasioned, on the
contained fluid, compels the polype to begin its ascent ; at the
same time the sphincter contraction of the upper portion of the
tentacular sheath relaxes, so that the bundle of tentacles can force
their way without difficulty. As the polype gradually advances
upwards, the circle of strong radiating muscles comes into play,
and it is a sight of no little interest to watch them drag upon the
tentacular sheath, allowing the inferior portion of it to roll up-
wards attached to the tentacular disc. As soon as the ascent is
arrested by these muscles, the sheath being inverted as far as they
will permit, protrusion is complete, and the tentacles at once
assume their proper arrangement.
The muscular apparatus of Paludicella differs in some respects
from that of Plwmatella and /redericella. In the former there are
six sets of muscles—three in connexion with retraction, two with
protrusion, and one for closing the orifice on the retreat of the
polype. Of the retractors, one set acts directly upon the animal,
the other upon the tubular orifice of the cell. The former set,
Pl. V. fig. 1 0, the most powerful in the animal, is similar to the
tentacular retractors of Dr. Farre : it differs. only from the polype-
retractors in Plumatella, and the other genera already spoken of,
in not being divided into two bundles. It is composed of
numerous, stout, long, linear fibres, originating from the inner
surface of the anterior wall of the cell, more than half-way down ;
BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 381
then passing up in front of the polype, the superior extremities
are inserted around the base of the tentacular disc. These fibres
draw the polype down into the cell, and like those of the same
muscle in the other Bryozoa, when unemployed, lie in a somewhat
cramped and disordered state, fig. 2 J, 1.
The second and third sets of muscles are the tube-retractors ;
the former or inferior, figs. 1 p & 2 m, m, is much the larger; it
is composed of four compressed bundles of stout, linear fibres
placed close together, but distinct from each other. These bundles
are associated together in pairs, one on each side of the tube ; the
inferior ends of these pairs of bundles arise wide apart from the
posterior wall of the cell opposite the orifice. As they pass up
the tube, the bundles converge,and reaching within a short distance
of the lips of the orifice, they are inserted upon the inner surface
of the tube-walls at four opposite points ; the fibres of each bundle
being attached one above the other in the same longitudinal plane.
This peculiar arrangement causes the margins of the orifice to fold
into four portions on the retraction of the tube ; and its end, fig.
3, consequently assumes a square form, the angles corresponding
to the insertions of the muscular bundles.
The third set of muscles, figs. 1 ¢ & 2 », n, the superior tube-
retractors, are made up of only four fibres, two on each side of the
cell, having their origin immediately below that of the set just
described ; their other ends are attached to the inner surface of
the tube above the insertion of the inferior set, and at the base of
the membranous cup, fig. 1 Z, before alluded to, at the mouth of
the cell. The inferior and superior tube-retractors are homologous
to the double set of opercular muscles described by Dr. Farre, in
the marine species, differing only from those in Bowerbankia densa
by being divided into four bundles instead of into three, as they
are in that species. The action of these muscles is obvious. The
superior retractors, having their insertion at the base of the
membranous cup at the mouth of the cell, draw it down base first
in the axis of the tube, at the same time folding in around it the
lips of the cell. The inferior set then taking up the work, com-
plete the inversion of the tube. Dr. Farre, however, supposed
that the opercular muscles were not merely for drawing the tube
382 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER
in after the retreating animal, but also for the purpose of closing
the orifice. Professor Allman has pointed out the error of this
opinion, and endeavoured to explain the closing of the orifice by
the pressure of the fluid within the cell, against the walls of the
inverted tube. We shall directly see, however, that this theory
is unnecessary, there being special muscles provided for the
purpose. Professor Allman is likewise disinclined to believe that
the opercular muscles are really tube-retractors, as he supposes
the muscles for drawing in the polype are sufficient for the purpose
also of drawing in the tube. Were these latter muscles used to
invaginate the tubular orifice of the cell, we should expect to find
find them in action so long as the animal was retracted ; but we
have already seen, that when the polype is in this state, they are
invariably relaxed and lie in a disordered undulating manner,
perfectly at rest. The tube-retractors, on the contrary, are always
tense and in vigorous action during the retracted state of the
polype, evincing, I think, in a satisfactory manner, that their
function is to retract the tube, and to maintain it in an invagi-
nated state—unless we are to suppose that they are constantly
employed in keeping open the channel, as suggested by Professor
Allman. They will certainly have a tendency to pull asunder
the walls of the inverted tube, yet I have never seen the channel
thus opened, although these muscles are never otherwise than as
represented in Pl. V. fig. 2, when the polype is retracted. And,
moreover, the tips of the tentacles, as exhibited in this figure,
are frequently doubled down, showing that the tentacular sheath
must be to some extent relaxed, and that there is no stress what-
ever on it, as there would be were the polype-retractors used to
draw in the orifice.
The fourth set of muscles to be described is for closing the
orifice. This set is composed of two sphincters: one, fig. 2 0, of
these, is made up of several fibres passing round the tube at the
place of insertion of the inferior tube-retractors, and is of con-
siderable breadth ; the other, », is formed of only two or three
fibres, which encircle the same tube at the insertion of the
superior tube-retractors. The action of these sphincters cannot
be mistaken : they effect the closing of the orifice on the retraction
BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 383
of the animal, being at the same time antagonistic to the opening
tendency of the tube-retractors, which, diverging from their
insertions, must, in some measure, bring the walls of the inverted
tube asunder. These sphincters are not readily distinguished, but,
having seen them in several individuals, I have not the slightest
doubt of their existence. Deeming, however, that it would be
satisfactory to see whether a similar apparatus, for closing the
orifice, could be found in the marine species, [ examined specimens
of Bowerbankia, and had the satisfaction of detecting sphincter
muscles in the same situations. At the point of insertion of the
inferior tube-retractors—according to Dr. Farre, of the upper set
of opercular muscles—the circular fibres are very distinct and
numerous, forming a large portion of the inverted tube into a
broad sphincter. These fibres are so conspicuous that it seems
strange how they could have escaped the notice of so close and
accurate an observeras Dr. Farre. It is possible enough, however,
that they might be less developed in the species examined by him.*
The sphincter, at the point of insertion, of the superior tube-
retractors is not readily observed ; but when the polype is exserted
there can be no doubt of its existence.
The fifth set of muscles, P1.V. figs. 1 & 5 ¢, A, isin connexion with
the tunic or lining membrane of the cell, and is precisely similar
to the parietal muscles described by Dr. Farre, in the marine
species. ‘This set is formed of short, transverse belts, arranged in
pairs, considerably apart from each other, which are to be found
almost from end to end of the cell, but most conspicuously towards
the lower extremity. There appears to be two sets of these
fibres, one down the back, the other down the front of the cell ;
but I could not arrive at any satisfactory conclusion respecting
* In the species examined by Dr. Farre, and named by him Bowerbankia
densa, the tube-retractors have a “ triradiate arrangement,’’ and, consequently,
the orifice is puckered into three folds, when the polype is retracted. The
species referred to, in the text, we have seen, has four such folds, the tube-
retractors being divided into as many bundles. The circle of tentacles also
assumes a different form in the two species: in that examined by me, the
tentacles rise from the disc in a straight, slightly diverging line, and arch
considerablv outwards at the tips. In Dr. Farre’s species they arch outwards
immediately above the disc, and are very little recurved at the tips. It is
therefore pretty evident that there are two species, and that B. densa should
not be merged in B. imbricata, which is most probably the form that I have
geen.
c3
384 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER
their arrangement, neither could I determine their exact relation-
ship to the tunic—whether they were attached to it by their
extremities only, as supposed by Dr. Farre, or connected with it
throughout their entire length. Professor Allman appears to be
of the latter opinion, and certainly I saw nothing in confirmation
of that expressed by Dr. Farre ; though I am not sure that the
extremities are not attached to the cell-walls, thus giving to these
muscular belts fixed points of action. Howsoever this may be,
these parietal muscles undoubtedly have the power of contracting
the tunic, and so lessening the space within which the polype is
confined, the contained fluid is made to press on the surface of
the polype, constraining it to pass upwards, and thus to effect its
protrusion much in the same manner as in Plumatella and
Fredericella. In these, however, there is some little difficulty,
the cells being continuous ; but in Palwdicella, in which they are
all separated, this act can be clearly understood. I have certainly
observed in Plumatella and Fredericella the appearance of divisons
here and there, forming, as it were, the cells into groups or systems,
but nothing to warrant the belief that each cell is isolated. It
might, therefore, be thought that protrusion of a few of the polypes
would necessitate that of the others, or at least would cause an
imconvenient pressure on the other members belonging to the
same group.
It is difficult to arrive at a full explanation of the propulsion
of the polype in these cases ; but there can be no doubt that in
them, as in other Bryozoa, the contraction of the tunic is the
sole agent. Dr. Farre believed that the act of protrusion did not
so much depend on the contraction of the tunic, as on the
straightening of the alimentary canal, which, in the marine spe-
cies and in Paludicella is doubled upon itself when the polype
is retracted. But in Plumatella, Predericella, and Alcyonella, it
is always straight ; in these genera, therefore, protrusion cannot
in the least be assisted by the alimentary canal. Professor All-
man has referred to this fact to prove the error of Dr. Farre’s
opinion ; and, indeed, if it be allowed, and I suppose it must, that
the pressure of the fluid maintains the protruded animal in its
position, it is more than probable that the same power would be
BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 389
sufficient to perform the act of protrusion. From the movements
of the alimentary canal, it is pretty evident that it has the power
of straightening itself: but when quite straight, only a portion
of the tentacles would be protruded beyond the cell; and here
they would remain, for it is very clear that whether straight or
bent, the alimentary canal will displace the same quantity of fluid,
and that there would be no increase of pressure to force the ani-
mal upwards. It is, at the moment, when the alimentary canal is
being straightened that the parietal muscles come into play, and
compel the animal to rise above the cell : these acts are perfectly
simultaneous. The protrusion, therefore, of the polype, with a
bent cesophagus and intestine is effected in the same manner as
that in which these organs are straight; only that in the former
it is accompanied with the straightening of the alimentary canal.
The sixth and last set of muscles to be described, is for the
purpose of preventing the entire eversion of the tentacular sheath.
This set, Pl. V. figs. 1 7, r & 2 q, q, is the homologue of the
strong radiating muscles in Plumatella and Fredericella ; but the
fibres are much less numerous. In Paludicella they are only four
in number, and take their origin from the inner surface of the
cell, two in front immediately below where the tube joins the cell,
and two behind in a line with the upper wall of the tube; hence
the fibres are placed in front of, and behind the polype, and are
inserted into opposite points of the tentacular sheath a little way
below its summit, having on each side of them the two bundles
of the tube-retractors. In the retracted state of the polype, these
fibres are seen passing downwards towards their insertion. When
the polype is protruded, these muscles cause the sheath to double
upon itself, and thus retain a portion of it within the tube ; but
not to the same extent as in Plumatella and Fredericella. It has
already been pointed out that in these genera, this set of muscles
compensates for the want of the circle of setee which surmounts
the orifice in the marine species. In Paludicella, however, we
have already seen that there is a wide, delicate, membranous cup,
which rises from the inner surface of the tube, a little within the
orifice. This cup is undoubtedly the homologue of the circle of
sete alluded to, but ina very rudimentary state, and probably of
386 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER
little or on functional utility: consequently, these muscles are
still present, though, as might be expected, not so fully developed
as in those genera entirely deprived of this appendage.
We have now gone through the whole of the muscular appa-
ratus for retraction and propulsion, and to verify the use of the
various sets of muscles, we must once more observe the animal
while issuing from the cell. The first symptom indicative of the
polype’s inclination to come forth, is the contraction of the parie~
tal muscles, causing the tunic in certain places to leave the walls
of the cell, particularly towards the lower portion; on this the
polype commences to move up the cell, and at the same instant
the tube-retractors relaxing the inverted lips of the orifice, begin
to be evolved, and as the contraction of the parietal muscles goes
on, the polype advances upwards, and more and more of the tube
is turned out, in the manner of the eversion of the horn of the
common snail; at length the membranous cup makes its appear-
ance, not doubled upon itself, but in an erect position — the
margin first, just as the circle of sete is exserted in Bowerbankia.
The cup at first is laterally compressed, having been packed
longitudinally in the axis of the tube: the tips of the tentacles
now emerge through the centre of this cup, and as they pass
upwards, pressed together in a line side by side, its lateral folds
give way, and by the time that the tentacular disc has reached
the mouth of the cell, the cup is perfectly expanded. The
muscles preventing the entire eversion of the tentacular sheath,
may now be seen in action near the upper extremity of the tube,
holding back the membranous sheath, and causing it to roll
upon itself. The polype is now fairly above the mouth of the
cell, and as the tentacles expand it has attained its greatest
elevation; the cilia then commence to play, and all kinds of
particles are hurried towards the mouth.
The retraction of the polype is instantaneous, so rapid indeed,
that it is quite impossible to follow with the eye, the actions of
the muscles ;—such is the velocity with which this feat is per-
formed, that from complete protrusion to invagination, nothing
can be perceived but the settling of the polype upwards, after
having apparently been dragged too far down the cell. It is not
BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 387
difficult however to understand how the act of retraction is
accomplished ; the operation of the muscles will be reversed.
First the parietal muscles must relax, allowing the tunic to
assume its place close to the cell-walls ; at the same instant the
polype retractors will contract, and as the animal sinks into the
cell, the superior tube-retractors will also contract; next the
inferior tube-retractors will come into play; and, finally, after
retraction is complete, the sphincters will close the orifice.
On comparing the muscular system of the freshwater Bryozoa
with that of the marine forms, a great similarity is observed ;
some interesting modifications however are deserving of notice.
The most remarkable of these are found in connection with the
orifice. In Plumatella and Fredericella there is no tubular in-
version on the retreat of the animal ; the tunic is certainly doubled
upon itself for a short distance within the orifice, but it remains
permanently so. Paludicella, on the contrary, has the walls of
the tubular orifice invaginated to a considerable extent when the
polype is retracted, and when protruded nearly the whole is
evolved. But Bowerbankia and other marine forms differ from
the freshwater species, in having the mouth of the cell completely
unrolled when the polype is protruded, the same having been
invaginated to a great extent when it was retracted. Thus in
the first and last modifications we see the extremes of variation,
and consequently the most extensive alterations in the muscular
arrangements of these parts. Paludicella being in a middle state
has the muscular apparatus to some extent of both ; and in this
respect connects the freshwater with the marine forms.
The tube-retractors are wanting in Plumatella and Fredericella,
and are present in Paludicella and in all the marine species,
being most developed in the latter. Neither in these nor in
Paludicella, however, is there anything like the small radiating
muscles near the orifice in Plumatella and Fredericella; and the
marine species, too, are destitute of the large radiating muscles
in connexion with the tentacular sheath. These, though present,
we have seen are less developed in Paludicella than in Plumatella
and Fredericella, the former resembling Bowerbankia, in having
a cup at the mouth of the cell. The polype-retractors are very
388 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER
similar in all the Bryozoa, only those at the inferior extremity
of the stomach in the marine species appear deficient in the
freshwater forms. They all have, however, one or more appen-
dages to this part, but these we shall afterwards see are most
probably connected with the reproductive system. The parietal
and sphincter muscles are common to both Paludicella and the
marine forms. On the whole, then, in the muscular system as
well as in the digestive apparatus, Paludicella shows a close re-
lationship to Bowerbankia and its congeners ; and is, in fact,
an intermediate link between them and the other freshwater
Lryozoa. Hven the minute structure of the muscles themselves
would seem to confirm this. In all, they are composed of trans-
parent, linear fibres separated from each other and apparently
homogeneous. When broken they become irregularly nodulous;
but I have not succeeded in detecting transverse strie observed.
by Professor Allman, probably from having used insufficient mag-
nifying powers. The small knot-like swelling, so remarkable in
the centre of the fibre of the marine species, is not to be found in
either Plumatella or Fredericella; in Paludicella, however, I
have observed it in the parietal, but in no other muscles.
Reproductive System.—In the freshwater, as in the marine
Bryozoa, there are two methods of reproduction,—one by buds,
the other by eggs. The buds always germinate from the same
part of the cell, hence the definite form of the polypidom. In
Fredericella the germ is found in connection with the inner sur-
face of the tunic, not far below the orifice of the cell on its lower
side. As the bud enlarges the wall bulges, showing externally
the appearance of a new shoot. At first the bud, Pl. III. fig. 3a,
is small and oval, and is attached for nearly its whole length; it,
fig. 2 0, soon becomes irregular in form, with the upper portion
broad and somowhat bifid, the lower extremity prolonged: the
upper portion then gradually exhibits a circle of short rudimen-
tary tentacles. fig. 47,; and the lower end is seen to be divided
longitudinally into esophagus and intestine, fig. 5 6, d, continu-
ous at their lower extremities, which still elongating, form the
stomach, figs. 4m & 5c. ‘To this is seen an appended filament
binding it below to the wall of the cell. Imbedded in this
BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 389
filament there is a large, distinct globule with nucleus and nu-
cleolus : this we shall afterwards learn is the incipient ovum,
figs 40 & 5 e, lying in the ovary. The polype-retractors, figs.
2q&4n, now make their appearance, passing from the tenta-
cular base to the side of the cell formed apparently out of the
lower portion of the original attachment of the bud ; the upper
portion of this attachment dilating, becomes the tentacular sheath,
fig. 2 p, into which the tentacles are gradually insinuated as they
are developed. The polype being now, as it were, sketched out
within the cell of the parent, its own chamber rapidly forms, and
in the course of a day or two, the muscles in connexion with the
orifice being added, the fresh-born member of the community
bursts from the extremity of its cell, and is ready to take upon
itself the work of its own maintenance.
The development of the bud in Plwmatella differs in no re-
spect from that of Fredericella ; and in Paludicella there is no
very important deviation, except at the commencement of the
process. In this the first apparent step in the growth of a new
polype, is the preparation of a distinct cell for its reception. If
the top of the last-formed cell be carefully examined, even before
its tenant is fully grown, the lining membrane may be seen ter-
minating in a blind sac, Pl. V. fig. 4 0’, a little below the extre-
mity. Within this extremity will also be observed a membranous
sac, 7; at first the base of this sac is moulded on the convex
blind termination of the lining of the old cell. The convexity
however soon flattens, and the sac rapidly increases in size, the
external horny covering becoming, at the same time, elongated
and attenuated. After awhile, an oval, somewhat opake body,
the new bud, fig. 5 m, germinates from the inner surface of the
- lining membrane, 7. This body is attached by its side to the
front wall of the cell, and resembles the young bud in Prederi-
cella. A long and very delicate membranous sac, fig. 6 d, after-
wards the tentacular sheath, is now observed to be forming in
contact with and above the oval bud; whilst from the lower
extremity, filaments, e, are seen to be produced which form the
polype-retractors. From the upper end of the bud, the tentacles,
fig. 4d, soon make their appearance within the lower part of
390 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER
the membranous sheath, ¢ ; at first very short, no more than the
scalloped margin of the cup-formed disc ; but rapidly lengthen-
ing, fig. 5 a, they soon advance more than half way up the
sheath. The polype-retractors, figs. 4 7 & 5 g, by this time are
considerably developed, and the retractors, k, 2, of the tube are
distinctly visible ; the tube, fig. 57, now begins to bulge, and
the inverted margins of the orifice are seen within, united to the
upper end of the tentacular sheath: the parietal muscles, h, also
make their appearance at this time, and the stomach, ¢, intestine,
d, esophagus, b, and tentacles having all assumed their proper
forms, the young animal is ready for protrusion. The buds of
Paludicella, however, do not all originate from the extremity of
the old cell ; some sprout from the side, and then a slight swell-
ing takes place on the inner surface of the tunic. The horny
sheath soon afterwards begins to bulge, and an external cell
being formed with its lining membrane, an oval bud makes its
appearance, and development goes on as just described.
Tt has been long known that these animals propagate by eggs
as well as buds. Raspail appears to have described the anatomy
of the egg and the hatching of it, and the subsequent growth of
the young polype has been minutely investigated by Sir J. G.
Dalyell. But the generative organ remained unrecognized until
it was pointed out by Professor Allman. The appendage to the
lower extremity of the stomach, considered by Trembley to be
muscular, Professor Allman believes to be an ovary: that it is
so there can be no doubt, as eggs may occasionally be seen in
connexion with it. Appendages of this kind exist in Alcyonella,
Plumatella, Fredericella, and Paludicella, and will probably be
found in all Ascidian polypes. In Plumatella and Fredericella
there are however three of these appendages or filaments, Pl. IV.,
figs. 4 f, d, d, & 5 «, e’, h, h, which are all attached to the lowest
part of the stomach, and passing down have their other ends at-
tached to the wall of the cell, not far from the insertion of the
polype-retractors. It is difficult to say whether all three are con-
nected with the generative function, or whether some of them are
not muscles for the retraction of the stomach. A bundle of such
retractors has been described by Dr. Farre, in the marine species
BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 391
attaching the inferior end of the stomach to the base of the cell ;
but one of them is generally thicker than the rest, and may pro.
bably be connected with the reproductive system. Paludicella
has two such filaments; one, Pl. V., figs. 1 & 7 7, g, passing in
the usual manner from the lower end of the stomach ; the other,
m, d, from the upper. These two filaments are inserted upon the
posterior wall of the cell, one a considerable way above the other.
When the polype is retracted, these insertions are found to be a
little: above the gastric attachments, and the filaments, fig. 27k,
doubled upon themselves. These are thick, cylindrical, and ap-
parently tubular, and do not at all resemble muscles, and indeed,
from the relative position of their attachments, they seem ill
adapted for retraction.
In Plumatella and Fredericella, one, PI. IV., figs.4d,d, &5e, é,
of the filaments is generally stouter than the other two, and this
has frequently an egg, e, f, attached to it. When the ovum is
much developed, it is difficult to make out its relationship to the
filament or ovary; but when quite young, it has all the appearance
of originating from the interior. On one occasion, I observed two
egos in connexion with the ovary, one almost mature, the other
only forming. The former, fig. 5 7, was attached rather below
the middle of the generative organ. When the polype was pro-
truded, this organ dragged forward the upper end of the egg;
the other end of it was then seen to be attached to the wall of
the cell by the continuation of the filamentous ovary e’. A little
below the egg there was a slight oval swelling, in the interior of
which was seen a nucleated cell, g, undoubtedly an ovum in a
very early stage of development, and apparently in the interior
of the ovary.* In Fredericelia, a similar nucleated cell, Pl. III.,
figs. 4.0 & 5e, has been observed in the appendage to the sto-
mach, while the polype was yet in a very rudimentary state as
exhibited in the bud before alluded to. In this genus, I have
likewise seen the ovum in a considerably advanced state, in which
also its relationship to the ovary could not be mistaken. In this
instance, the lower portion of the generative organ had dilated
-* T have also seen a similar nucleated cell in the enlarged filament from the
lower end of the stomach of Bowerbankia.
D3
392 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER
into a sort of capsule, within which the egg, Pl. TIL, fig. 6 a and
PL. IV., fig. 4 e was enveloped. The portion of the ovary, Pl. IIL,
fig. 6 ¢, below it was short and thick, having the appearance of
a pedicle, by which the egg was fixed to the side of the cell;
above the capsule, the ovary, c’, was much thinner, contracting
suddenly upwards. This would seem to demonstrate that the egg
is developed in the interior of the ovary.
T have also seen what I take to be the ovum of Paludicella, but
as it differs considerably from the egg of the other freshwater
Bryozoa, we must not pronounce with certainty. This supposed
egg was first observed in the cell of the dead polype; two or
three occurred ; they were attached to the upper portion of the
interior of the cell. Afterwards one, Pl. V. fig. 7 e, was found
in connexion with the living animal, and in this case was fixed
by a delicate membranous sac, f, to the side of the cell, at the
point of attachment of the filament coming from the upper end
of the stomach, the base of the filament being apparently sur-
rounded by the sac. This filament then, in Palucidella, is pro-
bably an ovary; and if so, the egg must pass in a very early
stage from it, into the membranous sac at its base, and there be
matured. And, judging from analogy, the other filament is also
probably connected with generation.
In Plumatella and Fredericella however there can be no doubt
of the ovarian character of one of the filaments attached to the
stomach ; but the nature of the other two, Pl. IV., figs. 4 f& 5
h, h, is not so easily determined. They certainly do not look
altogether unlike muscular fibres; but from their attachments
close to that of the ovary, and from their resemblance to it, they
are most probably connected with the generative function. It
may be that each filament is a separate ovary, and that one or two
of them is the male organ. These polypes are most probably
hermaphrodites—at least, in all the specimens of Plwmatella All-
mani that I have examined, there was scarcely a cell that did not
contain one egg or more. It may therefore be presumed that
each individual is provided with male and female organs. Dr.
Farre discovered moving bodies in the visceral cavity of Valkeria
and some other of the marine forms, and described them as re-
BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 393
sembling Oercarie. I have detected similar bodies in Bower-
bankia with large rounded heads and long tails ; they were very
numerous, and moved rapidly about in the interior of the cell in
the manner of tadpoles, that is, with a lateral undulating motion,
and are assuredly Spermatozoa. A testis may then be expected
to exist in the freshwater Bryozoa coextensively developed with
the ovary, and from analogy to be associated with it. It is not
unlikely therefore that these additional filaments from the sto-
mach, may be really the male organ.
Hach polype does not appear to produce more than two or
three eggs; in Plumatella frequently only one. In P. Allmani
they, Pl. IV., fig. 5 f are considerably depressed, of an oval form,
sometimes very long with the sides almost parallel; they are very
large, being sometimes almost as wide as the diameter of the cell,
within which they are placed lengthwise; the margins are reti-
culated, yellow, pellucid, thin, and sharp, forming a well-defined
rim about the central portion, which is opake and black; the
covering is smooth, tough, and membranous. In /redericella, the
ego is broader and more regularly oval, ofa brownish colour with
the margin narrow, plain and of a paler hue. The egg, Pl. V.,
fig. 7 ¢, of Paludicella, if egg it be, differs considerably from the
above. It is of an irregular oval shape, about half as wide as the
cell, colourless and pellucid; the surface is marked with a few
indistinct, irregular, nucleated cells; one larger and much more
conspicuous than the rest, with a distinct round nucleus in the
centre, is always to be seen on one side. The circumference of the
egg exhibits a double margin indicating an enveloping shield.
The great size of the egg forbids the possibility of its escape
without the destruction of the polype.* In Plumatella, the ova
* The polype of the marine species must also perish on the escape of the
gemmule. On examining some specimens of Bowerbankia in August, almost
every cell was found to contain a large, round, opake, bright yellow corpuscle.
These corpuscles were, for the most part, in the lower portion of the cells ; some
however were half-way up, and others not far from the top: those lowest down
were the smallest, and as they approached the top they increased in size until
their diameter was nearly equal to that of the cell. As long as the corpuscle
remained near the lower extremity of the cell, the polype was alive and active ;
but was invariably dead when it had advanced far upwards. At first the
corpuscle does not appear to have any envelope, but as it increases in size
a distinct margin makes its appearance, which afterwards becoming wider and
perfectly transparent, the corpuscle can be seen rotating within, by the aid of
394 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER
or maturity become attached to that side of the cell which is con=
nected with the substance sustaining the polypidom. And here
they remain fixed, indicating the track of the various branches of
the Bryozoon long after its decay and disappearance in autumn.
The free branches however must scatter their eggs. Most likely
in Fredericella, too, they are dispersed, and borne away by the
currents on the destruction of the: polypidom, which is very freely
branched ; and in no instance have I seen its eggs left adhering
to the surface of its attachment.
Having now gone through the details of the anatomy and de-
velopment of the freshwater Bryozoa so far as I have been able
to study them during a very short but laborious investigation of
the subject, it is quite evident that these animals are as highly
organized as the marine Ascidian polypes. Plumatella and Fre-
dericella certainly show some interesting deviations from that
type; but in Paludicella, we perceive an almost complete resem-
blance to it; proving the close affinity that exists, and the pro-
priety of uniting the whole into one group. The approximation
of this genus to the marine forms is evinced not only by the mus-
cular system, but likewise by the digestive apparatus ; and by
the bright, pellucid, horny character of the external polypidom.
Tt is also equally evident that the organization of this group is
very much above that of the typical Radiata. This Professor
Allman has already clearly demonstrated; and yet perhaps we
ought to hesitate before removing the Bryozoa into the subking-
dom Mollusca, as proposed by this naturalist.
The immediate relationship of these animals to the Ascidic is
too obvious to be called in question,—a relationship which has
long been acknowledged, though the homology of the parts does
not appear to be correctly understood ; at least it will bear ano-
the long cilia that clothe its surface. While watching one in this state under
the microscope, I observed it gradully elongate itself and pass with a slow gliding
motion to the top of the cell; then forcing its way through the previously closed
orifice, and passing into the surrounding fluid, commenced to rotate with extra-
ordinary velocity: in an instant after this its enveloping membrane was torn
open and cast aside, and the little being, a broadly ovate gemmule, dashed at
once beyond the field of view. It afterwards kept moving about in various
directions, and evinced great activity, cilia densely clothing it from end to end.
The cell, after the escape of the gemmule, continued gaping; and the polype, .
which before was indistinctly visible, had now quite disappeared, nothing but
alight traces of the retractor muscles remaining.
BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 395
ther interpretation, which I am inclined to look upon as the true
one. Dr. Farre observes in his paper, that “in Zunicata the
tentacles are reduced to mere rudiments at the entrance of the
respiratory sac, and the cilia are distributed over the surface of
this cavity, which is in proportion magnified, and is analogous
to the pharynx of Ciliobrachiata. The more immediate entrance
to the alimentary canal, thence called mouth, being situated at
the bottom of this sac, corresponds with the part that I have
called cardia.”
This view of the relationship of the parts has, with some modi-
fications, been generally followed by subsequent writers. In all
the Ascidians however, there is a well-defined cesophagus, which
in Clavelina is frequently of great length. Why then should
the entrance to it be considered to correspond to the cardia in
Brgozoa? These, as well as the Ascidiw, have a well-marked
stomach with cardiac and pyloric orifices; in both, too, there is
a distinct esophagus; then should not the orifice leading to it
be assumed to be the mouth, or analogous to the mouth in both?
In the polype a series of respiratory tentacles, in the Ascidie
the branchial sac, surrounds this mouth; should not these then
- be considered homologous? The affirmative of this would ap-
pear to be the natural inference in the first instance. But we
are referred to the tentacular filaments, at the entrance of the
respiratory sac, as the true representatives of the tentacles of the
polype. With the view to ascertain how far this is correct, I
examined, with much care, Ascidia sordida and Molgula arenosa,
and found that these tentacular filaments are not anatomically
connected with the branchial sac, but are developments from the
tunic. The sac terminates a little way below these filaments, and
they fringe the inner circumference of the belt of sphincter
muscles which guard the respiratory orifice. These tentacular
filaments, then, originating in the tunic, cannot possibly be the
homologue of the tentacles of the polype, as these undoubtedly
belong to the alimentary canal ; but are in fact a new develop-
ment in connection with the sphincter of the tunic, and share its
function. The tentacles then of the polype and the branchial
sac of the Ascidian would appear to be homologous ;—unless
396 MR, HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER
indeed the tentacles of the one have died out, and the branchial
sac of the other is altogether a new development, which is not by
any means likely.
In confirmation that the former is the fact, we have only to
look at the growing bud of the polype. which so closely resembles
an Ascidian, particularly when young, that it might at first sight
be taken to be one. The tentacles at this time, all lying parallel
to each other within the membranous sheath, have quite the ap-
pearance of a branchial sac; and when we take in connexion
with it the alimentary canal, the resemblance is almost complete.
Indeed, all that is wanting to turn the polype into an Ascidian,
so far as the alimentary and respiratory organs are concerned, is
the union of the tentacles by a vascular membrane. And we
have already seen that such an union has commenced in Frede-
ricella, Plumatella, and Alcyonella. We have seen that in all
these genera the tentacles are united at the base by a delicate
membrane; and in the former this membrane is so extensive as
to suggest the idea of a rudimentary form of the branchial sac of
the Z'unicata.
Taking this view of the homology of the parts, the longitudinal
lamin in the interior of the branchial sac of the Ascidic will
represent the tentacles of the Bryozoa; and the membrane at the
base of the tentacles, being external, corresponds exactly in posi-
tion to the vascular membrane of the Ascidicw, which is also ex-
ternal to the lamin. ‘The position of the nervous ganglion in
the two forms might at first sight appear to favour the contrary
opinion; but, on closer inquiry, it is evident that the ganglion of
the Bryozoa is not homologous with that of the Ascidiew: in the
former it is a cerebral ganglion resting on the esophagis imme-
diately behind the mouth; in the latter, if it has relationship to
any of the nervous centres of the JJollusca, it is apparently ana-
logous to the branchial ganglion of the Lamellibranchiata; but
its position in the mantle is anomalous.
We thus see how very intimate is the connexion between the
Bryozoa and the Ascidie; and as the latter are generally sup-
posed to be as closely connected with the Lamellibranchiata, no
great distance would appear to divide them from the former.
BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 397
They are not, however, so closely related as might be supposed.
At first sight, an Ascidian undoubtedly seems very closely to ap-
proximate to a bivalve, shell; but this similarity, on careful
investigation, would appear to be more that of analogy than ho»
mology—a mere resemblance rather than a true relationship.
The branchial sac of the Ascidian is frequently assumed to be
the same organ as the gill-plates of the Lamellibranchiata some-
what modified ;—in function there is no difference; but anato-
mically they are distinct. The former is a development from the
alimentary canal ; the latter, according to Professor Owen, “ are
essentially internal folds of the pallial membrane.” The breath-
ing organs then of these animals are not homologous. To turn
therefore an Ascidian into a Lamellibranchiate mollusk, a new
branchial organ must be developed. The vascular system, too,
if not anatomically different in the Ascidian, is in a remarkable
manner functionally so. In this the heart is at once systemic
and pulmonic. And it is worthy of remark, that thus, on the
first appearance of the vascular apparatus in this type of animals,
it should shadow forth the peculiarities of both the molluscan
and the piscine heart; and this, too, in connexion with a pha-
ryngeal gill. The test or outer sac, and the inner sac or tunic
of the Zunicata are not related to each other in the same manner
as the shell and mantle of the mollusk. In this the shell is
extra-vascular, and is secreted by the mantle; in the former the
test is vascular, and its growth is therefore not dependent on
that of the inner sac or tunic. The reproductive system of the
Lamellibranchiata is likewise very different from that of the 7’u-
nicata. In these it is formed on the type of the Radiata ; ano-
ther and very striking proof of the relationship that exists be-
tween the former and the Bryozoa. These, and other points of
difference, led Professor Milne-Edwards, in his valuable memoir
on the ‘ Ascidiens Composées,’ to propose the separation of the
Tunicata from the JZollusca, and the formation of them into a
distinct group to be placed between the bivalves and the polypes.
We then cannot find a passage from the Bryozoa through the
Ascidice into the Lamellibranchiata. There are however two
distinct branches of the Ascidian polypes,—one with the tentacles
2
398 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER
arranged in a circle about the mouth,—the other having them
supported on two lateral oral arms. The former of these branches
passes into the Ascidian,—the latter, I shall endeavour to show
is connected with the Brachiopoda.
This connexion is at once suggested by the resemblance that
exists between the oral arms of Plumatella and Alcyonella and
the characteristic brachial organs in the Brachiopoda, particu-
larly of those in Lingula. In both the Brachiopoda and the
Bryozoa, the arms rise from the sides of the mouth in the same
manner, the bases of the arms being confluent; and the tentacles
or cirrhi forming a continuous series. In both the arms are
hollow, and the tentacles and cirrhi are tough and non-contractile ;
and in both they are prehensile organs after the same fashion.
The digestive organs of both are very similar; and the whole of
the Brachiopoda are fixed, and so are the Bryozoa, with but one
exception.
But what is still more remarkable, the muscular systems of
both are arranged much in the same manner, particularly as re-
spects Zerebratula and Paludicella with most of its marine con-
geners. In Yerebratula, as the animal is fixed within the shell,
of course there can be nothing resembling the polype retractors ;
but the shell muscles of Zerebratula will be found to work exactly
on the same principle as those provided to draw in the margins
of the cell-orifice in Paludicella and Bowerbankia, and called by
Dr. Farre, opercular muscles.
There are four sets of muscles in connexion with the shell in
Terebratula chilensis as dissected by Owen, two from each valve ;
and they all pass diagonally downwards, and with one exception
go to be inserted in the pedicle; so that when they contract the
valves will be closed. These muscles then have in fact their
origin in the pedicle, as stated by Owen, and acting from thence
upon the moveable points of their insertions, operate precisely
in the same way as the tube-retractors of the polypes last men-
tioned do on the lips of the orifice. The action is the same in
both; and were the cell-walls of Bowerbankia, for instance, cal-
cified and divided longitudinally into two portions or valves, they
would be made to close just as the valves do in Zerebratula.
BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 399
The set of muscles alluded to, as not passing into the pedicle
comes from the perforate valve, and, inclining downwards, is
attached by the other end, to the base of the imperforate valve
binding the parts of the hinge-joint together—a substitute in
fact, for a ligament. In some species, this set assumes in part, the
function of an adductor muscle.
We have then evidently some reason for supposing that the
Brachiopoda, as well as the Ascidie, are related to the Bryozoa;
and it is in this way that these latter are connected with the Za-
mellibranchiata. After a careful examination of the Brachiopoda,
it is impossible to doubt the connexion that exists between the
two great divisions of the testaceous Acephala. Indeed this is
evident, whether we look to the digestive organs, the vascular
system, or to the reproductive apparatus. It is in these animals,
too, that the respiratory organ is first found in connexion with
the mantle, in Z'erebratula, quite rudimentary, in Lingula, to
some extent specialized. On comparing Anomia with Orbicula,
this relationship is best seen. In both, the mantle is completely
separated, and in both it is connected with the ovary ; the large
oral palpi of the one form the homologue of the branchial organs
of the other; and we see this relationship in the deficiency of
pedal organ in Anomia, and in the extensive union that still
subsists between its breathing apparatus and the mantle: the
perforation of the under-valve of both is also remarkable; but
not more so than that the great muscle of both should be divided,
part forming the adductor, part the adhesive disc.
We have now endeavoured to trace the affinities of both
branches of Bryozoa ; one appears to pass at once into the As-
cidice, which, how closely soever related analogically to the Lamelli-
branchiata, are nevertheless removed far from them, by the nature
of their vascular, respiratory, and re-productiye systems, In the
Mollusca, the heart is always systemic, and the gill is universally
an appendage to the mantle. In the Asczdie, the heart is as
much pulmonic as systemic, and the breathing apparatus is a de-
velopment from the alimentary canal—is in fact pharyngeal.
In these respects the Ascidian deviates from the Molluscan type,
and approximates to that of the lower Vertebrata,—the fishes, in
ES
400 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER
which the heart is pulmonic, and the breathing organ pharyngeal.
The reality of this relationship is revealed by the anatomy of
the Lancelet, so ably described by Professor John Goodsir, who
has pointed out the resemblance of its respiratory system to that
of the Z’unicata. Indeed the branchial sac and vascular apparatus
of this curious fish almost completely resemble those organs in
the Ascidian.
The other branch of the Bryozoa, comprising those with oral
arms, passes into the Brachiopoda ; or, at least, this is rendered
more than probable by the resemblance of the brachial organs of
the latter to the arms of the former, and by the similarity of the
muscular arrangement. Thus the Bryozoa become related to the
Lamellibranchiata, which are apparently closely related to the
Brachiopoda. We may conclude, then, if we have arrived at a
right understanding of the affinities of these animals, that both
the Mollusca and Vertebrata are connected with the Bryozoa.
It would be well, therefore, to pause before including the Bryozoa
in the Mollusca, and consider the propriety of uniting the former
with the Zunicata, and perhaps with some of the higher forms of
Rotifera, into a group to be placed at the head of the Radiata.
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.
Plumatella punctata. Pl. VI. figs. 6 & 7, and PI. IV. fig. 1.
Polypidom adhering throughout, coriaceous, pellucid, of a pale
watery green colour, irregularly but not much branched, seldom
extending more than half an inch; branches composed of a series
of large, eonical cells tapering upwards towards the aperture,
sometimes considerably and rather suddenly dilated at the base ;
resembling in form some of the Ascidians ; the upper portion of
the cell almost colourless and freckled with minute opake white
spots, most crowded towards the orifice. ‘Tentacles white, not
more than sixty in number; membrane, at their origin, rather
wide, scalloped, the points of the scallop extending for some dis-
tance up the back of the tentacles, in the form of broadish lamine
arched outwards. Cisophagus and stomach appearing through
BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 401
the transparent walls of the cell, of a pale yellow colour. Egg
perfectly black, large, broad, and oval.
Upwards of a dozen specimens of this fine species occurred in
Bromley Lough, adhering to the underside of stones ; it was like-
wise taken in Crag Lough. None of the individuals much
exceeded in size, that represented in the figure, nor did they vary
in any remarkable manner either in form or colour. It is not,
however, without hesitation that I have ventured to characterize
this as a new species, as Professor Allman informs me that it
may perhaps turn out to be P. repens ; but that form is stated
to be large and of luxuriant growth, and to have the polypidom
tubular with the cells dilated at the orifice—characters which do
not at all agree with P. punctata. Indeed it can scarcely be
considered a true Plumatella.
P. Alimani. PI. VI. figs. 3, 4, & 5, and Pl. IV. figs. 2 & 3.
Polypidom attached to the underside of stones, adhering
throughout, membranous, opake, yellowish brown, slightly
branched, extending in patches sometimes three or four inches
wide, the patches being made up of several polypidoms; the
branches composed apparently of a series of tubular cells, tapering
to their origin, and attached for more than half their length ; the
enlarged extremity being free and bending upwards, inclines a
little to one side, and is occasionally bifid, forming two cells ; an
obtuse ridge or keel extends the entire length of the cell, increasing
imperceptibly in thickness upwards; orifice somewhat constricted,
the walls immediately below being pellucid, and suddenly dilating
become abruptly opake, and thickly covered for some distance
downwards, with agglutinated sand. Tentacles forty-two in
number, slightly tinged with yellow, the colour best seen when
they are formed into a compact bundle ; membrane at their base
distinct, scalloped, the points being prolonged a little up the
tentacles. Egg black, long, oval ; sides nearly parallel ; margins
pellucid, yellow, sharp, broad, and reticulated.
This species was procured rather abundantly in Bromley Lough,
and does not appear to vary much. At first sight large patches
of it have the appearance of being formed of a single polypidom ;
402 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER
but, on close examination, are found to be composed of many, and
rarely to number more than six or eight cells in each. The
commencement of each polypidom has the black envelope of the
originating egg adherent.
Two or three specimens of a more branched form of carinated
Plumatelia, were taken in Bromley Lough, which may probably
prove a distinct species ; more individuals, however, are necessary
before it can be characterized.
Paludicella procumbens. Pl. VI. figs. 1 & 2, and Pl. V.
Polypidom membranous, subhorny, pellucid, smooth and glossy,
ofa brownish horn-colour, much and irregularly branched, forming
large patches on the underside of stones, for the most part
adhering, with rather numerous, short, free, almost simple
branches ; the branches composed of a single series of narrow
cells arranged longitudinally, contracting towards the base and
widening upwards ; aperture lateral, near to the upper extremity
of the cell, forming a rather long and somewhat constricted tube
inclining upwards ; margin entire, surmounted by a widish, deli-
cate, hyaline, membranous cup. ‘Tentacles sixteen in number,
arranged in a complete circle, and when spread out forming a
very exact inverted cone. |
This, the second species of the genus, resembles very closely
P. articulata of Allman, but that form appears to have about
twenty-six tentacles, and is likewise more densely and luxuriantly
branched ; the cells, too, are larger and of a different colour.
The P. procumbens occurred in both Bromley and Crag Loughs,
but most abundantly in the latter, where it spreads over the
under surface of stones in patches of 5 or 6 inches diameter.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES IIL, IV., V., axp VI.
Puate III.
Fig. 1.—Upper portion of Fredericella sultana seen as a transparent object
very much magnified: a, tentacular disc; 6, tentacles; c/, mem-
brane at base of ditto; c, flounced margin of ditto; d, mouth;
e, oral valve; f, esophagus ; g, projecting lips of cardiac orifice ;
h, stomach ; 2, intestine; 7, anus; 4, nervous ganglion giving off
BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 403
nerves; /, tentacular sheath doubled upon itself; m, strong ra-
diating muscles for preventing complete inversion of ditto;
n, delicate radiating muscles in connexion with the orifice of
cell; o, outer wall of cell; p, inner wall or tunic; q. inverted
lips of orifice; 7, the point where the same unite to the tenta-
cular sheath, immediately below which is the sphincter for
closing the cell.
Fig. 2.—Retracted polype of Plumatella Allmani seen by transmitted light
and much magnified: a, bundle of tentacles enveloped in mem-
branous sheath; a’, tentacular disc; 6, cesophagus; c, project-
ing lips of cardiac opening; d, stomach; e, intestine; 7, anus;
gg, wuscles for retracting the polype; 4, large radiating muscles
for preventing complete inversion of tentacular sheath;
2, delicate radiating muscles in connexion with the orifice of
cell; 7, outer wall of cell; 4, inner membrane or tunic; J, in-
verted margin or lips of orifice; m, tentacular sheath ;
n, sphincter contraction of ditto; 0, bud in second stage of de-
velopment ; p, tentacular sheath of ditto forming; g, retractor
muscles in an incipient state.
Fig. 3.—Upper portion of the cell of Plumatella Allmani much enlarged :
a, bud in first stage of development attached to the inner surface
of lining membrane of cell.
Fig. 4.—Cell with exserted polype of Fredericella sultana much enlarged
and seen as a transparent object: a, tentacular disc; 6, oral
valve; c, esophagus; d, stomach; e, intestine; /f, the two
bundles of polype retractors; g, two fibres of same for rotating
tentacular disc; h, egg in connexion with ovary, attaching it to
lower end of stomach and wall of cell; A’, appendage to the
lower end of stomach, probably generative; 77, outer wall of
cell; jj, lining membrane or tunic; 4, bud in third stage of
development; /, tentacles of ditto as they at first appear;
m, stomach of ditto; », retractor muscles of ditto; 0, nucleated
cell—the incipient egg in connexion with the ovary.
Fig. 5.—Bud in third stage of development more highly magnified: a, ten-
tacular disc; 6, esophagus; c, stomach; d, intestine; e, inci-
pient egg in enlarged portion of ovary ; f, wall of cell.
Fig. 6.—Egg and ovary much enlarged of Fredericella sultana: a, egg im-
bedded in ovary; 6, wall of cell to which lower end, c, of ovary
is attached ; c’, upper portion of ovary leading to stomach.
Puate IV.
Fig. 1.—Side view of exserted tentacular apparatus much enlarged of Plu-
matella punctata : a, esophagus; 6, oral valve; c, tentacular or
oral arms; d, tentacles; e, membrane at base of ditto ;
J, lamine at back of ditto.
Fig. 2.—Enlarged view of underside of tentacular apparatus of Plumatella
Allmani: a, margin of orifice of cell; 6, intestine; c, esophagus;
d, oral valve; ee, oral arms; f/, membrane at base of tentacles,
Fig. 3.—Enlarged view of the upper side of tentacular apparatus of Pluma-
tella Allmani: a, mouth; 6, oral valve; cc, oral arms; d, mem-
brane at base of tentacles.
Fig. 4.—Much-enlarged view of the reproductive organs of Fredericella
_ sultana: a a, outer wall of cell; 6 6, lining membrane or tunic;
c, lower portion of stomach; dd, ovary; e, egg imbedded in
same; 7, two filaments attached to the lower end of stomach,
pralally connected with the reproductive system; g, retractor
muscles.
404 MR, HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER, ETC.
Fig. 5.—Enlarged view of a cell of Plumatella Allmani exhibiting reproduc-
tive organs: a, base of oral arms; 6, esophagus; c, stomach;
d, intestine ; e¢ e’, ovary; f, egg nearly mature, still attached to
ditto; g, an egg just forming likewise attached to ovary;
hh, two filaments attached to the stomach, probably connected
with the reproductive system; 2 2, the two bundles of retractor
muscles; j, outer wall of cell; 4, lining membrane or tunic.
PLATE V.
Fig. 1.—Enlarged view of a cell of Paludicella procumbens seen as a trans-
parent object, the polype being exserted: aa, outer wall of cell ;
6 6 6, lining membrane or tunic; c, tubular orifice; d, mem-
branous cup surmounting ditto; e, tentacular disc; 7, tentacles ;
g, pharyngeal swelling; A, esophagus; 7, stomach; 7, intestine;
k, enlargement at commencement of ditto; /, anus; m, supposed
ovary; x, filament attached to the lower extremity of stomach,
probably connected with the reproductive system; 0, polype
retractor muscles; p p, inferior tube-retractors; g, two fibres
of superior tube-retractors; 77, muscles to prevent the complete
inversion of tentacular sheath; s, tentacular sheath doubled
upon itself; ¢ parietal muscles; u, end walls of two cells
abutting against each other.
Fig. 2—Enlarged view of a single cell of P. procumbens with polype re-
tracted: a, outer wall of cell; b, lining membrane of ditto;
c, retracted tubular orifice; d, tentacles; dd’, tentacular
sheath; e, esophagus ; /, cardiac orifice; g, stomach; h, intes-
tine; 7, enlarged portion of ditto; 7, supposed ovary doubled
upon itself; 4, filament attached to lower end of stomach, pro-
bably connected with reproductive system ; /-l, polype retractor
muscles; m m, inferior tube-retractors; m n, superior tube-
retractors; o, sphincter muscles for closing orifice; p, ditto
ditto; g g, muscles to prevent complete inversion of tentacular
sheath; 7, end wall of cell formed by the tunic exhibiting en-
largement in the centre.
Fig. 8.—End of retracted tube of P. procumbens exhibiting the manner in
which it folds in.
Fig. 4.—Termination of a branch of P. procumbens comprising two cells in
different stages of development: a, outer wall of cell in fourth
stage of development; 6, lining membrane of ditto; 6’, blind
termination of ditto ditto; c, place of future orifice ; d, tentacles
of polype in state of development ; e, cesophagus; 7, stomach ;
g, intestine; A, lower productive organ; 2, tentacular sheath ;
J, polype retractor muscles; 4, tube-retractors; J, new cell in
first or earliest stage of development, exhibiting lining membrane
and external wall; m, nucleated cells in lining membrane.
-Fig. 5.—Two terminal cells of P. procumbens containing buds in different
stages of development: a, tentacles of bud far advanced or in
fifth stage of development; a/, tentacular sheath; 6, esophagus;
c, stomach; d, intestine; e, anus; /, lower reproductive organ ;
g, polype-retractors; h, parietal muscles; 2, tube-retractors ;
Jj, tube just forming ; &, outer wall of last-formed cell exhibiting
bud in second stage of development; 4, lining membrane of
ditto; m, bud as it appears at first.
Fig. 6.—Terminal cell exhibiting bud in third stage of development:
a, outer wall of cell; 6, lining membrane; c, bud; d, tentacular
sheath; e, polype-retractors just making their appearance.
MR. HANCOCK ON A SPECIES OF HYDRA, ETC. 405
Fig. 7.—Enlarged view of a portion of the polype of P. procumbens exhibit-
ing reproductive system: a, cesophagus; 6, stomach; ec, intes-
tine; d, supposed ovary with the egg, e, attached ; 4, membranous
envelope of the egg; g, lower filament supposed to be connected
with the reproductive system.
Prats VI.
Fig. 1.—Polypidom of Paludicella procumbens slightly enlarged.
Fig. 2.—A portion of ditto much enlarged, exhibiting two or three series
of cells.
Fig. 3.—A patch of Plumatella Allmani magnified two times, comprising
several polypidoms.
Fig. 4.—Two or three polypidoms of ditto more highly magnified, exhibiting
the polypes exserted and the envelope of the originating egg a a.
Fig. 5.—A single cell of same still more highly magnified: a, keel or ridge
on the upper surface of cell.
Fig. 6.— Plumatella punciata five or six times magnified, exhibiting polypes
exserted: a, envelope of originating egg.
Fig. 7.—Three cells of ditto more highly magnified and more produced than
usual, with the polypes exserted.
X VIII.—Wotes on a species of Hydra found inthe Northumberland
Lakes. By Aupany Hancock, Esq.
[Read Wednesday, December 12th, 1849.]
On visiting the Northumberland lakes, last August, for the
purpose of prosecuting my inquiries respecting the freshwater
Ascidian Polypes, I took a very beautiful Hydra, abundantly in
Bromley Lough. On a subsequent occasion, numerous specimens
of the same species were also obtained in Crag Lough. They
were found associated with the various Bryozoa that inhabit these
waters, adhering to the under side of stones which lie scattered
by their margins, and in situations where there was neither mud
nor vegetation. From the peculiar character of the locality, so
different from that of the usual habitat of the Hydro, I was in-
duced to examine the specimens with great care, and find that
406 MR. HANCOCK ON A SPECIES OF HYDRA,
they do not exactly agree with any of the known forms, though
they come very near to H. fusca, of which they may probably
prove to be a variety.
On removing from the water, a stone to which these Hydre are
attached, they appear as irregular, minute depressed globules of
gelatine, of a pale red flesh-colour, dispersed over the surface,
sometimes in great numbers on one stone, but never crowded on
each other. When placed in a bottle of water, they soon become
fixed to its sides, and spreading out their tentacles, display them-
seves to great advantage. They are now seen to be very variable
in form, Pl. VII. figs. 3, 4,—or rather that they have great com-
mand over it, contracting themselves until they are almost globu-
lar or vase-like, with the tentacles very short and swelled out in
the centre ; then extending themselves, they become linear, much
attenuated, and frequently half an inch long,—the tentacles, fig. 5,
being very delicate, and tapering imperceptibly towards the ex-
tremity, which is enlarged and rounded, forming a nodule or bulb
of no great size, but quite visible to the naked eye. The polype,
however, is usually much less extended, and is generally a little
bulged in the centre ; the tentacles are then somewhat longer
than the body, but are shorter than it when the animal is fully
stretched out. There are usually six tentacles, occasionally five,
rarely seven ; they are white, never coloured in the centre like
the body, which, as already stated, is a red flesh-colour ; it is also
sometimes yellowish. The colouring, which is apparently much
affected by exposure to light, depends on the granules that line
the internal or digestive cavity, and is most intense near the
mouth.
When in their native haunts, attached to the under side of
stones, the Zydrc must be nearly in total darkness; but on being
placed in a bottle, they become exposed to the solar rays, and in
the course of a few days, are almost completely bleached. Sup-
posing that this loss of colour was occasioned by the want of food,
the specimens were supplied with animalcules ; but their original
hue was not in the least restored.
During the first week or ten days, the captives added greatly
to their numbers, by gemmation, the buds sprouting from the
FOUND IN THE NORTHUMBERLAND LAKES. 407
lower portion of the body,—rarely more than one at a time.
Afterwards the budding was much less frequent ; and in about a
month from the time they were taken, most of the specimens had
perished. Two or three, figs. 1 & 2, more favourably placed than
the rest, continued to live on for some time longer, and thrived
well; but they changed considerably in appearance. A short way
below the tentacles, two tubercles, a, a, had developed themselves
opposite to each other, and were in every respect symmetrical ;
and the body was considerably enlarged towards the lower extre-
mity. In this state the animal had a pedunculate appearance,
and I was quite at a loss to account for the change. These speci-:
mens belonged to the first batch procured in Bromley Lough.
On visiting the lakes again, however, in September, and getting
a fresh supply, nearly all the individuals exhibited the same
appearances ; the tubercles being invariably a little below the
tentacles, though not always symetrically placed; and occasionally
they were three and even four in number: the swelling, too, on
the lower part of the body, varied in different specimens.
On placing one of them under the miscroscope, the tubercle,
Pl. VIII. fig. 5, was found to be vesicular, of a conical form, with
the apex obtuse, and to resemble in texture the general surface of
the animal: the basal portion contained an opake, rosy, granular
body, a, of a glandular appearance, which completely filled the
base of the tubercle: the apex, 6, was pellucid, and on being
attentively examined, a crowd of very minute moving bodies were
observed within it.
Whilst watching, with great earnestness, the motion of these
mysterious bodies, all of a sudden the apex of the tubercle burst,
and a great number of them, cloud-like, rushing into the sur-
rounding fluid, dispersed in all directions. The rupture appeared
to close again, and the apex was seen to be almost empty ; but
fresh bodies making their appearance, the receptacle was soon as
full as ever. I have seen the eruption of these corpuscles on
several occasions, and have no doubt that it is a natural pheno-
menon ;—not resulting from any artificial means,—certainly
not from pressure, as the animals were always quite free. On
examining these moving bodies, which are exceedingly minute,
F3
408 MR. HANCOCK ON A SPECIES OF HYDRA,
with 1th of an inch object-glass, they were found to be of an el-
liptical form, and to resemble spermatozoa ; tails, however, were
not detected, though with a higher power, it is not improbable that
they may be found; for I could not satisfy myself of their non-
existence.
The nature of these tubercles or sacs, is a matter of much in-
terest. They were discovered by Ehrenberg, and described by him
as the male organ,—the moving bodies being considered sperma-
tozoa. Though I have not seen the original memoir on the subject.
I think there can be little doubt of the accuracy of this opinion,
How else can we account for the constancy of the appearance of
these sacs? for their development at the time the eggs are being
produced, as we shall afterwards see is the case !—for their being
situated always on the same part of the animal ?’—for the con-
tained gland-like body, and moving corpuscles ?—for the eruption
of these latter bodies, and for their resemblance to spermatozoa. ?
Having thus detected what I believed to be the male generative
organ, I was anxious to watch the development of the egg, which
appears to have been already described more than once; but as
it has rarely been observed by British naturalists, I will venture
to give my own remarks on the subject. The lower portion of
the body, as before stated, is enlarged at the time when the male
organ makes its appearance. On examining the enlargement,
Pl. VII. figs. 1 & 2 6, 6, carefully, it is found to be usually
greater on one side than the other; here it is opake and of a pale
rosy hue, notwithstanding that the animal is faded under the
effect of light. The opake swelling extends nearly round the
body, the margins being generally distinct. This is the nascent
ovum, as it appears at first ; it gradually increases in size, Pl. VIII.
fir. 1 d, and ultimately becomes very protuberant, bulging the
body excessively on one side: the egg, at this time, is confounded
with its covering; but it, d, is soon seen as a rounded, somewhat
flattened body, contained within a transparent envelope, e, resem-
bling the general surface of the body, of which it is apparently a
continuation. This envelope, fig. 2 6, 6, shortly opens at the
highest point of the swelling, and the egg, a, gradually makes its
way through the orifice, which as gradually enlarges until the egg,
FOUND IN THE NORTHUMBERLAND LAKES. 409
figs. 3 6, & 4 e, is completely exposed, and rests, as it were within
the mouth of a shallow cup, figs. 3 e, e, & 4 g, the contracted enve-
lope. The egg remains in this position for a day, and sometimes
longer, attached to the body of the parent by a short, thin pedicle,
figs. 3d & 4 f; the margins, at first, are generally undulated, as
in fig 4 ; afterwards the egg becomes almost completely globular.
It is ultimately detached, and soon fixes itself to some foreign
body. On watching one individual through the microscope, the
egg was observed to separate from the parent, and to move slowly
away. No ciliary action could be detected to account for the
motion ; but it assuredly passed out of the field of view as often
as the instrument was adjusted: in another instance, however, no
motion could be observed. The egg, Pl. VII. fig. 6, in the course
of an hour or so, became stationary, and several minute globules,
a, a, a, which had been noticed sticking to it from the first, Pl.
VIII. fig. 3 ¢, c, enlarged, and others made their appearance: they
soon assumed the character of delicate cells, Pl. VII. fig. 7, filled
with globular bodies, with dark margins. These globules are
probably composed of some tenacious mucus with which to glue
the ege to any substance on which it may happen to settle. Soon
after attachment, these bodies disappear, and the egg, which is
now perfectly circular, is seen to be surrounded by a narrow,
transparent rim, indicating the presence of a distinct chorion ;
the under side of the egg being flattened, the upper side convex,
opake, and rosy as at first.
I have not been able to determine, with precision, how many
eggs are produced by each polype, but certainly no great number,
probably not more than three or four, and in some instances per-
haps only one. On one occasion, after the egg separated from
the animal, the latter gradually dwindled in size, and ultimately
disappeared. Most frequently, however, the polype is not mate-
rially altered on giving birth to an egg; and occasionally two,
Pl. VIII. fig. 1 d, d, are in process of development at the same
time, generally from opposite sides, one being more advanced than
the other.
The male organ is only developed at the time the eges make
their appearance. In August, shortly after the polypes were pro-
410 MR. HANCOCK ON A SPECIES OF HYDRA,
cured, they multiplied rapidly, as we have seen, by gemmation,
and at this period none of the sacs containing spermatozoa were
observed. It was not until they had ceased to propagate in this
way, some time in September, that the male organ was developed,
and it was always visible afterwards, though variable in size.
All the individuals apparently produce eggs, and all are alike
provided with the spermatic sacs; at least the ovum, in various
stages of development, and the male organ are seen at the same
time, in most specimens; it isnot uncommon, however, to observe
the male organ only, the egg probably having just left the body
of the parent, though I do not recollect having seen the egg in
process of development in individuals unprovided with the sperm-
vesicles.
It is worthy of remark, that the buds sprout from the same
part of the body in which the eggs are developed; but I have
seen nothing to warrant the assertion, that the ova, after impreg-
nation, “sometimes are retained, and then grow out like buds.”
Indeed it is probable that fecundation does not take place until
the egg bursts through the integument, and is attached to the
parent only by a delicate pedicle. This would appear more likely
than that impregnation should be effected through the skin of
the animal. Whilst watching an individual, when the egg was
about to separate from the parent, the sperm-vesicle was fre-
quently brought, by the contractions of the body, almost in con-
tact with the ovum; thus fecundation might very easily be
effected, and at a moment, too, when, from analogy, it might be
expected to take place: more observations, however, are required
to settle this point.
T have also observed sperm-vesicles, Pl. VIII. fig. 6, in 7. viridis;
in this species, they are much smaller than in the specimens from
the Northumberland lakes, and are generally two or three in
number, near the anterior extremity of the body, but without
symmetrical arrangement. They are irregularly conical, with the
base wide, within which there is likewise a distinct glandular
body, of a green colour; the moving bodies are very numerous,
and occupy, as in the other species, the transparent apex. The
sperm vesicles were noticed in H, viridis, after it had ceased to
bud, some time early in October.
FOUND IN THE NORTHUMBERLAND: LAKES. 41i
The tentacles, Pls. VII. & VIIL. figs. 5,7, are of the flesh-coloured
species, are very rough and beautiful, exhibiting an imperfect
spiral arrangement of the nodular enlargements. There are two
kinds of vesicles immersed in the nodules, as have been described
in some other species; one being much more numerous and
smaller than the other. The former are for touch, the latter for
prehension, according to Corda, who appears to have examined
these organs with great care, but whose description of one of
them is erroneous in several respects: the original memoir, how-
ever, I have not seen. Neither have I had an opportunity of
consulting Ehrenberg’s account of the minute structure of the
tentacles of these animals. The smaller vesicles, Pl. VIII. fig,
7 a, and fig. 8, seem to agree with Corda’s description as‘given
in Johnston’s “British Zoophytes ;” they are elliptical, being com-
posed of an inner and outer sac, both very delicate, transparent
and membranous. These bodies are placed with their long axis
perpendicular to the surface of the nodule in which they are im-
bedded, and have a non-contractile hair-like process projecting
from the external end.
The larger vesicles, fig. 7 6, are very complicated, and appear
to have been only partially understood by Corda, though he had
arrived at a full comprehension of their functions. They are
not merely prehensile organs, but are undoubtedly also stinging
instruments, as supposed by this naturalist, and are at least twice
as large as those for touch: they, fig. 9, are of an ovate form, short
and stout, immersed in the substance of the nodule, with the
narrow end uppermost, and immediately beneath the surface.
At the bottom of the vesicle, which, though perfectly transparent,
has rather thick walls, is seen a delicate lining membrane, d,
folded down upon itself, having a cup- or saucer-like appearance.
This, according to Corda, is “a saucer-like vesicle.” Standing
up from the centre of this, is a transparent membranous stalk,
c, irregularly bulged a little at the sides, and surmounted by a
sharp arrow-like head, 6, with the barbs much depressed. This
supporting stalk is described by the naturalist, just quoted, as
“a, solid, ovate corpuscle.” But to get a full knowledge of this
apparatus, it must be examined when exserted and ready for
412 MR. HANCOCK ON A SPECIES OF HYDRA,
action. The saucer-like vesicle is then seen to have disappeared,
and the outer vesicle, fig. 10 a, is lined throughout with a delicate
membrane, 6; in fact, the lips or margins of the saucer-like vesicle
have unrolled themselves, and now form the upper portion of the
lining membrane, the saucer itself being the lower portion of it.
And, moreover, the lining membrane is continued through the
neck of the outer vesicle, and is seen to be prolonged into the
stalk, c, supporting the arrow-head ; the barbs, c’, of which, three
in number, are now very much elevated, being almost horizontal ;
and thus protruded beyond the surface of the tentacle, are ready
to lay hold of prey in the manner of a grappling-iron.
The animal would appear, however, to have the power of
throwing the whole apparatus from the tentacle. Ifa specimen
be laid ona piece of glass, and examined through the microscope
a number of these organs, with the barbs fully extended, will be
seen scattered about like as many minute Florence flasks; the
bulbous extremity being elegantly rounded. For the purpose of
ascertaining if the animal really possessed this power, a small
worm was given toa polype when under the microscope, and
carefully watched. The animal was exceedingly cautious in using
its tentacles, not applying them in their whole.extent, as might
have been expected, but keeping by far the greater portion of
these organs perfectly free, and unattached to itsprey. Very few
of the arrow-heads were exserted, and, apparently, never till re-
quired ; occasionally certain parts of the tentacles were brought
into contact with the worm, and then, as it was forcibly drawn
further into the mouth, the protruded barbs might be seen sticking
in the surface of the struggling victim. At other times, as it
rolled about in its vain endeavours to escape, the bulbous extre-
mities of several of these formidable weapons were seen pro-
truding from the skin, undoubtedly placed there by the pungent
embrace of this deadly and determined foe; while others lay
scattered about in every direction, as if just cast from the tenta-
cles. It is therefore evident that these weapons can be used
either as grappling instruments for securing food, or, having been
plunged into some living prey, can be left half-buried in the
wound. Indeed when the barbs have been once fairly immersed,
FOUND IN THE NORTHUMBERLAND LAKES. 413
it is difficult to conceive how they can be withdrawn; and, there-
fore, it is probable that the tentacles can only be disengaged by
moulting these organs, which seem to be very slightly attached
by the neck of the flask-like portion.
This, however, may not be the only reason why these weapons
are left in the wound. It has been stated that they are stinging
as well as captor organs, and if so, may require time to pour the
poison into the wounded animal, The deadly fluid is probably
contained in the bulbous portion of the instrument, and by the
contraction of its walls may be forced through the other extre-
mity which is perforated ; at least from the extreme point, a long,
delicate filament, fig. 10 d, almost invariably protrudes, resem-
bling very closely the appearance of the long process attached
to the stinging bodies thrown out of the papille of olis, and
from the tentacles of Actinia. But other bodies much more
closely resembling the stinging organs of these animals, were
found strewed about, associated with the captor organs. These
bodies, fig. 11, are minute elliptical sacs, with a long, slender
filament from one end, like that just mentioned, from the pointed
extremity of the captor organ. The filaments of both these
bodies have a double margin, and are apparently tubular. Now
it is more than probable that these elliptical sacs are thrown out
of the captor organ, and that the filament, so frequently seen
issuing from its pointed extremity, belongs to one of them about
to be exserted.
We thus see that Hydra is provided with a most efficient
stinging apparatus, which having penetrated the surface of its
prey, remains fixed there, discharging into the wound its poison-
bearing filaments. No wonder then that the embrace of these
animals should be so deadly to the animalcule that comes within
their reach ; and that the worm, so tenacious of life, should fall
paralysed from their touch, and die, as we are told, almost without .
a struggle.
The captor organs of Hydra viridis are exactly similar to thase
just described, but are scarcely more than half their size. In this
species, too, they are cast from the tentacle.
Corda considers the arrow head, and what he calls the ovate
414 MR. HANCOCK ON A SPECIES OF HYDRA,
corpuscle, whicn we have seen is the membranous stalk supporting
the barbs, to be calcareous. Acetic acid, however, has no effect
on these parts ; and they resist nitric acid for some time, but, in
the course of an hour or two, almost disappear under the influence
of this powerful fluid. Itis therefore evident that neither of these
parts is calcareous: the arrow-head and barbs are probably com-
posed of horny tissue, or some other substance with which we are
unacquainted.
It appears that Corda has also determined the existence of an
anal outlet at the posterior extremity of the animal. I have
likewise seen what I take to be a similar outlet. On examining
a specimen in a highly contracted state, and which was about to
discharge an egg, a distinct, constricted, linear channel, Pl. VIII.
fiz. 4 6, was observed passing from the digestive cavity through
the substance of the adhesive disc, apparently about its centre.
From this channel issued a long, linear mass c, of excrementitious
matter composed of a tenacious mucus, imbedding a granular
substance, resembling both in colour and texture that which lined
the digestive cavity.
The true nature of this outlet is enigmatical, since it is known
that the refuse of digestion is discharged by the oral orifice.
Professor Owen suggests that “it may give passage to certain
execrations of the villous lining membrane of the alimentary
canal.” From the facts just mentioned, it would appear that this
conjecture is probably correct.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES VII. anp VIII.
Puate VII.
Figs. 1, 2.—Two much enlarged views of the Zydra from the Northumber-
land lakes after development of the sperm vesicles: aa, sperm
vesicles; 6, ovum in early stage of development.
Figs. 8, 4.—Two much enlarged views of the same before development of
the sperm vesicles.
Fig. 5.—Two highly magnified views of the terminal portion of the tentacle,
exhibiting nodular enlargements a, and terminal bulb or
nodule 0.
FOUND IN THE NORTHUMBERLAND LAKES. 415
Fig. 6.—Egg after attachment to some foreign body much magnified, ex-
hibiting chorion: aaa, a few of the mucus-globules contained
in vesicles adhering to the egg.
Fig. 7.—A few of the same vesicles containing mucus-globules more highly
magnified.
Prats VIII.
Fig. 1.—Hydra much enlarged, exhibiting development of ova: a, basal
portion of tentacles; 6, mouth; cc, sperm-vesicles; d, ovum
considerably advanced; d, ovum just before it bursts through
its envelope e.
Fig. 2,—Much enlarged view of egg as it appears immediately after it has
burst the envelope: a, egg; 0b, margins of envelope; cc, por-
tions of the animal.
Fig. 3.—A portion of Hydra much magnified, exhibiting the egg when
ready to separate from parent: a, portion of the animal; 6, egg;
cc, mucus globules as they at first appear; d, pedicle attaching
egg to parent; ee, contracted margins of envelope.
Fug. 4.—Enlarged view of Hydra much contracted, with egg attached, ex-
hibiting anal orifice: a, mouth; 6, anal orifice as seen through
the substanee of the adhesive disc; c, feces passing out of
same; d, sperm vesicle; e, egg with undulated margins;
J; pedicle attaching same to parent; g, contracted margin of
envelope.
Fig. 5.—Sperm vesicle much enlarged of the Hydra from the Northumber-
land lakes: a, gland-like body within the base of same; 6, apex
of same containing spermatozoa; cc, a portion of surface of
animal.
Fig. 6.—Sperm vesicle much enlarged of H. viridis: a, gland-like body
within base of vesicle; b, apex of same containing spermatozoa;
cc, surface of animal.
Fig. 7—Much enlarged view of portion of tentacle of the flesh-coloured
Hydra as seen in the compressor, exhibiting captor organs and
organs of touch imbedded in the nodular enlargements: a, organs
of touch; b, captor organs.
Fig. 8.—Two of the organs of touch greatly magnified, exhibiting inner and
outer vesicles and cilium.
I’ig. 9.—Greatly enlarged view of retracted captor organ: a, outer vesicle ;
6, arrow head with barbs depressed; c, membranous stalk of
same; d, inner or lining membrane doubled down upon itself.
Fig. 10.—Captor organ exserted: a, outer vesicle; 6, inner or lining mem-
brane; c, membranous stalk supporting arrow head with the
three barbs, c’, elevated; d, filament passing out of the pointed
extremity of arrow head.
Fig. 11.—Two enlarged views of elliptical sacs with filaments supposed to
be poison organs cast from captor organ.
G3
416 MR. HARDY ON DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME
XIX.—Deseriptions of some New British Homopterous Insects.
By James Harpy, sq.
(Read Thursday, April 4, 1850.]
In arranging my collection of Homoptera, preparatory to a
Catalogue for the Tyneside and Berwickshire Naturalists’ Clubs,
of the species found within their respective districts, I have met
with several apparently uncharacterized, which, in pursuance
of the designs of these Institutions, I intend, in this communica-
tion, to describe. From the localities examined being not very
remote, many species are common to both; it appears, on this
account, advisable, to obviate the disadvantages that attend
scattered descriptions, to group the new species together. The
species of the branch of the order treated of have been pretty well
elaborated by Mr. Curtis, in his valuable work on British Ento-
mology; there, doubtless, however, still remain gleanings to
reward a diligent investigator. From the beauty, the occasional
singularity, the limited number of its objects, the ease of conser-
vation, and the facility of displaying their forms, this division
offers many claims for a more general attention than it has hitherto
had accorded to it.
Orper.—HOMOPTERA, Latreiile.
Srction.—A UCHENORHYNCHI, Dumeril.
Famity.—CHRCOPID &, Leach.
Genus I.—TYPHLOCYBA, Germar.
1. T. phaGrata.
Narrow, cylindric, yellow ; head and thorax yellow, somewhat
opaque, the former with a pair of very obsolete spots near the apex
above, face long ; ocelli extremely minute; eyes tawny, with a
white investing coat; bristle of the antenne short; scutellum tar-
nished yellow in the centre, margined with fuscous brown, which is
more diffused at the base ; elytra glossy, of a brighter yellow, fainter
beneath the costa, the apex inferiorly slightly fuscescent, anarrowish,
NEW BRITISH HOMOPTEROUS INSECTS. ALT
fascous brown longitudinal stripe drawn along the depression
occasioned by the strong nervure, whereat each elytron is deflected,
forming at its basal origin a small outlying patch beneath, and
terminating on the margin considerably behind the apex ; costa
near and around the apex, pale orange; wings white, glossy ;
upper and under surface of the abdomen, breast and legs pale
yellow, tips of the tarsi and of the anus minutely black ; oviduct
brown. Length 13—Expansion of wings 33 lines.
Single specimens were found at Gibside, County of Durham ;
and Penmanshiel Wood, Berwickshire, in August.
2. 'T. EXIMIA.
Narrow, sub-cylindric, elytra gradually contracting to a point ;
whitish ; ocelli not seen ; eyes fuscescent, invested with a white
coat ; apex of the clypeus, two dots on the thorax, the suture, a
stripe on each elytron interrupted before the base and fading out
a little after the middle, as well as some of the apical nervures,
bright orange, or gamboge yellow ; the elytra glossy, their tips
and base immediately beneath the costa, yellow; base of the
scutellum with two subtestaceous spots ; upper and under surface
of the abdomen, breast, and legs, yellowish. Length, 2 lines.
A single specimen found in the woods on the Derwent, above
Winlaton Mill.
3. T. RUBI.
Resembling 7. Ulmi, narrow, sub-cylindric ; head and thorax
whitish ; the eyes blackish, with a white, scaly covering; fore
margins of the thorax, and sometimes the disc, yellowish ; scu-
tellum transversly impressed after the middle, with two yellow
ovate longitudinal basal spots, one on each side, which reach to
the impression, often wholly white ; elytra with the edge under
the costa, and the nervures white, a yellowish, or golden yellow
glossy broad dash, occupying most of the surface ; the nervures
where they intersect each other towards theapex, bordered with pale
fuscous, as likewise are several of the short apical ones; sometimes
the fuscous tint appears in spots, of which three, two at the tips
of nervures, and one internally, are darker; wings white, vitreous ;
418 MR. HARDY ON DESORIPTIONS OF SOME
abdomen above, bluish black, the basal segment yellow, with a
minute lateral black spot on each side of its base, and a short
apical black streak, the posterior edges of the remaining segments,
of the fifth and sixth, especially the latter, more broadly, a stripe
down the sides as far as the last segment, and the apex, white ;
beneath fuscous, the apices of the segments white, the last segment
rather dusky ; the face, breast, coxe, and femora yellow, tibiz
and tarsi white, the claws of the last black. Length 12 line.
Found in the end of October, on the bramble, and likewise on
the hazel in Penmanshiel Wood, Berwickshire ; also occasionally
at Gibside.
4, T. LUTEA.
Narrow, sub-cylindric, yellow; head, thorax, and scutellum
brightest, the two first but slightly convex; the head rather
pointed, its hinder angles a little wider than the thorax ; eyes
whitish ; autenne short ; elytra paler, the tips subhyaline, scarcely
tarnished ; wings white ; abdomen black, with a spot on each
side at the base, the lateral margins broadly, the apex and two
transverse bands, of which the latter one is broader, yellow, the
apices of the other segments narrowly whitish beneath, with the
basal segments black, the posterior margins, and the last segment
entirely yellow; oviduct tawny; breast yellow, a black patch
behind the origin of the fore and middle pair of legs ; legs yellow,
a row of minute black spots down the outer edge of the posterior
tibie, tips of the tarsi black. Length 14 line.
A single specimen found in Berwickshire.
5. T. QUADRA-SIGNATA.
Small, narrow, sub-cylindric, the elytra somewhat expanded
near the middle, and only moderately narrowed behind ; face and
front of the head yellow, the former marked on the upper part
with two faint curved, short, longitudinal, the latter near the
point with two short transverse, pale testaceous lines, neither
always present; on the hinder head are two black or fuscous
squares, which are cut out on the anterior edge, narrowly separated
from each other by a yellow line, and from the eyes by a similarly
coloured margin ; eyes fuscous ; antenne with a longish bristle ;
NEW BRITISH HOMOPTEROUS INSECTS. 419
thorax opaque black, the back occasionally less deeply tinted, and
often showing a very short central line, and four small specks,
two anterior, and two posterior, the latter being elongated,
yellowish ; scutellum concolorous, with a palish spot at the apex ;
the colour of the elytra is nearly the same with the thorax, but
is less saturated towards the apex, and is there diversified by
hyaline or paler spots, and by the whitening of the nervures at
their junctions or furcations; a conspicuous white or yellowish
squarish spot, into which, posteriorly, a short twig of black often
runs, on the suture behind the scutellum ; the costa bordered with
pale yellow, at its origin appearing in a narrow line, but soon
entering upon the black ground in a large patch twice sinuated
posteriorly, which is then nearly cut off by a salient point of black,
deepest tinted at its point, but again encroaches to form a lesser
area ; a small hyaline spot is situated at the fuscous tint, inter-
vening betwixt this and the apex ; wings white, glossy, the three
upper nervures dusky, and the apex slightly clouded ; the abdomen
black above, with lateral stripes, the posterior edges of thesegments
and a wide band before the apex, yellow; beneath yellow with
black transverse bands, or fuscous, with yellow margins to the
segments ; breast and legs yellow, a spot on the sides of the former
and the tips of the tarsi, black. Length 1—14 line.
Generally distributed in the meadows near Newcastle, and also
in deans, in Berwickshire. Autumn.
This is constant to the characters assigned ; still, as colours in
these insects are liable to vary, it may be identical with the
Lupteryx notata, of Curtis.
6. T. ocronorata.
Narrow, sub-cylindric, rather shining, considerably tapered
behind, elytra somewhat curved upwards towards the tips; the
face and head yellow, the former somewhat fulvescent in the centre,
with traces of obsolete ribs, and of two minute pale spots above,
the latter with two moderately sized black spots on the anterior
edge; eyes light brown, with a blackish spot on the hinder
angles ; bristle of the antenne of considerable length ; thorax and
scutellum yellow, the former with two approximated black spots
430 MR. HARDY ON DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME
of the same size as those on the head placed anteriorly, and, pos-
teriorly, two other larger and remote; the latter with a trans-
verse sunk line before its apex, sometimes fuscous, and two, one
on each side of the base, triangular black patches, which, at their
origin, enter below the thorax, and shine dimly through ; elytra
glossy, somewhat greenish white near the base, but hyaline pos-
teriorly, a patch towards the base, two ragged fascia, in some
parts but faintly indicated, that cross them, of which the first
trends obliquely forward to the costa on each side, but the second
after passing across the back is retroverted, being continued in a
narrower oblique branch to the margin, faint fuscous brown,
the apices of the fascize rather more deeply stained ; a line near
the base of the costa, the suture near the apex, and the prongs of
a furcate nervure, fuscous ; abdomen above black, a widish lateral
band, and the posterior edges of the segments narrowly, yellow ;
beneath yellow, with black triangles at the bases of all the seg-
ments, except the terminal one, which is yellow with a geminated
triangular or linear spot at its base; breast shining black, or
somewhat lilac, the margins of its sections freckled or edged, and
the sides bordered with yellow ; legs white, tarsal claws black.
Length 2; expansion of wings 33 lines.
Var Males : middle compartment of the face and its apex
bordered with dark, the central part stained and rudimentally
barred with light, fuscous ; a large dark patch below the eyes,
the eyes themselves, the base of the fore coxe, a streak along all
the femora, and the hinder tibia, excepting the spines, a simi-
circular patch on the thorax, a transverse line before the apex of
the scutellum, and a minute spot on the apex, fuscous of variable
intensity and hue; wings with some of the nervures nigrescent
near the apex; breast and belly black, excepting in the latter
some narrow white lines on the posterior edges of the segments,
a series of yellow specks along the lateral margins. In other
respects conformable to the type.
Beat out of furze, in Berwickshire, in March.
Two specimens beat out ofa willow, on the Derwent, in August.
NEW BRITISH HOMOPTEROUS INSECTS. 421
7. T. SEXMACULATA.
Shaped nearly as in the last, but shorter; head, thorax, and
scutellum pale yellow ; eyes fuscescent, hinder angles darker; a
black spot on each side, on the cheeks below the eyes, two large
subquadrate ones on the upper part of the head, two, also, large
like-shaped ones on the anterior part of the thorax, and two
triangular patches at the base of the scutellum, deep black ; elytra
tinged with yellowish and subhyaline, with two wavy, somewhat
obsolete fuscescent bands, which are deepest stained as with a
spot, the first at the costa, the second at the termination on the
hinder margin; a third fuscescent band also before the apex,
leaving the extreme edge uncoloured ; under wings white, glossy,
the upper part of the apex clouded; abdomen above black, a
narrow lateral stripe, the hinder edges of the segments chiefly
near the sides, and sometimes a sub-apical band, yellowish ; be-
neath black, narrowly margined with yellow, the last segment
yellow, longitudinally clouded with fuscous in the middle; oviduct
black ; breast yellow, varied with black ; legs paler, claws of the
tarsi black, a fuscous spot at the tips of the tibie. Length 13—
expansion of wings, 34 lines.
Gibside. This and the next may be varieties of No. 6.
8. T. sUcUNDA.
Of nearly the same shape as the last ; head, thorax, and scu-
tellum yellow, the two latter immaculate ; face with faint traces
~ of dusky ribs, the hollows whence the antenne originate, fuscous ;
on the top of the head are two very minute approximated black
points, situated behind two fovez ; the eyes are light fuscous, the
margin narrowly white ; bristle of the antennz moderate ; elytra
more shining, pale, yellowish green, a fuscous obsolete patch
composed apparently of three short lines, each commencing near
where the preceding terminates, a little behind the base, a small
darker spot on the costa in a line above it, and a square, dark
fuscous one on the under margin towards the apex, traces of a
still fainter one on the suture in a line with the last, behind it the
apical portion becomes tarnished with fuscous, a tint acquired
likewise by the nervures ; abdomen above black, with the hinder
429 MR. HARDY ON DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME
edges of the segments next the sides narrowly margined with
white ; beneath black, speckled with dusky lilac and tawny, the
posterior margin of the first segment, and two small triangular
spots at the edges of the penultimate one, pale yellow ; the last
is black, with a narrow whitish central line ; breast yellow, with
transverse black patches behind the origins of the first and second
pairs of legs ; legs yellow, tip of the tarsi black. A male. Length
14 line.
Beat from a tree at Winlaton Mill, in August, while collecting
T. flammigera, that abounds on alders there.
9. T. stACHYDEARUM.
Narrow ; head with five black spots, the last situated on the
posterior margin, and triangular ; face yellowish, margined with
fuscous down to the apex, which is blackish, sometimes diversified
with fuscous or black patches and lines ; thorax yellowish, some-
times with eight black spots, and two approximated short fuscous
mesial lines, but more frequently the fuscous tint spreads into
clouds, and occupies the greater part of the disc, leaving two
spots near the middle, a shortened anterior longitudinal dorsal
line, and two patches at the base, that sometimes extend forwards
along the sides, near which there is sometimes a minute black dot,
yellow ; scutellum with two triangular dusky spots at its base ;
elytra yellowish or faint yellowish green, with lines and fuscous
specks deepest stained on their edges between the whitish yellow
nervures, the tip fuscous, or hyaline with fuscous stripes accom-
panying the nervures ; two rather large ovate clear spaces beneath
the costa, and a small one before the apex ; legs entirely yellow,
with the tarsal claws alone biack ; or with the hinder tibiz fusces-
cent and black at the tip, and the apices of the tarsal claws likewise
black ; or with the hinder femora at the apex, the tibie in the
middle and at the apex, and greater part of the tarsi, black.
Length 11—14 lines.
Common on Stachys sylvatica, at Axwell Park ; and on Lamium
album and Ballota nigra, between Redheugh and the Team bridge,
even as late as December.
NEW BRITISH HOMOPTEROUS INSECTS. 423
This appears to connect the Hupteryx hortensis and E. tarsalis,
of Curtis. I have still another form, found at Berwick, which
appears to be the /. melissce of this author.
Genus I.—DIKRANEURA, Hardy WSS.
Head somewhat pointed, triangulate, the crown very faintly
ridged ; face long; occelli not perceived; antennae moderate;
elytra nerved nearly as in aphrodes, the small cell under the costa
wanting; wings with the upper nervures disposed in two forks,
the upper opening inwardly on the base, the second and shorter
pronged outwardly on the apex, no apparent cross nervures.
1. D. VaRiata.
Small, narrow, the elytra tapered to a point posteriorly, light
yellowish green; head and thorax yellow, polished and shining ;
face yellow, but sometimes dusky in the centre, with appearance
of faint ribs, sometimes the middle plate is bounded by fuscous
lines, which are occasionally produced up to the front, where they
form a faint horse-shoe arch, within which there is a curved patch
on the peak; sides of the head on the summit faintly duskier,
leaving a brighter stripe up the centre, where it is very slightly
elevated ; eyes subtestaceous, with a whitish coat; bristle of the
antennee short; thorax transverse-lunate, posteriorly of the same
breadth as the hinder margin of the head, the disc sometimes
greenish, or slightly dusky; scutellum pointed, two impressed
approximating punctures behind the base, followed by a sunk
transverse stria, and then occasionally by a puncture; elytra pale
yellowish, pale greenish yellow, or glaucous green, becoming at
length sub-hyaline, and faintly tarnished with fuscous towards
the apex, the nervures yellowish, at length whitish; wings
slightly darkened, the nervures nigrescent, especially the furcate
ones ; abdomen bluish black, some of the segments, especially at
the sides, narrowly bordered posteriorly with white, a yellowish
band at the base, and another, sometimes also a third before the
apex, yellow; beneath, with a narrow stripe on the sides, the
posterior edges of the segments, and the apical one entirely,
yellow, the basal part of the segments pruinose black; breast
HS
424 MR. HARDY ON DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME
speckled with yellow, brown, and black; legs yellow, tips of the
tarsi black, the hinder tibie very indistinctly freckled with
dusky. Length, 11—Expansion of wings, 22 lines.
Var.—A semicircular cloud on the hinder part of the thorax,
two spots near the base of the scutellum, and at times two before
its apex, the greater portion of the elytra, and the nervures,
delicately sanguineous.
Abundant in Autumn, among long grass, (Festuca ovina and
Aira flexuosa) in a wood on the summit of Lobley Hill; also on
the coast of Berwickshire, where I met with it late in October,
in the sea caverns on Geranium Robertianum.
Genus III—APHRODES, Curtis.
1. A. SPILOTOCEPHALA.
Narrowish, elytra tapering to the tip, yellow, polished and
shining ; head, thorax, and scutellum, especially the first, bright
sulphur-yellow ; face of considerable length, but broader than in
Typhlocyba, the central part yellow, or distinguished by rows of
faint sometimes coalescent spots, or the rudiments of transverse
ribs, its edges, and sometimes those of the clypeus separated from
the cheeks, by blackish longitudinal lines; ocelli minute and
remote, placed near the eyes on the verge of the forehead, testa-
ceous ; four black spots on the top of the head, two approximating
on the point, triangular, and two behind them, larger, trapezoidal,
only narrowly separated from the eyes; a short fissure on the
vertex ; eyes fuscous, with a white coat; antenne with the second
joint fuscous at the base, the bristle long and fuscous at its tip;
disc of the thorax faintly duskier or greenish; elytra glaucous, or
greenish white when closed, with bright yellow nervures, costa
and suture, the apex faintly embrowned ; yellowish when expanded ;
wings glossy, the apex superiorly clouded, the nervures darkened ;
abdomen pruinose black, with stripes down the sides, minute
lateral incisions at the posterior borders of the segments, a band
before the apex, and occasionally the apex itself, and a basal
transverse band, yellow ; beneath with narrow white edges to the
segments, apex of the last one brownish or yellow, and bristled
with white; breast black, with yellow lateral specks, or with a
NEW BRITISH HOMOPTEROUS INSECTS. 425
yellow patch merely on the pleure; legs bright yellow, all the
tibiee with an internal dark line, which on the two first pairs, is
sometimes composed of dots, besides, there are other spots, espe-
cially on the hinder pair; the femora are also spotted, and on the
hinder ones these sometimes united to form a shortish line near
the apex, and the base likewise is sometimes similarly streaked ;
the anterior and intermediate tarsi, with the apex of the last
joint, and the claws dusky or black; first joint of the posterior
with a black line beneath, apex of the second and third, and the
claws fuscous. Length 21—Expansion of wings, 3? lines.
Meadows near Newcastle, also found in Berwickshire, and I
possess a specimen from Dr. Greville, taken near Edinburgh.
This species ranks with Lupterya 6—notata of Curtis which,
in habits, as well as in modification of character, associates better
with Aphrodes, than Typhlocyba. Can it be Cicada 4—notata
of Fabricius, which is thus briefly designated: “C. virescens
capite flavo: punctis quatuor nigris, elytris albidis.” Syst.
Rhyng. p. 78%
2. A. JUVENOA.
Narrowish, yellow, or greenish; head and scutellum bright
sulphur-yellow, the former triangular, and anteriorly considerably
salient ; face sulphur-yellow, its compartments bounded by fuscous
lines, the cheeks with a fuscous patch, central part fuscous at the
tip, and crossed on the upper portion with fuscous ribs, betwixt
which lie yellow spaces of equal dimensions, the last of the dusky
ribs borders the fore-edge of the head, and is visible from above;
the ocelli are extremely minute, and situated near the eyes; on
the summit, two minute fuscous dots are placed near the point,
and a small short sunk line divides the vertex ; the eyes are dark
brown; seta of the antenne short; elytra short, very little ex-
ceeding the apex of the body, light green or yellowish, with the
costa and nervures rather brighter; wings white; abdomen above
with the sides, adorsal line, the three last segments, some fuscous
lateral specks on the two last excepted, and the bases of the seg-
ments yellow, the remainder blackish, forming a series of uninter-
rupted cross bands, apex with yellowish white bristles; beneath
426 MR HARDY ON DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME
the lateral margin, some fuscous spots excepted, a row of faint
lateral spots, sides and tip of the penultimate, and the apical
segment entirely, yellow; oviduct brown; breast yellow, with a
black patch on its sides, anda larger one posteriorly ; legs bright
yellow, the anterior and intermediate thighs with a fuscous patch,
and a ring composed of lengthened dots; their tibie with a very
narrow line and some fuscous spots; hinder femora with a fuscous
line continued both ways in spots, tibiee with two rows of minute
spots, and an interior dark line; tips of the tibie and tarsi fus-
cescent. Length 1+ line.
This which is from the sides of the Derwent, is evidently an
imperfectly developed insect, and [have another ofa greener tint
from Berwickshire, agreeing with it in this respect. From the
latter district, however, I have a third, which I consider to be
the true representative of the species. It is alittle broader, and
the elytra pass considerably beyond the apex of the body; the
middle of the face is ribbed with black lines, leaving a triangular
yellow space nearest the tip, the upper rib is represented by dots
only, the middle of the thorax, and the elytra, are of a light
pleasant green, the latter subhyaline posteriorly with a blackish
arched streak within and encircling the apex ; wings nigrescent
with dark nervures; breast and abdomen deep pruinose black,
the latter above with a line before the apex, and some specks on
the tip above and beneath, yellow; legs yellow, fore coxe, except
at the tip, tips of the tibie, the tarsal claws, tip of the basal, and
the two last joints of the posterior tarsi entirely, and a spot
within the apex of the posterior femora black; in other respects
like the preceding. Length 1? line.
The effects of incomplete developement in blanching the wings,
is a@ curious circumstance, but I have observed it in another
species, which, under the forms named by Curtis, A. sulphurea,
tenwola, craticula, and maculipes, retains’ the slaty tint of those
organs, but in its “halfmade up” state, which I consider to be
A. unimaculata, and A. lata, of the author just cited, the colour
is entirely discharged from them; in the last forms, the elytra
are frequently so much curtailed as to leave a large portion of
the abdomen exposed,
NEW BRITISH HOMOPTEROUS INSECTS, - 427
3. A. MELANOPSIS.
Minute; head moderately pointed ; face entirely bluish black ;
top of the head, whitish, with an arched row of six fuscous spots
round the apex, followed by two larger ones united at the tip of.
the sunk vertical line, and behind these four others, two on each
side, betwixt this line and the eyes; eyes subtestaceous ; antennz
moderate, greyish; ground colour of the thorax dirty white,
occupied on the hinder part by two lateral, and two middle
darker patches, the last disposed in thickish lines, bluish fuscous;
scutellum white, a fuscous spot at its base, and another near its
tip, behind the transverse impressed line; viewed from before,
these form a cross; elytra glossy with fuscous or purplish-fuscous
patches, one large near the base, and two others divided by
narrow lighter spaces, with a few more minute, the remainder
sub-hyaline, and diversified by the pearly whiteness of the ner-
vures, more particularly at the junctions; wings slaty with dusky
nervures ; breast and abdomen beneath, black, the segments of
the latter bordered posteriorly with delicate white lines ; legs,
base of the fore coxe, and of all the femora, base of the tibiz
narrowly, their tips, and a line of dots, and the tarsal claws,
black, the remainder, yellowish; hinder tibie, with the base
narrowly, and the spines, as well as the basal joint of the tarsi,
dirty yellow, the remainder, black. Length 1 line.
Among short herbage, on barren banks, in Berwickshire. It
comes nearest to A. nitida, of Curtis.
4 A. MARMORATA.,
Shining and polished, elongate ; face broad, somewhat flattened,
yellow, an elongated spot on the clypeus, the margins of the
compartments, an oblique dash across the cheeks, the under
margin of the eyes, and two spots on their anterior edge, and the
hollow whence the antennx originate shining black or fuscous,
the central plate ribbed with black and yellow, representing in
the contour the trunk of a skeleton, towards the lower part of
which lies a halbert-shaped yellow space; ocelli remote, placed
near the eyes, and within a dark spot, almost on the line of the
forehead ; the upper part of the head is narrow, almost transverse
498 MR. HARDY ON DESORIPTIONS OF SOME
lunate, as in Macropsis, but with an approach to triangular, the
apex obtuse, yellowish, four minute points on the frontal line
between the ocelli, and four placed 2 and 2 obliquely, the larger
. pair anteriorly and most approximated, black ; a small sunk line
on the vertex, edged as well as the posterior margin, with
tarnished orange; eyes liver-brown; antenne with the second
joint dusky, the bristle longish; thorax transverse lunate, the
fore part yellowish, the hinder and the disc ashy, the surface
varied or spotted with fuscous or black; scutellum large, yellow-
varied with fuscescent, two yellow cheques at the base containing
each a central black spot, transversely impressed, and somewhat
depressed after the middle, with two black spots behind the im-
pression ; elytra long, not much expanded after the middle, across
which they are rounded, the tips overlap each other, and the
sides are rather compressed posteriorly; fuscous-ash, polished,
varied between the nervures with numerous black points or atoms,
single, united into rows, or abrupt longitudinal and cross lines,
and by the pearly whitness of the nervures, especially where they
fork or cross each other, apical margin nigro-fuscescent; wings
nigrescent with dark nervures; abdomen above, bluish black,
posterior edges of the segments narrowly whitish, which colour
at the margins extends into minute yellow triangular spots,
issuing from a yellow lateral stripe, that towards its termination
throws a band across the fifth; the underside is varied with fus-
cous and yellow, the lateral and posterior margins of the seg-
ments being yellow, and the centre fuscescent, with traces of a
central yellow line, the apical segment set around the apex with
stiff whitish bristles; fore and middle breast black, with the
posterior margins, a spot on the pleure and hinder breast, except-
ing the piceous base, yellow; legs whitish or yellowish white,
apices of the fore and middle femora with two, of the hinder with
six, curved spines, the fore tibie pectinated internally, and with
five widely set spinules on the outer aspect, hinder ones internally
ciliated, externally set with numerous spines; fore and middle
coxe with a black patch at the base, their femora with two
bands, the basal broader, and several spots, a line and several
spots on the tibiw, and apices of the penultimate tarsal joint,
NEW BRITISH HOMOPTEROUS INSECTS. 429
lilac or fuscous; posterior femora with a long longitudinal dash,
a curved one near the apex, three or four apical spots externally,
and one internally, lilac or fuscous; the long slightly bent tibie
with two lines of minute, and one of large spots, sometimes also
an internal line, the tips, spots beneath the first tarsal joint, its
apex, those of the two succeeding joints, and the claws, black,
Length, 3 lines. It is at once the largest and finest of its species.
A specimen taken in the woods on the Derwent; and another
in Berwickshire, beat out of bushes.
As will be observed from the detail, this is a true Aphrodes,
although the shape of the head would at first sight indicate a
different relationship.
Geyus [V.—ACUCEPHALUS, Germar.
1. A. apustus.
Short, and, contrasted with its affinities, considerably narrowed,
pale, or clayey-testaceous; face freckled with a brighter tint, dis-
posed often in the merest rudiments of ribs, a spot in the hollow
occupied by the antenne, and occasionally a line bordering the
central part of the face, black; crown above triangular, scarcely
wrinkled, with a central ridge, on each side of which it sinks
down, and then rises in two indistinct oblique ridges, one on each
side, either uniform in line, or often, as well as the thorax and
elytra, freckled with atoms and minute specks of light brownish ;
elytra rather abbreviated, with a row of ill-defined dusky spots
along the costa, and turning round the tip, or uniform with the
spots near the apex only; wings short, white; abdomen above
either wholly pale, or varied with deep fuscous or black, the
edges of all the segments pallid, a widish band at the apex of the
second, the apical ones, and a stripe down the margins, in which
lie several triangular brighter spots, brown ; underside concolorous,
the centre dusky ; legs also concolorous, the tips of the anterior
tibiee, and of the tarsal joints, blackish ; apex of the hinder femora
with a patch before the apex, and the inner side of the tibiz,
black, the spines brown ; apices of the tarsal joints and the claws
piceous, Length 2—2+ lines.
430 MR. HARDY ON DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME
Late in Autumn, in fields near Dunston, and also in Berwick-
shire.
I strongly suspect that this is a dwarfed and imperfect state
of A. rusticus, Fab., which is confirmed by finding a still less de-
veloped form to correspond to A. cardui. To A. rusticus, also,
from observed varieties in specimens, I feel disposed to refer A.
sparsus, A. rugosus, A. unicolor, A. fasciatus, and A. pallidus, of
Curtis ; and his A. bicinctus is, perhaps, not different.
. Genus V.—PAROPIA, Germar.
1. P. PALLIDIPENNIS.
Megophthalmus pallidipennis, Curt. JZSS. Mus. Dom. Greville.
Entirely pallid testaceous, in the elytra fainter, with the nerves
and suture more dusky ; the eyes and extreme apex of the tarsi,
black ; face and sides of the clypeus sometimes variegated with
light ochreo-brumeous, and occasionally some dusky patches appear
on the head and thorax, as well as a dusky spot on each side of
the base of the abdomen; the elytra are considerably longer,
and less gradually tapered behind than in P. scanica, Fallen,
(Megophthalmus bipunctatus, Curtis). Length 132 2 Expansion
of wings 3 lines.
From the Bents, at South Shields ; a specimen likewise found
in Berwickshire. Dr. Greville finds it near Edinburgh, and his
specimens, named, he informed me, by Mr. Curtis, bear the appella-
tion I have cited.
Famity.—FULGORID A, Leach.
Gunvus. VI.—CIXIUS, Latreiile.
1. Crxrvs DORSALIS.
Head, eyes, and face fulvous, the ridges fainter, the cheeks and
the apex of the face black, two dusky patches on the crown, and
two smaller curved ones before the ridge anterior to them, fuscous ;
thorax black, the anterior segment, the hinder part of the ridges,
and a fine dorsal line shortly, fulvous ; elytra white, the nervures
formed by black punctures, a broad fuscous patch down each,
leaving the sutural region narrowly, excepting four outlying
patches, and the costal portion gradually extending in width to
NEW BRITISH HOMOPTEROUS INSECTS. 431
the apex, white, three blackish spots before or about the middle
of the costa, and another paler towards the tip, with faint clouds
on the cross nervures; wings white, with brown nervures ;
abdomen above black, with two large spots, one on each side, at
the base, a stripe down the sides, the posterior edges of the seg-
ments narrowly, but wider at the sides, orange; beneath dark
fuscous, with the posterior edges of the segments narrowly yellow ;
a white flaky excreture collected round the apex ; breast black,
with the posterior edges of its sections, yellow; legs dirty
yellowish ; fore cox except at the tips, middle portion of the
femora, continuous to the apex in the hinder, and the tips of the
tarsi, more or less fuscous. Length 24 lines.
Taken at Milne Graden, near Coldstream, Berwickshire, in
June.
This is, perhaps, a variety of Flata serratula, of Fab., which
he says, occurs in England, upon Thistles.
I have not met with any statements relative to the early stages
of the insects of this genus. In woods, I often fall in with the
larva of one species, which I take for C. nervosus, in cavities
in the ground beneath large stones, or in the runs of moles or
mice, where it may feed on roots or underground stems.
Penmanshiel, by Cockburnspath, N.B.,
March, 1850.
LIST OF MEMBERS,
CORRECTED TO MARCH Isr, 1850.
Abbes, Rev. G. Cooper, B.A.
Adamson, Charles,
Adamson, William,
Alder, Joshua,
Andrews, George,
Armstrong, George,
Atkinson, George Clayton, Hed.
Atkinson, John Ismay, m.R.c.s.
Backhouse, William,
Balmer, George,
Bell, Thomas,
Bethune, Rev. Angus
Bigge, Rev. J. F., B.a.
Blacklock, Joseph,
Bold, T. J.
Brady, G. 8. :
Bruce, Rev. J. C., m.a.
Bulman, George,
Bungey, T. J.
Burnet, Thomas,
Burnet, Nicholas, . °
Carr, Ralph, Esq. : 4
Carr, Rey. Charles, m.a.
Carr, Rey. Henry B., m.a.
Caswell, Rev. John, B.a.
Charlton, Edward, m.p.
Clarke, George, o Bibes
Coxe, Rev. R. C., m.a.
. Cleadon, near Sunderland.
Rock Cottage, Jesmond.
. Tynemouth.
Ravensworth Terrace.
Durham,
Fawdon.
West Denton.
Wylam.
. Darlington.
High Bridge.
. Cumberland Row.
Seaham Harbour.
. Vicarage, Stamfordham.
Mosley Street.
. Bigg Market.
Gateshead.
. Percy Street.
Leazes Terrace.
. Durham.
Summerhill Terrace.
. Black Hedley, Shotley Bridge.
Dunston Hill.
. Whitworth, near Barnardcastle.
Rectory, Whickham.
. Kirkwhelpington, Northumbrld.
Aldon Square.
Walker.
Vicarage, Newcastle.
Crawshay, Edmund, . Bensham.
Crawshay, Herbert, Bensham.
Creighton, William, - Morpeth.
Currie, Robert, . : - Shieldfield.
Davidson, D. S. - Mosley Street.
Dees, R. R. St. Mary’s Place.
LIST OF MEMBERS.
De Mey, William Francis, m.p.
Dobson, John, . .
Dodd, William,
Dodsworth, Frederick,
Donkin, Armorer,
llison, Nathaniel,
Embleton, Dennis, m.p.
Embleton, R. C. m.r.c.s,
Featherstonhaugh, Rev. W.m.a.
Ferguson, William,
Forster, W. J. 4 :
Fryer, J. H., Esq.
Gibson, W. Sidney, F.s.A., F.G.S.
Glover, Robert M., m.p.
Glynn, Edward, “
Green, Rey. Robert, m.a.
Green, Rev. T. R., maa.
Green, R. Y.
Greenwell, Rev. W., M.a.
Hancock, Albany,
Hancock, John, ;
Hardy, James,
Hare, John,
Hobkirk, William,
Houseman, John, M.p.
Howse, Richard, jun. .
Hunter, Samuel,
Ingham, Robert, Esq. .
Jeiierson, Thomas, surgeon,
Kaye, Willian, . :
Kell, William, :
Leefe, Rey. J. E.
Liddell, Matthew,
Loftus, W.K. . °
Makepeace, Robert, .
Mather, Edward,
Moore, John, . : 4
Newton, Rey. J. H., B.a.
Newton, William, m.r cs.
Oliver, Daniel, jun.
433
Eldon Square.
New Bridge Street.
. 45, Bigg Market.
Collingwood Street.
. Jesmond.
Morton House, Durham.
. Northumberland Street.
Embleton, Northumberland.
Eaglescliffe, Yarm.
Alnwick.
. Tynemouth.
Whitley House, Tynemouth.
George Street.
Northumberland Street.
. Grey Street.
Northumberland Street.
. Northumberland Street.
Northumberland Street.
St. Mary’s Terrace.
. St. Mary’s Terrace.
Penmanshiel, Berwickshire.
- Mosley Street.
13, Edward Street.
. Percy Street.
Argyle Street.
. Ravensworth Terrace, Gateshd.
Westoe, South Shields.
. Hexham.
Blackett Street.
- Gateshead.
Cresswell, Northumberland.
. Benton Grange.
Stand House, Newcastle.
- Forth.
Grey Street.
. Bishopwearmouth.
Kirkharle, Northumberiand.
. Pilgrim Street.
Bigg Market.
434 LIST OF MEMBERS.
Pattinson, H. L.
Peacock, Reginald,
Pearson, William, m.r.c.s.
Plummer, Robert, Esq.
Potter, H. G., m.r.c.s.
Preston, J. H.
Radford, James,
Rippon, George, Esq.
Robinson, G. F.
Robson, George,
Robson, E, Capper, .
Sanderson, R. B. Jun., .
Sanderson, John,
Sewell, Joseph,
Shephard, Joseph,
Sidney, M.J. F., Esq. |
Smyttan, Rev. G. H.8.a.
Sopwith, Thos., F.R.s., F.G.s.
Spence, Joseph,
Storey, John, F.B.s.E.
Storey, John, Jun. .
Talmadge, A. H., M.R.¢.s.
Tate, George, F.G.S. .
Taylor, John,
Taylor, Arnold,
Thompson, John, .
Thompson, H. A.
Thompson, Rev. R.
Thompson, E. P.
Trevelyan, Arthur, Esq.
Trevelyan, Sir W. C. Bart.
Turner, John,
Vickers, Jonathan,
Wailes, George,
Wallis, Robert,
Weatherley, Capt. J. D.
White, D. B., m.p.
Wilson, D. H.
Vinship, William, M.R.c.s.
. Scott House, Durham.
Sunderland.
. Hexham.
Byker.
. Jesmond High Terrace.
Greenfield Place.
. Grey Street.
North Shields.
. Bridge Street, Sunderland.
34, Mosley Street.
. Sunderland.
West Jesmond.
. West Jesmond.
Heaton.
- Carliol Street.
Cowpen Hall, near Morpeth.
. Charlton Hall, Eglingham, N.
Allenheads.
. Sunderland.
St Mary’s Place.
. St. Mary’s Place.
Northumberland Street.
. Alnwick.
Lovaine Place.
. Sunderland.
Bloomfield Terrace, Gateshead.
. Grey Street.
Unthank, Shotley Bridge.
. Lovaine Crescent.
Wallington.
. Wallington.
Grey Street.
. Side.
Ridley Place.
. South Shields.
New Bridge Street.
. Portland Place, New Bridge St.
Derwent Place.
. Percy Street.
INDEX TO VOL. I.
Accipiter palumbarius, 314.
Afiga, a new species of, 11.
Alcyonella stagnorum, 27],
368.
Alcyppe lampas, 316, 338.
Alder, Joshua, Notices of some new
species of Mollusca, &c., fouud at
Ardrossan and in the Isle of Arran;
Catalogue of the Mollusca of North-
umberland and Durham, 97; onthe
peculiar character of the animal of
Kellia suborbicularis, 217; on the
animal of Lepton squamosum, 217 ;
annual address, 311; additions to
the Mollusca of Northumberland
and Durham, 358; on three new
species of animalcules, 365.
Allium Schoenoprasum, 214.
arenarium, 268.
oleraceum, 268.
Animalcules, on three new species of,
365.
Anobium molle, on the capture of, 29.
Apion Spencii. 13.
striatum, 13.
subulatum, 13.
Aquilegia vulgaris, 13.
Arabis hirsuta, 318.
Arenaria verna, 9.
Asplenium septentrionale, 268.
Astarte Gairensis, 12.
Atherix Ibis, 13.
Axinus (Cryptodon) flexuosus, 12.
Barnacle, burrowing, on the occur-
pence of, on the British Coast, 316,
fle
Beris clavipes, 12.
Bigge, Rev. J. F., annual address, 210.
Birds, notices of, 8, 20, 215, 314.
Bold, T. J., on the capture of Anobium
molle, 29; on damage done to wheat
by Cucujus monilicornis and Calan-
dra granaria, 33; catalogue of the
Insects of Northumberland and
Durham, 37; Century of unrecorded
local Coleoptera, with a description
of a new Colymbetes, 277.
Bombus Skrimshirianus, 96.
Bombycilla garrulus, 313.
Botrychium Lunaria, 9.
Brachyopa bicolor, 13
Bryozoa, on the anatomy of, 367.
316,
Buccinium undatum, paper on the
varieties of, 19.*
Bulla strigella, 315, 359.
Callitriche autumnalis, 215.
platycarpa, 12, 270.
Carduus heterophyllus, 9, 12.
Carex irrigua, 214.
Carr, Ralph, address at the first anni-
versary meeting, 6; on some cf the
habits of Strix stridula, 20; on ex-
tensive Fissures in the stems of two
living Spruce Firs, 285; on the
Composite names of places, of
Anglo-Saxon derivation, 338.
Cateretes bipustulatus, 12.
Centrolophus pompilus (Black Fish),
314,
Ceterach officinarum, 268.
Chara aspera, 215.
— hispida, 215.
Cheiloxa ruficornis, 13.
Chrysogaster viduata, 12.
Chrysomia polita, 12.
Chrysostoxum arcuatum, 13.
bicinctum, 13.
Cliona, new species of, 267.
Coleoptera, a century of, with a de-
scription of a new Colymbetes, 277.
Coluber chersea, 314.
Colymbetes dispar, 277, 315.
Committee of the Tyne Side Natural-
ists’ Field Club, annual address, 265.
Composite names of places, of Anglo-
Saxon derivation (chiefly in North-
umberland), observations on, 338.
Convallaria majalis, 9.
Convolvulus Hawk-Moth, 216.
Crepis succiszefolia, 214, 320.
Crioceris tenella, 12.
Cucujus monilicornis and Calandra
pyatanias damage done to wheat by,
aoe
Cynthia echinata, 315, 362.
Cypripedium Calceolus, 213.
Death’s-Head Hawk-Moth, 216.
Dianthus deltoides, 11.
Dilusial action, evidences of, at Belsay,
Zid
Ebalia Cranchii, 316.
Embleton, Dr. D., aecount of a Rib-
bon Fish (Gymnetrus) taken off the
Coast of Northumberland, 288.
* Published in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. xix., Pp. 150.
436
Eolis despecta, 271.
Epipactis ensifolia, 320.
Ephistemus gyrinoides, 12.
Equisetum umbrosum, 318.
Kurynome aspera, 316.
Fedia dentata, 13.
Fieldmeetings:—Ovingham, 8; Shot-
ley Bridge, 10; Bardon Mill—Halt-
whistle, 15; Cleadon, 16; Tyne-
mouth, 18; Morpeth, 212; Castle
Eden Dene, 212; Haydon Bridge—
Walltown—Haltwhistle, 213; Prest-
wick Carr, 214; Alnwick, 216;
Gibside Woods, 268; Hazleden
Dene, 269; Allenheads, 269; Che-
vington Wood, 270; Embleton—
Dunstanbro’ Castle, 271; Morpeth,
318; Dipton, 319; Hawthorn and
Horden Denes, 320; Northumber-
land Lakes, 320; Haltwhistle—
Walltown Crags— Gilsland, 322;
Ryhope, 322.
Fishes, notices of, 267, 314, 315.
Fossils of the Permian System, cata-
logue of, 219. 5;
Fossil Fish, on the occurrence of, near
Cullercoats, 275.
Fragaria vesea, variety of, 9.
Fredericella sultana, 316, 368.
Fusus norvegicus, 12.
— Turtoni, 12.
corneus, anew species allied to, 12.
Gagea lutea, 268.
Geranium sanguineum, 271.
Glowworm, paper on, 19.
Gymnaetron tricolor, 12.
— niger, 13.
Gymnetrus Banksii, 288, 314.
Halichondria, a new species of, 12.
Hancock, Albany, on the occurrence
of Limnoria terebrans, 17, 31;
paper on the varieties of Buccinium
undatum, 19; on the occurrence of
Fossil Fish at Cullercoats, 275;
account of a Ribbon Fish (Gymne-
trus), taken off the Coast of North-
umberland, 288; on the occurrenve,
on the British coast, of a burrowing
Barnacle, 327; on the Anatomy of
the Freshwater Bryozoa, 367; ona
species of Hydra, 405.
Hardy, James, paper on some of the
habits of the horse leech (Hoemopsis
sanguisuga), 17, 96; catalogue of
the {Insects of Northumberland and
Durham, 37; notices of some ento-
mwnological excursions, 95; descrip-
tions of some new British Homop-
terous Insects, 416.
Hieracium prenanthoides, 214.
Hoemopsis sanguisuga, paper on some
ot the habits of, 17, 96.
Hottonia palustris, 268.
Howse, Richard, catalogue of the
Fossils of the Permian System, 219.
INDEX.
Hydra, species of, found in the North-
umberland lakes, 316, 405.
Hypericum Androsemum, 268.
Hypothvas (Terebratula) psittacea,
Insects, notices of, 12, 13, 16, 17
96, 216, 267, 318 ee
Insects of Northumberland and Dur-
ham, catalogue of, 37.
Jasione montana, 268.
Kellia suborbicularis, on the peculiar
characters of the animal of, 217.
Lamna cornubica, 315.
ceree squamosum, on the animal of,
Limnoria terebrans, on the occurrence
of, at the mouth of the Tyne, 31.
Listera cordata, 215, 270.
Locust, appearance of, 16.
Loftus, W. K., on Evidences of
Diluvial action, at Belsay, 273.
Lysimachia vulgaris, 319.
Melica nutans, 319.
Molgula siphonata, 315, 362.
mee paper on some new species
of, LD:
, notices ef, 19, 217, 267, 271,
315
Mollusca of Northumberland and
Durham, Catalogue of, 97.
Die » Index to the genera of,
of Northumberland and
Durham, additions to, 358.
Mya Groenlandica, 12.
Myriophyllum alterniflorum, 316.
Natica Groenlandica, 12.
Nemotelus nigrinus, 12.
Neottia Nidus-avis, 9, 319.
Nepeta Cataria, 9.
Odostomia conspicua, 315, 360.
Cinanthe Lachenalii, 271.
Ophioglossum vulgatum, 9.
Ophounus pubescens, 12.
Ophrys muscifera, 320.
Orchis Morio, 9.
Orthagoriscus Mola (Sun _ Fish),
315
Osmunda regalis, 268.
Ovingham, meaning of the word, 10.
Paludicella procumbens, 316, 402.
Panopea Bivoneea, 12.
Parietaria officinalis, 13.
Parus caudatus, nest of, 8.
Pecten Landsburghii, 12.
Pilularia globulifera, 215.
Pisidium nitidum, 321.
Planorbis levis, 18.
Plants, notices of, 9, 11, 12, 13, 15,
17, 213, 214, 215, 268, 270, 271,317,
318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323.
Pleurotoma nebula, 315, 361.
brachystoma, 315, 361.
Plumatella Allmani, 316, 401
— punctata, 316, 401.
INDEX.
Plumularia pinnata, 323.
Polished and scratched rocks in the
neighbourhood of Alnwick, 348.
Polypodium Dryopteris, 9.
Potamogeton perfoliatus, 270, 321.
———_——- plantagineus, 271.
— pusillus var. tenuissi-
mus, 271.
————rufescens, 317, 321.
——_— pectinatus, 32].
Prestwick Carr, description of, 214.
Psolus squamatus, 11.
Ptychoptera paludosa, 12.
Pyrola minor, 12.
rotundifolia, 268.
Heounewlus Lingua, 15, 214, 215,
8
Rat, black, notice of, 313.
Regulus auricapiilus, 8.
Retepora Beaniana, 12.
Ribbon Fish (Gymnetrus), account
of, 288, 314.
Rissoa vitrea, 315, 360.
Rubus saxatilis, 12.
Rumex Hydrolapathum, 268.
Ruppia rostellata, 270.
Sambucus Ebulus, 268.
Saxifraga stellaris, 270.
Scolopendrium vulgare, large fronds
of, 323
Scutellaria galericulata, 321.
437
Sedum villosum, 270.
Shells, notices of, 12, 18, 19, 323.
Sisymbrium Sophia, 9.
Spruce Firs, Vissures in the Stems of,
285.
Storey, John, list of new habitats of
some of the rarer plants of North-
umberland and Durham, 15.
Sylvia locustella, nest of, 8.
— turdoides major, capture of,
15.
Syrinx Harveyi, 316.
Strix stridula, on some of the habits
of, 20.
— Tengmalmi, 314.
Tachyerges saliceti, 12.
Tate, George, on Polished and
scratched rocks in the neighbour-
hood of Alnwick, 348.
Tringa, subarquata, 314.
Trochus millegranus, 12.
Trollius europzeus, 9.
Trypodendron domesticum, 30.
Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, rules
of, 1; members of, 25, 212, 272,
320, 326, 432.
Ulex nanus, 317.
Utricularia vulgaris, 215.
— intermedia, 215.
Vaccinium uliginosum, 270.
Yeoman, its signification, 9.
Pie ATES? No VOL. Fe
=e
PLA
23
Gone } Gymnetrus Banksii.
>» III.—Fredericella sultana—Plumatella Allmani.
», 1V.—Plumatella punctata—P. Allmani—Fredericella sultana.
ey V.—Paludicella procumbens.
» VI.—Plumatella punctata—P. Allmani—Paludicella procumbens.
2% ae } Hydra fusca ?
3
END OF VOL. I.
ERRATA.
Page 40, line 2, for 99 read 100.
4,
46,
49,
55,
58,
65,
68,
76,
77,
23
99
39
bed
4, for 206 read 195.
31, for pl. vi. read pl. vii.
16, for No. 369 read No. 367.
3, for i., 2, read i., 185.
22, for Marsh. read Fab.
31, for.78 read 73.
30, for ii., 108, read v. 396.
14, for nanus read nanum,
7, for angustata read agilis.
30, for 51 read 50.
7, for cerylon bipustulatum read Rhyzophagus bipustulatus.
10, erase carex pauciflora,
11, for heterophyllum vead heterophyllus.
13, for Globularia pilulifera read Pilularia globulifera.
Newcastle: Printed by M.& M. W. LAMBER?, Grey Street and Sandhill.
“ao . “FAP YORUBA
Dap Yoooungy
PP AnALUT
LEE ZZ reas
~ EEE oo
ES EP A LEZ LEEEEEEGEE. OT aia
5 ECE EET LLL OLE LLL ELL
AGREE. SE
LEER Lo ——
Lita Z-ZAZELI Heyyy LZ
oa
: ohhe ‘
ris Aik
oi
iv
2
i
A
POE IE EN RTE RUN Re: Ane Chase eal te Ged i?
\
\
N ;
ay,
=
} we
; We
She ith
Weaity a
ascii.
i
‘
i
ne
) Wie
nuke
ihres
ty
Ne
eR Men
a
t
Lyk
mh
i
f Ay
Bee Paha
AN ie Ml
Tne
ae he
i
,
ty a i
ants
}
“Ali
tae
rag
aN)
Ber
tas
tan
“aes ee
AS a
oe Bit ae
fs
viene
1 Pei ta " y
a a
srAh|
eat
bali
Na
i
he
a
ice
en get
a
Sait
see leia
SC.
SBasiwvre
A. Hancock del.
yi
!
10
\
MALAY
Wi
nay
ah ann ae
fle Mae aa
* @°
2
iste, SH
Tien.
aan A
et ie ey
yon fe
CRU ALN
Reluhy
aN
nag
Rasy roar